Tex's French Grammar

La grammaire de l'absurde: Tex's French Grammar
site index
1. Nouns 2. Determiners 3. Adverbs 4. Adjectives 5. Verbs 6. Negation 7. Prepositions 8. Pronouns 9. Conjunctions 10. Tense/Aspect/Mood/Voice 11. Interrogative Constructions 12. Appendix : Verb Practice 13. Appendix : Grammar Exercises 14. Appendix : Verb Conjugation Reference 15. Appendix : Hachette Dictionnaire Francophone En Ligne 16. Etc. NOUNS introduction number: singular and plural gender: masculine and feminine voil vs. il y a: devices for introducing nouns temps, heure, fois: different nouns for 'time'
DETERMINERS introduction definite articles def. articles with physical characteristics, ex. elle a les cheveux longs indefinite articles partitive articles possessive determiners: mon, ma, mes, etc. demonstrative determiners: ce, cet, cette, ces expressions of quantity: beaucoup de, un peu de, etc. tout indefinite determiners
ADVERBS introduction formation and placement placement of adverbs with the pass compos comparative and superlative of adverbs il y a 'ago' bon/meilleur vs. bien/mieux tt, tard, en avance, en retard, l'heure
ADJECTIVES introduction formation and placement adjectives before the noun irregular adjectives adjectives whose meaning varies with placement comparison of adjectives superlative of adjectives bon/meilleur (adjectives) vs. bien/mieux (adverbs) participles as adjectives
VERBS introduction regular verbs -er verbs -er verbs (regular) -er verbs (stem changing) -ir verbs -ir verbs (regular) -ir verbs (irreg) like ouvrir 'to open' -ir verbs (irreg) like partir 'to leave,' sortir 'to go out,' dormir 'to sleep' -re verbs -re verbs (regular) -re verbs (irregular) like prendre 'to take' -re verbs (irregular) like mettre 'to put, to place' -re verbs (irregular) like suivre 'to follow', vivre 'to live' common irregular verbs tre 'to be' avoir 'to have' avoir expressions, ex. il y a, avoir besoin de, etc. aller 'to go' faire 'to do,' 'to make' faire expressions venir 'to come' boire, croire, voir: 'to drink', 'to believe', 'to see' savoir vs. connatre: two ways of knowing dire, lire, crire: 'to say', 'to read', 'to write' pronominal verbs: se raser, se lever, se disputer modal verbs: vouloir 'to want to,' pouvoir 'to be able to,' devoir 'to have to' impersonal verbs and expressions: il faut, il est important de... quitter, partir, sortir, laisser: different verbs for 'to leave' infinitive constructions, including past and negative causative faire (faire+infinitif) transitive vs. intransitive constructions present participle
NEGATION introduction basic negation: ne...pas (don't, not) alternate forms (1): ne...jamais (never) ne...rien (nothing) ne...personne (nobody, no one) ne...pas du tout (not at all) ne...plus (no more, any longer) alternate forms (2): ne...aucun(e) (not one) ne...ni...ni (neither...nor) ne...que (only) one word negative responses: si, jamais, personne, rien
PREPOSITIONS introduction common prepositions contractions of and de with definite article depuis vs il y a ... que depuis with imperfect depuis, pendant, pour prepositions with place names prepositions with infinitives
PRONOUNS introduction subject pronouns: je, tu, il, elle, on, nous, vous, ils, elles c'est vs. il/elle est disjunctive pronouns: moi, toi, lui, elle, nous, vous, elles, eux direct object pronouns: me, te, le, la, nous, vous, les indirect object pronouns: me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur pronoun: y pronoun: en relative pronouns: qui and que relative pronouns: ce qui and ce que relative pronouns: dont, ce dont, o, lequel order of object pronouns indefinite pronouns: chacun and quelqu'un demonstrative pronouns: celui, celle, ceux, celles possessive pronouns: le mien, la mienne, etc.
CONJUNCTIONS introduction coordinating conjunctions: et, mais, ou, puis, car, etc. subordinating conjunctions: pendant que, quand, depuis que, etc. conjunctions that take the subjunctive
TENSE/ASPECT/MOOD/VOICE introduction present tense past tenses pass immdiat (venir de+infinitive) pass compos with avoir pass compos with tre pass compos of pronominal verbs imparfait: formation imparfait: states of being, habitual actions imparfait: idiomatic uses (suggestions, wishes, depuis, venir de) narration: pass compos vs. imparfait plus-que-parfait pass simple (literary tense) pass antrieur (literary tense) future tenses futur proche (aller+infinitive) simple future (regular) simple future (irregular) future: usage futur antrieur imperative mood (regular and pronominal) subjunctive mood regular subjunctive formation irregular subjunctive formation usage: obligation usage: doubt usage: will, emotion, desire conjunctions that take the subjunctive past subjunctive summary ways to avoid the subjunctive conditional mood conditional past conditional si clausessummary reported speech in present reported speech in past active voice vs. passive voice
INTERROGATIVE CONSTRUCTIONS introduction yes/no questions: est-ce que, n'est-ce pas questions with subject/verb inversion interrogative adjective quel (with exclamative usage) interrogative pronouns: qui, qui est-ce que, qu'est-ce qui, qu'est-ce que interrogative pronoun lequel interrogative words
ETC site overview cast of characters credits search this site
University of Texas French Grammar [email protected] 12/29/03 at 7:12:39 PM
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/2003-12-30 9:12:50
pass simple
pass simple
1.
regular infinitives in -er, -ir, & re
2. irregular verbs: avoir, tre, faire 3. other irregular verbs
The pass simple is a past tense reserved primarily for written discourse. It may, however, be used in very formal spoken language, such as presidential addresses, sermons, or news broadcasting. It has traditionally been used only for events completed in the distant, historical past; however, twentieth century writers sometimes use it for stylistic effect. The pass simple will generally be translated into English by a preterit, that is, the simple past: 'I talked'. But like the pass compos, the pass simple is used in French only to mention changes and events, while the imparfait remains the tense used for describing the setting, the atmosphere, an ongoing state of mind, or the general situation. regular infinitives ending in -er, -ir & -re For all regular -er, -ir, and -re verbs, the pass simple is formed by dropping the infinitive ending, the final two letters of the infinitive, and replacing them with the the following endings. There is no auxiliary and this is the reason why it is called a 'simple' tense: it is a one-word tense (unlike the twoword pass compos). Many verbs, such as aller, sortir, and suivre, which are irregular in the present indicative follow the paradigm of regular verbs in their pass simple forms.
endings for -er verbs -ai -as -a -mes -tes -rent
endings for -ir & -re verbs -is -is -it -mes -tes -irent
parler 'to speak'

je parlai tu parlas il / elle / on parla nous parlmes vous parltes ils / elles parlrent
finir 'to finish'

je finis tu finis il / elle / on finit nous finmes vous fintes ils / elles finirent
perdre 'to lose'

je perdis tu perdis il / elle / on perdit nous perdmes vous perdtes ils / elles perdirent
irregular verbs: avoir, tre, faire These verbs are irregular in the pass simple.
avoir 'to have'

j'eus tu eus il / elle / on eut nous emes vous etes ils / elles eurent
tre 'to be'

je fus tu fus il / elle / on fut nous fmes vous ftes ils / elles furent
faire 'to do'

je fis tu fis il / elle / on fit nous fmes vous ftes ils / elles firent
other irregular verbs There are two sets of endings for the pass simple of irregular verbs endings in -i-is -is -it -mes -tes -irent -us -us -ut endings in -u-mes -tes -urent
Irregular verbs generally have irregular stems for the pass simple. In some cases, the stems are the same as the past participle of the verb. Stems of a few other verbs, marked with an *, are completely irregular (such as natre, mourir, voir). The endings are regular, however, except for venir and tenir which have irregular plural forms. infinitive boire connatre croire devoir dire crire falloir lire mettre mourir * natre * ouvrir pleuvoir pouvoir prendre recevoir rire savoir tenir * venir * vivre voir * vouloir past participle bu connu cru d dit crit fallu lu mis mort n ouvert plu pu pris reu ri su tenu venu vcu vu voulu pass simple je bus, tu bus, il but, nous bmes, vous btes, ils burent je connus, tu connus, il connut, nous connmes, vous conntes, ils connurent je crus, tu crus, il crut, nous crmes, vous crtes, ils crurent je dus, tu dus, il dut, nous dmes, vous dtes, ils durent je is, tu dis, il dit, nous dmes, vous dtes, ils dirent j'crivis, tu crivis, il crivit, nous crivmes, vous crivtes, ils crivirent il fallut je lus, tu lus, il lut, nous lmes, vous ltes, ils lurent je mis, tu mis, il mit, nous mmes, vous mtes, ils mirent je mourus, tu mourus, il mourut, nous mourmes, vous mourtes, ils moururent je naquis, tu naquis, il naquit, nous naqumes, vous naqutes, ils naquirent j'ouvris, tu ouvris, il ouvrit, nous ouvrmes, vous ouvrtes, ils ouvrirent il plut je pus, tu pus, il put, nous pmes, vous ptes, ils purent je pris, tu pris, il prit, nous prmes, vous prtes, ils prirent je reus, tu reus, il reut, nous remes, vous retes, ils reurent je ris, tu ris, il rit, nous rmes, vous rtes, ils rirent je sus, tu sus, il sut, nous smes, vous stes, ils surent je tins, tu tins, il tint, nous tnmes, vous tntes, ils tinrent je vins, tu vins, il vint, nous vnmes, vous vntes, ils vinrent je vcus, tu vcus, il vcut, nous vcmes, vous vctes, ils vcurent je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vmes, vous vtes, ils virent je voulus, tu voulus, il voulut, nous voulmes, vous voultes, ils voulurent
See the conjugation reference for the conjugation of other irregular verbs in the pass simple.
Rita: Allez les enfants, c'est l'heure d'aller se coucher! Les enfants: Ooh! Maman, maman, lis-nous une histoire! Oui, une histoire . . . Rita: Bon, d'accord. Installez-vous. Je commence . . . "Il tait une fois une ravissante jeune fille du nom de Cendrillon. Pour lui faire plaisir, son pre pousa en seconde noce une veuve qui avait deux filles, Anastasia et Javotte. Mais hlas, le brave homme mourut peu aprs. Tout changea alors pour la fillette. Sa belle-mre lui confia les tches les plus rudes et la fora coucher au grenier. Un jour, le roi organisa un grand bal pour marier son fils. La famille de Cendrillon fut invite. Anastasia, Javotte et leur mre se rendirent au bal mais dfendirent Cendrillon de les accompagner. Une fois seule, Cendrillon se mit pleurer. Soudain, Cendrillon entendit une voix, la voix de sa marraine la Fe . . ." Rita: Ah . . . ils se sont endormis!
Rita: Let's go, children. It's time to go to bed! Children: Ooh! Mommy, mommy, read us a story! Yes, a story . . . Rita: Oh, OK. Get settled. Here we go . . . "Once upon a time there was a beautfil young girl named Cinderella. To make her happy, her (widowed) father married for a second time a widow who had two girls, Anastasia and Javotte. But, alas, the good man died soon after. Everything changed for the young girl. Her stepmother gave her the hardest chores and forced her to sleep in the attic. One day, the king organized a grand ball to marry his son. Cinderella's family was invited. Anastasia and Javotte and their mother went to the ball, but they forbade Cinderella to go with them. Once alone, Cinderella started to cry. Suddenly, Cinderella heard a voice, the voice of her fairy godmother . . . " Rita: Ah . . . they have fallen asleep!
Give the pass simple of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex ______ en France. (vivre)
2. Paw-Paw: Nous ______ honte des soldats infidles. (avoir)
3. Tex: Je ______ les oeuvres de Sartre l'ge de 7 ans. (lire)
4. Tex: Je ______ Houston. (natre)
Check answers
imparfait: states of being
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/tap10.t2003-12-30 9:13:01
search this site
search
Use this page to search the contents of all documents in Tex's French Grammar. notes The match popup menu allows you to specify search criteria. Boolean searches require the use of the terms OR, AND, or NOT. The format popup menu controls how results are displayed. Normally, search results are displayed in context, with an excerpt from the target web page. If you prefer to view a simple list of links, select the "short" option. The sort by popup menu determines the order in which results will be displayed. Searches are sorted by score (relevance), title, or date. A sample search topic, drawn randomly from site content, is presented in the form field below.
match:
All
format: Normal sort by:

Score Search
search: basic negation ne...pas
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/search.t2003-12-30 9:13:09
La grammaire de l'absurde: Tex's French Grammar
site index
1. Nouns 2. Determiners 3. Adverbs 4. Adjectives 5. Verbs 6. Negation 7. Prepositions 8. Pronouns 9. Conjunctions 10. Tense/Aspect/Mood/Voice 11. Interrogative Constructions 12. Appendix : Verb Practice 13. Appendix : Grammar Exercises 14. Appendix : Verb Conjugation Reference 15. Appendix : Hachette Dictionnaire Francophone En Ligne 16. Etc. NOUNS introduction number: singular and plural gender: masculine and feminine voil vs. il y a: devices for introducing nouns temps, heure, fois: different nouns for 'time'
DETERMINERS introduction definite articles def. articles with physical characteristics, ex. elle a les cheveux longs indefinite articles partitive articles possessive determiners: mon, ma, mes, etc. demonstrative determiners: ce, cet, cette, ces expressions of quantity: beaucoup de, un peu de, etc. tout indefinite determiners
ADVERBS introduction formation and placement placement of adverbs with the pass compos comparative and superlative of adverbs il y a 'ago' bon/meilleur vs. bien/mieux tt, tard, en avance, en retard, l'heure
ADJECTIVES introduction formation and placement adjectives before the noun irregular adjectives adjectives whose meaning varies with placement comparison of adjectives superlative of adjectives bon/meilleur (adjectives) vs. bien/mieux (adverbs) participles as adjectives
VERBS introduction regular verbs -er verbs -er verbs (regular) -er verbs (stem changing) -ir verbs -ir verbs (regular) -ir verbs (irreg) like ouvrir 'to open' -ir verbs (irreg) like partir 'to leave,' sortir 'to go out,' dormir 'to sleep' -re verbs -re verbs (regular) -re verbs (irregular) like prendre 'to take' -re verbs (irregular) like mettre 'to put, to place' -re verbs (irregular) like suivre 'to follow', vivre 'to live' common irregular verbs tre 'to be' avoir 'to have' avoir expressions, ex. il y a, avoir besoin de, etc. aller 'to go' faire 'to do,' 'to make' faire expressions venir 'to come' boire, croire, voir: 'to drink', 'to believe', 'to see' savoir vs. connatre: two ways of knowing dire, lire, crire: 'to say', 'to read', 'to write' pronominal verbs: se raser, se lever, se disputer modal verbs: vouloir 'to want to,' pouvoir 'to be able to,' devoir 'to have to' impersonal verbs and expressions: il faut, il est important de... quitter, partir, sortir, laisser: different verbs for 'to leave' infinitive constructions, including past and negative causative faire (faire+infinitif) transitive vs. intransitive constructions present participle
NEGATION introduction basic negation: ne...pas (don't, not) alternate forms (1): ne...jamais (never) ne...rien (nothing) ne...personne (nobody, no one) ne...pas du tout (not at all) ne...plus (no more, any longer) alternate forms (2): ne...aucun(e) (not one) ne...ni...ni (neither...nor) ne...que (only) one word negative responses: si, jamais, personne, rien
PREPOSITIONS introduction common prepositions contractions of and de with definite article depuis vs il y a ... que depuis with imperfect depuis, pendant, pour prepositions with place names prepositions with infinitives
PRONOUNS introduction subject pronouns: je, tu, il, elle, on, nous, vous, ils, elles c'est vs. il/elle est disjunctive pronouns: moi, toi, lui, elle, nous, vous, elles, eux direct object pronouns: me, te, le, la, nous, vous, les indirect object pronouns: me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur pronoun: y pronoun: en relative pronouns: qui and que relative pronouns: ce qui and ce que relative pronouns: dont, ce dont, o, lequel order of object pronouns indefinite pronouns: chacun and quelqu'un demonstrative pronouns: celui, celle, ceux, celles possessive pronouns: le mien, la mienne, etc.
CONJUNCTIONS introduction coordinating conjunctions: et, mais, ou, puis, car, etc. subordinating conjunctions: pendant que, quand, depuis que, etc. conjunctions that take the subjunctive
TENSE/ASPECT/MOOD/VOICE introduction present tense past tenses pass immdiat (venir de+infinitive) pass compos with avoir pass compos with tre pass compos of pronominal verbs imparfait: formation imparfait: states of being, habitual actions imparfait: idiomatic uses (suggestions, wishes, depuis, venir de) narration: pass compos vs. imparfait plus-que-parfait pass simple (literary tense) pass antrieur (literary tense) future tenses futur proche (aller+infinitive) simple future (regular) simple future (irregular) future: usage futur antrieur imperative mood (regular and pronominal) subjunctive mood regular subjunctive formation irregular subjunctive formation usage: obligation usage: doubt usage: will, emotion, desire conjunctions that take the subjunctive past subjunctive summary ways to avoid the subjunctive conditional mood conditional past conditional si clausessummary reported speech in present reported speech in past active voice vs. passive voice
INTERROGATIVE CONSTRUCTIONS introduction yes/no questions: est-ce que, n'est-ce pas questions with subject/verb inversion interrogative adjective quel (with exclamative usage) interrogative pronouns: qui, qui est-ce que, qu'est-ce qui, qu'est-ce que interrogative pronoun lequel interrogative words
ETC site overview cast of characters credits search this site
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/index.t2003-12-30 9:13:13
introduction to nouns
nouns
A noun is essentially a label for places, things, events, ideas, concepts and so on. Like English, nouns in French may be categorized as common or proper, count or mass, singular or plural. However, unlike English, French nouns are also categorized as either masculine or feminine. common vs. proper Common nouns in English and French are the generic term for something. Common nouns are never spelled with a capital letter unless they begin a sentence. un tatou an armadillo
Proper nouns are specific names and thus begin with capital letters. Tex et Tammy Tex and Tammy
count vs. mass Another way of classifying nouns is according to whether they can be counted or not. Count nouns identify individual entities that can be counted, like armadillos. un tatou, deux tatous one armadillo, two armadillos
In contrast, a mass noun refers to an entity as an uncountable unit. In the following example, the bread that Tex is eating is conceived of as a mass, that is, an undefined quantity.
Tex mange du pain.
Tex is eating bread.
The difference between count and mass nouns is usually clearcut. However, something that is typically countable such as an animal (one armadillo, two armadillos, three armadillos) can nevertheless be conceived of in terms of a mass as in the following tasteless example. Berk! Il y a du tatou cras partout sur les autoroutes du Texas. Yuck! There's squashed armadillo all over the Texas highways.
singular vs. plural All nouns in French and English are marked for number, that is, for singular (one) or plural (more than one). French, like English, usually indicates plurality by adding an -s to the end of the base form, the singular noun. Count nouns have both singular and plural forms: le tatou, les tatous the armadillo, the armadillos
Mass nouns typically have only a singular form. Try saying the plural forms of the following English mass nouns: sewage, mucus, plasma. It sounds strange doesn't it? This shows that it is difficult to pluralize a mass noun. masculine vs. feminine In English, grammatical gender is based on biology and is only relevant for pronouns (he, she, it) and possessive determiners (his, her, its). Gender in French, on the other hand, affects all nouns, pronouns, adjectives and articles. A noun's gender is indicated by the article that precedes it. Masculine nouns are preceded by le and feminine nouns by la. The use of articles in French is more widespread than in English. le garon la fille the boy the girl
Unlike English, the grammatical concept of gender in French has little to do with biological sex. Therefore, inanimate objects such as tables and desks are categorized as either masculine or feminine (there is no neuter gender in French grammar). la table (feminine) le bureau (masculine) the table the desk
Remember that gender in French, for the most part, is not about sex, but is simply an arbitrary category. The terms 'masculine' and 'feminine' really mean nothing more than 'noun class A' and 'noun class B'. Because grammatical gender is fairly arbitrary, it is essential to memorize a noun's gender along with its spelling and pronunciation.
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/no1.t2003-12-30 9:13:23
number: singular, plural
number
1. regular formation 2. nouns ending in -s, -x, -z 3. nouns ending in -al, -au, -eu, -eau, -ou 4. irregular plurals
In French, a noun is always either singular or plural. It is usually introduced by a determiner, which reflects the number of the noun. regular plural formation As in English, the plural is formed by adding an -s to the singular form of the noun. Note, however, that the -s is not pronounced. In spoken language, the determiner is often the only indication that a noun is singular or plural. Tex est un tatou. Tex et Tammy sont des tatous. Tex is an armadillo. Tex and Tammy are armadillos.
nouns ending in -s, -x, -z in the singular Nouns ending in -s, -x, or -z do not change in the plural. For example: Tex a un long nez. Les tatous ont toujours de longs nez. Joe-Bob est un cureuil. Les cureuils adorent les noix. Joe-Bob mange au moins une noix par jour. Bette est une chatte. Les chats mangent des souris. Est-ce que Bette a jamais mang une souris? Tex has a long nose. Armadillos always have long noses. Joe-Bob is a squirrel. Squirrels adore nuts. Joe-Bob eats at least one nut every day. Bette is a cat. Cats eat mice. Has Bette ever eaten a mouse?
nouns ending in -al, -ail, -au, -eu, -eau, -ou in the singular Nouns ending in -al, -ail, or -au in the singular end in -aux in the plural. For example: Edouard est un animal distingu. Corey et Fiona ne sont pas des animaux, ce sont des insectes peu sociables! Edouard is a distinguished animal. Corey et Fiona are not animals. They are unsociable insects!
There are a few exceptions: un bal (ball, dance), des bals; un carnaval (carnival), des carnivals; un festival (festival), des festivals; un rcital (recital), des rcitals. Nouns ending in -eu or -eau in the singular add -x in the plural. For example: Edouard n'a pas un seul cheveu. Bien sr, c'est un escargot! Mais Tammy a les cheveux longs. C'est une tatou extraordinaire! Edouard does not have one single hair. Of course, he's a snail. But Tammy has long hair. She's an extraordinary armadillo!
Nouns ending in -ou end in -oux in the plural: un bijou (jewel), des bijoux un caillou (stone, pebble), des cailloux un chou (cabbage), des choux un genou (knee), des genoux un hibou (owl), des hiboux un pou (louse), des poux
Exceptions include: un clou (nail), des clous; un sou (money), des sous; un trou (hole), des trous. irregular plurals Some nouns have an alternate form in the plural: un oeil (eye), des yeux Madame (Madam), Mesdames Monsieur (Sir), Messieurs Mademoiselle (Miss), Mesdemoiselles Note that some nouns follow the regular rule of plural formation but are pronounced differently in the plural. For example, the -f is pronounced in the singular, but not in the plural. Listen: un oeuf (egg), des oeufs un boeuf (steer), des boeufs un os (bone), des os Listen to the dialogue: Corey: Dis Bette, tu as dj mang une souris? Bette: Oh oui! J'aime les souris! Et aussi les rats, les oiseaux, les lzards. Je ne mange jamais de vgtaux, mais quelquefois des insectes . . . Corey: Des insectes! Allez, au revoir. Corey: Bette, have you ever eaten a mouse? Bette: Oh yes! I love mice! And rats, birds and lizards too! I never eat plants, but sometimes insects . . .
Corey: Insects! Alright, bye-bye.
Give the plural form of the noun indicated in parentheses. Pay attention to both the article and the noun. 1. Joe-Bob aime ______ amricaines. (la bire)
2. Eduard aime ______. (le tableau)
3. Tammy aime ______ amricains. (le campus)
4. Corey n'aime pas ______ . (l'examen)
Check answers
nouns: introduction
determiners: definite articles
definite articles
1. forms 2. lision and liaison 3. to identify a specific noun to express general truth or 4. concepts 5. to express likes and dislikes 6. to indicate habitual recurrence 7. in a series 8. no article
forms In French, few nouns can stand alone. Most need to be introduced or 'determined' by an article. As in English, an article is characterized as either definite ('the') or indefinite ('a', 'an'). In addition, French articles are also masculine or feminine, singular or plural, according to the gender and number of the noun they determine. Here are the definite articles in French:
Masculine singular: le (l')
Tex le tatou Joe-Bob l'cureuil Bette la chatte l'Universit du Texas
Tex the armadillo Joe-Bob the squirrel Bette the cat (female) The University of Texas the armadillos the squirrels the cats the universities
Feminine singular: la ( l')
Masculine and feminine plural: les
les tatous les cureuils les chats les universits
lision and liaison In the examples above, note that le and la both become l' when they precede a noun beginning with a vowel or a silent h: l'escargot, l'universit. This is called elision. Unlike le and la, les does not have a contracted, reduced form. When les is followed by a word starting with a vowel, the normally silent final s of les is pronounced, making a /z/ sound. This additional sound linking two words is called liaison. Listen to the following examples: Compulsory liaison with a vowel or silent h les insectes les animaux les hommes No liaison with a consonant les tatous les fourmis
Note that elision and liaison occur with most words starting with h: l'homme, les hommes, l'hiver, les hivers. Exceptions to this rule are words beginning with an aspirate 'h'.
to identify a specific noun The definite article is used to identify a specific noun or to refer to a noun that has already been specified.
Corey: Tu connais la tour de l'Universit du Texas? Tex: Bien sr, c'est le symbole de l'Universit! Corey: Et la Sixime rue? Tex: Eh bien, c'est les ChampsElyses d'Austin!
Corey: Do you know the UT Tower? Tex: Of course, it is the symbol of the University! Corey: What about Sixth street? Tex: Well, it's the Champs-Elysees of Austin.
to express general truths or concepts French uses the definite article to express general truths or concepts. English, in contrast, uses no article at all. Compare the following sentences: Tex: L'argent ne rend pas l'homme heureux! Tammy: Tu as raison. L'amour et la sant sont plus importants! Tex: Bien sr, pour les insectes et les animaux, l'argent n'existe pas! Mais l'amour est aussi important pour nous que pour les humains. Ah oui . . . l'amour l'amour, toujours l'amour! Tex: Money does not make man happy! Tammy: You are right. Love and health are more important! Tex: Of course, for insects and animals, money does not exist! But love is as important for us as it is for humans. Ah, yes, love, love, love, always love!
to express likes and dislikes The French also use the definite article with verbs of preference, such as aimer, prfrer, dtester. Once again, English omits the article in such general statements. For example: Tex adore les croissants. Joe-Bob prfre les doughnuts. Tammy n'aime pas le caf. Edouard apprcie la bonne cuisine franaise. Tex loves croissants. Joe-Bob prefers doughnuts. Tammy does not like coffee. Edouard appreciates good French cuisine.
to indicate habitual recurrence The definite article is used in French with moments of the day, days of the week, and seasons to indicate habitual recurrence. For example: Le matin, Tammy va en cours. L'aprs-midi, elle va la bibliothque. Le lundi, Tex fait son jogging. L't, il se baigne avec Tammy Barton Springs. L'hiver, il skie Purgatory. Every morning, Tammy goes to class. Every afternoon, she goes to the library. On Mondays, Tex goes for a jog. Every summer, he bathes with Tammy at Barton Springs. Every winter, he skis in Purgatory.
in a series The article is usually repeated in a series, in contrast to English. For example: Tammy: Tex, aide-moi mettre la table! Apporte les assiettes, les couteaux, les verres, les serviettes et le vin. Tex, help me set the table! Bring the plates, knives, glasses, napkins, and wine.
no article Cities usually do not require an article in French. For example: Tex habite Austin, mais il prfre Paris. Tex lives in Austin, but he prefers Paris.
Continents, countries, states, regions, and oceans usually require an article (l'Afrique, la France, le Texas, la Bourgogne, l'Atlantique etc.), but there are a few exceptions, usually islands: Hati, Isral, Madagascar. See prepositions with place names for more information. Months never require an article: janvier, fvrier, mars, etc. Cependant Tex adore mars Austin. Nevertheless Tex adores March in Austin.
Days of the week do not require an article in instances where they do not indicate habitual recurrence. For example: Lundi, il a rendez-vous avec Tammy. Listen to the dialogue: Tammy: J'aime beaucoup le franais. C'est la langue de Molire et de Hugo, et surtout c'est la langue maternelle de Tex! Bette: Alors comme a Tammy, tu aimes bien les Franais? Tammy: Oh oui! Surtout les Franais qui portent le bret! Tammy: I like French a lot. It is the language of Molire and of Hugo, and above all it is the mother tongue of Tex! Bette: So Tammy, you really like French men? Tammy: I sure do! Especially French men who wear a beret! Monday he has a date with Tammy.
Fill in the blank with the correct definite article : le, la, l', or les. 1. Corey ______ tlvision.
2. Corey : J'adore _______ odeur des pesticides!
3. Tammy : _______ tatous sont intelligents!
4. Corey : Je dteste _____ professeur de maths.
Check answers
determiners: intro
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/det2.t2003-12-30 9:13:37
prepositions with places
prepositions w/places
Prepositions are used in expressions which relate where you are, where you are going and where you are coming from. The preposition used in such expressions depends on the geographic location discussed. geographic location cites (Paris, Londres, Austin) islands (Cuba, Tahiti) feminine (usually ending in -e) countries (la France) states (la Californie) provinces (la Bourgogne) continents (l'Europe) to/in Paris Cuba en en France en Californie en Bourgogne en Europe from de (d') d'Austin de Tahiti de (d') de France de Californie de Bourgogne d'Europe
masculine countries le Canada, le Texas :-) provinces/states (le Colorado)
au au Canada au Colorado
du du Texas du Colorado
masculine beginning with a vowel en countries (l'Iran) en Iran provinces/states (l'Ontario) en Ontario
de (d') d'Iran d'Ontario
plural countries and regions (les Etats-Unis)
aux des aux Etats-Unis des Etats-Unis
Tex est n au Texas, bien sr. Mais par accident il a grandi en Europe. Comment expliquer cette histoire incroyable? Eh bien, quand il tait tout petit, on l'a mis dans un avion avec les bagages l'aroport Bush International Houston. Son avion est arriv Paris (en France) o il a rencontr des nonnes franaises qui venaient de faire un voyage aux Etats-Unis. Elles arrivaient de Houston, elles aussi. Quelle concidence! Elles ont eu piti de ce pauvre tatou gar et elles l'ont emmen au couvent Lyon. Tex a vcu heureux chez les nonnes pendant plusieurs annes. Malheureusement, un jour il a t expuls de France, et il est retourn dans son pays natal, c'est--dire au Texas!
Tex was born in Texas, of course, but by accident he grew up in Europe. How de we explain this unbelievable story? Well, when he was very little, he was put with the luggage in a plane at Bush International Airport in Houston. His plane arrived in Paris (in France) where he met some French nuns who had just taken a trip to the United States. They, too, were arriving from Houston. What a coincidence! They took pity on this poor lost armadillo and they took him to their convent in Lyon. Tex lived happily with the nuns for several years. Unfortunately, one day he was deported from France and he returned to his native country, that is, to Texas!
Fill in the blank with the proper preposition: , en, au or aux. 1. Rita adore les plages ______ Floride.
2. Edouard n'aime pas travailler ______ Texas.
3. Trey a envie d'aller ______ Australie.
4. Edouard: J'adore le cidre ______ Bretagne.
Fill in the blank with the proper preposition: , en, au, aux, de, du, or des. 1. Edouard vient ______ Bourgogne.
2. Tex habitait ______ Lyon.
3. Tex est n ______ Etats-Unis.
4. Tammy a fait un voyage ______ Europe.
Check answers
prepositions: intro
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/pre3.t2003-12-30 9:13:46
gender: masculine, feminine
gender
1. people 2. animals 3. objects
In French, a noun is always feminine or masculine. It is introduced by a determiner, which usually indicates the gender of the noun. people When a noun refers to a person, the gender is determined by the person's sex (although some exceptions do exist). In general, the feminine form of the noun is formed by adding an -e to the masculine noun. Note that the addition of the -e changes the pronunciation in some words: Joe-Bob est tudiant, Tammy est aussi tudiante. Tex est ami avec Joe-Bob, Tammy est aussi amie avec Joe-Bob. Joe-Bob is a student, Tammy is a student. Tex is Joe-Bob's friend, Tammy is also Joe-Bob's friend.
There are cases when the feminine form of the noun changes more drastically. Edouard: Je suis serveur. Tammy: Je ne suis pas serveuse. Trey: Je suis musicien. Tammy: Je ne suis pas musicienne. Edouard: I'm a waiter. Tammy: I'm not a waiter. Trey: I'm a musician. Tammy: I'm not a musician.
Tex: Je suis un sducteur. Bette: Je suis une sductrice. Joe-Bob: Pour le travail, je ne suis pas champion. Fiona: C'est moi qui suis championne. Tex: Je suis le copain de Tammy. Tammy: Je suis la copine de Tex.
Tex: I'm a womanizer. Bette: I'm a seductress. Joe-Bob: I'm not a champion at working. Fiona: I'm the one who is a champion. Tex: I'm Tammy's pal. Tammy: I'm Tex's pal.
In general, when the masculine noun ends in -e, the feminine noun remains unchanged. Only the determiner or the context indicates if it is a feminine or masculine noun. Tex et Rita sont frre et soeur, mais ils ont des mtiers tout fait diffrents. Tex est pote. Rita est secrtaire. Tex n'est srement pas secrtaire et Rita n'est pas pote non plus. Tex and Rita are brother and sister, but they have completely different jobs. Tex is a poet. Rita is a secretary. Tex is certainly not a secretary and Rita is not a poet either.
animals The gender of animals is often arbitrary. Some animals are always masculine (un escargot, a snail), others are feminine (la fourmi, ant). However, for some animals there are irregular masculine and feminine forms. le chat / la chatte, cat le chien / la chienne, dog le coq / la poule, chicken (rooster / hen) le boeuf, le taureau / la vache, ox / bull / cow objects and ideas The gender of nouns referring to things and abstractions is arbitrary. However, it can often be inferred from the ending of the word. Typically, words ending in -age, -ment, -eau, -phone, -scope, -isme are masculine and those ending in -tion, -sion, -t, -ette, -ance, -ence, -ie, -ure, -ode/-ade/-ude are feminine.
masculine endings le fromage (cheese) le monument (monument) le sentiment (feeling) le couteau (knife) le tlphone (telephone) le microscope (microscope) le romantisme (romanticism)
feminine endings la salade (salad, lettuce) la fourchette (fork) la tlvision (television) la culture (culture) la situation (situation) la socit (society) la diffrence (difference) la philosophie (philosophy)
Listen to the dialogue. Feminine nouns are in blue, masculine in black. Tammy prsente Tex pour la premire fois Bette et Fiona. Tammy: Tex est un ami de Lyon. C'est un tuteur maintenant! Tex, la minette c'est mon amie Bette, et la fourmi c'est ma copine Fiona. Bette et Fiona sont tudiantes. Bette: Enchante, Tex! J'adore la culture franaise. Tex: Ah, donc tu, . . . tu aimes l'existentialisme? Bette: Euh, oui, bien sr, Tex. Tammy introduces Tex for the first time to Bette and Fiona. Tammy: Tex is a friend from Lyon. He is a tutor now! Tex, the kitty is my friend Bette and the ant is my pal Fiona. Bette and Fiona are students. Bette: Nice to meet you, Tex. I adore French culture. Tex: Ah, so you, . . . you like existentialism? Bette: Uh, yes, of course, Tex.
Fill in the blank with 'le' (masculine) or 'la' (feminine). 1. Rita: Je suis ______ soeur (sister) de Tex.
2. Corey:______ btiment ('builiding') est impressionant.
3. Tammy adore ______ nature.
4. Tex: ______ tornade est dangereuse.
Check answers
nouns: introduction
voil vs. il y a
voil vs. il y a
1. il y a 2. voil
Il y a and voil are two ways of introducing nouns. They are translated into English as 'there is / there are' or 'here is / here are.' il y a Il y a + noun usually indicates the existence of a person or a thing in the context of a particular setting. It is commonly translated as 'there is' or 'there are.' For example: A Austin, il y a une grande universit. Dans cette universit, il y a plusieurs animaux qui parlent le franais! Parmi ces animaux, il y a des tatous, un escargot, une chatte, un cureuil, et plusieurs insectes! Attention! In Austin, there is a big university. At this university, there are several animals who speak French! Among these animals, there are armadillos, a snail, a cat, a squirrel, and several insects! Careful!
The negation of 'il y a' is il n'y a pas, 'there is / are not'. You will also find these forms: il n'y a plus, 'there is / are not anymore', il n'y a jamais, 'there is / are never'.
A Austin, il n'y a jamais de neige. Donc parmi ces animaux francophones, il n'y a pas de pingouin!
In Austin, there is never any snow. So, among these French-speaking animals, there is no penguin!
The verb avoir in the expression il y a may be conjugated in any tense or mood, for example, in the past (il y avait, 'there was') or in the future (il y aura, 'there will be.') voil/ voici Voil + noun and voici + noun are commonly translated as 'here is / are'. They are used to indicate the sudden appearance of something or someone, to introduce people or ideas. Alternating between voici and voil is common when referring to more than one item. Tammy montre le campus Tex: Voici la bibliothque et voil la clbre tour! Tex: Oui, oui . . . Tammy prsente Tex: Tex, voici JoeBob et Corey . . . et voil Edouard qui arrive. Joe-Bob: Bonjour, Tex. Corey: Salut, Tex. Tex: Oh, la, la, de vrais Texans . . . Tammy is showing the campus to Tex: Here is the library, and there is the famous Tower. Tex: Yes, yes . . . Tammy introduces Tex: Tex, here is Joe-Bob and Corey . . . and there comes Edouard. Joe-Bob: Hello, Tex. Corey: Hi, Tex. Tex: Oh, la, la, real Texans . . .
Fill in the blank with either 'il y a' or 'voici'. 1. Tex: ______ beaucoup de musique country au Texas.
2. Tex: ______ une fte ('party') la semaine prochaine.
3. Joe-Bob: ______ une chaise confortable.
4. Tex: ______ un pome rotique. C'est pour toi, Tammy.
Check answers
il y a, ago
temps, heure, fois
temps, heure, fois
1. temps 2. heure 3. fois
There are three nouns in French, temps, heure, and fois, which are translated as 'time' in English, but each has very specific uses and nuances. temps Temps can mean either 'time' or 'weather' (in which case it is almost always accompanied by the verb faire). Tex tlphone Paw-Paw. Paw-Paw: Tex, tu es o? Tu es en retard! Tex: Mais non, j'ai le temps! Je suis en train de faire ma valise. Quel temps fait-il Opelousas? Tex telephones Paw-Paw. Paw-Paw: Tex, where are you? You are late! Tex: But no, I have time! I'm packing my suitcase. What's the weather like in Opelousas?
Temps is usually singular but may be used in the plural, especially in the following phrases: Paw-Paw: Tex, tu es un petit-fils ingrat! Tu ne viens jamais me voir! Les temps changent . . . Tex: Allons Paw-Paw, tu sais bien que je viens aujourd'hui. 'Laissez les bons temps rouler', comme on dit en Louisiane! Dis, tu sais que personne ne connat cette expression en France? Paw-Paw: Tex, you're an ungrateful grand-son! You never come to visit me! Times change . . . Tex: Oh, Paw-Paw, you know I'm coming today. 'Let the good times roll', as they say in Louisiana! Do you know that nobody knows this expression in France?
Here are the most commonly used phrases with temps: De temps en temps, Tex va voir Paw-Paw Opelousas le week-end. Paw-Paw parle tout le temps de ses rhumatismes. Il prend son temps. Paw-Paw parle souvent du bon vieux temps: De mon temps, les jeunes taient polis . . . La plupart du temps, Tex s'ennuie. Il a l'impression de perdre son temps. Pendant ce temps, Tammy, Edouard et Joe-Bob sont Austin. Ils ont le temps de faire la fte. Pauvre Tex! Il rentre Austin le lundi matin, juste temps pour faire cours. From time to time, Tex goes to see Paw-Paw in Opelousas on the weekend. Paw-Paw talks about his rheumatism all the time. He takes his time. Paw-Paw often talks about the good old days: In my days, young people were polite . . . Most of the time Tex gets bored. He feels like he is wasting his time. In the meantime, Tammy, Edouard and Joe-Bob are in Austin. They have time to party. Poor Tex! He comes back to Austin on Monday morning, just in time to teach.
heure Heure is feminine and can be used in the singular or in the plural. It is used to refer to clock time.
Tammy: Tex, tu as l'heure? Tex: Oui, j'ai l'heure. Tammy: Et bien?! Quelle heure estil? Tex: Il est 4 heures. Tammy: Chouette! C'est l'heure d'Oprah, mon mission prfre! Tex: Et pour moi, c'est l'heure de faire la sieste!
Tammy: Tex, you got the time? Tex: Yes, I've got the time. Tammy: Well?! What time is it? Tex: It is 4 o'clock. Tammy: Great! It's time for Oprah, my favorite show! Tex: And it's time for me to take a nap!
fois Fois is feminine and its singular and plural forms are identical. It is used to refer to one or several instances of an event. Tammy: Tex, rveille-toi! Paw-Paw est au tlphone, il veut te parler. Tex: Comment? Il a appel quatre fois aujourd'hui! Tammy: Cette fois, il est dprim. Sois gentil, il a trois fois ton ge. Tex: Bon, bon, j'y vais, mais c'est la dernire fois! Tammy: Tex, wake up! Paw-Paw is on the phone, he wants to talk to you. Tex: What? He has called four times today! Tammy: This time, he is depressed. Be nice, he is three times your age. Tex: Ok, ok, I'm going, but it is the last time!
Fill in the blank with: 'temps' 'heure' or 'fois'. Pay attention to the use of the determiner. 1. Corey est rveill n'importe quelle ______ du soir.
2. Tammy: Bette, tu me trompes pour la dernire ______ .
3. Tammy: C'est ______ d'aller en cours.
4. Joe-Bob: Tex, quelle ______ est-ce que le cours commence?
Check answers
nouns: introduction
introduction to determiners
determiners
A determiner is a word that determines or qualifies the meaning of a noun by expressing such concepts as quantity or definiteness. There is never more than one determiner per noun and it is always placed before the noun. Determiners always agree in gender and number with the nouns they modify. Articles are the main group of determiners in French. There are three categories of articles: definite, indefinite, and partitive. Definite articles (le, la, les) are used when the noun is specific. They are all translated as 'the' in English. Le serveur donne la carte des vins Tex. The waiter gives the wine list to Tex.
Indefinite articles (un, une, des) introduce nouns that are not specific. They are translated as 'a' or 'an' in English. Tex choisit un vin. Tex chooses a wine.
Partitive articles (du, de la, de l') are used to introduce mass nouns, that is nouns that are conceived of as a mass of indeterminate quantity. They are usually translated as 'some' in English. Tex boit du vin. Tex drinks some wine.
Demonstrative determiners (ce, cet, cette, ces) point out something, typically something within sight. They may be translated in English as 'this', 'that', 'these', 'those' depending on the number (singular or plural) and proximity (near or far) Tex explique: Ce bassin est Barton Spring. Cette piscine s'appelle Deep Eddy. Tex explains: This pool is Barton Springs. This swimming pool is Deep Eddy.
Possessive determiners (mon, ma, mes, etc.) indicate ownership or possession like 'my', 'your' 'his', 'her', 'our', 'their'. Tex prsente sa famille: Voici mon frre Trey, ma soeur Rita avec ses enfants et leur chien Fido. Notre famille est formidable.
Tex introduces his family: Here is my brother, Trey, my sister, Rita with her children and their dog Fido. Our family is great.
definite articles with physical characteristics
physical characteristics
The definite article (le, la, l', les) is often used with parts of the body instead of a possessive determiner (mon, ma, mes, etc.). Sentences with this structure always use the verb avoir to indicate that the possessor is the subject of the sentence. The following French sentences are equivalent.
Tex rve: Ah, Tammy! Tu as les yeux brlants, la bouche pulpeuse, les cheveux si doux . . . Tex rve: Ah Tammy! Ton regard est brlant, ta bouche pulpeuse, tes cheveux si doux . . .
Tex is dreaming: Ah Tammy! You have fiery eyes, full lips, such soft hair . . . Tex is dreaming: Ah Tammy! Your eyes are fiery, your lips full, your hair so soft . . . .
However, an indefinite article is used if an adjective comes before the part of the body: Tex continue: Tammy, tu as un petit nez pointu et de grandes oreilles dcolles . . . . Tex continues: Tammy, you have a little pointed nose and big ears which stick out . . . .
The definite article is also always used when pronominal verbs refer to parts of the body.
Fill in the blank with the correct article : le, la, les, un, une, or de. HINT: adjective agreement in the sentences may help you discover the gender of each noun. 1. Tammy a ______ jolie bouche. (pretty mouth)
2. Tex a _______ jolies jambes. (pretty legs)
3. Bette a ________ peau douce. (soft skin)
4. Joe-Bob a ________ joues joufflues. (plump cheeks)
Check answers
determiners: introduction
determiners: indefinite articles
indefinite articles
1. forms 2. uses 3. 'de' after the negative 4. before a plural adjective 5. with adjectives of profession, nationality, and religion
forms In French, few nouns can stand alone. Most need to be introduced or 'determined' by an article. As in English, an article is characterized as either definite ('the') or indefinite ('a', 'an'). In French, articles are also masculine or feminine, and singular or plural, according to the gender and number of the noun they determine. Here are the indefinite articles in French:
masculine singular: un
Tex est un tatou. Joe-Bob est un cureuil. Bette est une chatte. UT est une universit des tatous des cureuils des chats des universits
Tex is an armadillo. Joe-Bob is a squirrel. Bette is a cat. (female) UT is a university. (some) armadillos (some) squirrels (some) cats (some) universities
feminine singular: une plural: des
In the examples above, listen carefully to the difference in pronunciation of un and des before words beginning with a consonant (un tatou, des tatous) and before a words beginning with a vowel sound (un cureuil, des cureuils). These are examples of liaison.
uses As the English 'a' 'an' or 'some', the indefinite articles un, une, des refer to nouns which are nonspecific. Un or une may also indicate quantity, 'a' or 'an' in the sense of 'one.' Contrast the use of the indefinite and definite articles in the first two sentences below. The indefinite plural des is always expressed in French, but its English equivalent 'some' is often omitted. Joe-Bob et Corey ont une chambre dans une rsidence universitaire Austin. Ils ont la chambre numro 1735 dans la rsidence Jester. Joe-Bob et Corey sont des camarades de chambre. Joe-Bob and Corey have a (one) room in a residence hall in Austin. The have the room #1735 in the Jester residence hall. Joe-Bob and Corey are roommates!
'de' after the negative In a negative sentence, the indefinite articles un, une, des are replaced by de or d': Tex: Joe-Bob, tu as un chien? Joe-Bob: Mais non! Je n'ai pas de chien. Je suis un cureuil. Tex: Corey, tu as des amis? Corey: Mais non! Je n'ai pas d'amis. Je suis un cafard. Tex: Joe-Bob, do you have a dog?' Joe-Bob: No, I don't have a dog. I'm a squirrel. Tex: Corey, do you have friends? Corey: No, I don't have any friends. I'm a cockroach.
However, following the verb tre, the indefinite articles un, une, des remain unchanged in the negative: Edouard: Joe-Bob, c'est un cureuil. Ce n'est pas un tatou! Tex et Tammy, ce sont des tatous. Ce ne sont pas des escargots. Edouard: Joe-Bob is a squirrel. He is not an armadillo. Tex and Tammy are armadillos. They are not snails.
before a plural adjective Before a plural adjective which precedes a noun, des usually becomes de. If the adjective comes after the noun, des does not change to de.
Edouard: Tex et Tammy sont de charmants amoureux. Bette: Ah bon? Ce ne sont pas seulement de bons amis? Edouard: Tu ne trouves pas que Tex et Tammy sont des tatous parfaits l'un pour l'autre? Bette: Absolument pas!
Edouard: Tex and Tammy are charming lovers. Bette: Really? They are not just good friends? Edouard: Don't you think that Tex and Tammy are armadillos who are perfect for each other? Bette: Absolutely not!
with adjectives of profession, nationality, and religion Professions, nationalities and religions are considered adjectives in French and need no article after the verbs tre and devenir. Edouard: Tex devient professeur; il est amricain; il n'est pas catholique. Edouard: Tex is becoming a professor. He is American. He is not Catholic.
Listen to the dialogue: Bette et Tammy parlent entre femmes. Bette: Je n'ai pas de vritables amis! Tout le monde pense que je suis une mchante chatte. Tammy: Mais non Bette! Toi et moi nous sommes de vieilles amies! Bette: Oui, mais toi tu as un petit ami tandis que moi je n'ai pas de petit ami! Tammy: Tu sais Bette, avoir un petit ami ce n'est pas toujours une partie de plaisir, surtout quand il s'appelle Tex! Bette and Tammy are talking womanto-woman. Bette: I have no real friends! Everybody thinks that I am a wicked cat. Tammy: That's not true Bette! You and I are old friends!' Bette: Yes, but you have a boyfriend whereas I don't have any boyfriend! Tammy: You know Bette, having a boyfriend is not always a fun thing, especially when he's called Tex!
Fill in the blank with the correct indefinite article: un, une, des, de. 1. Joe-Bob est ________ tudiant A&M.
2. Tex est ______ prof. intelligent.
3. Fiona est ________ fourmi (fem.) loyale.
4. Tammy et Fiona sont _________ bonnes amies.
Check answers
determiners: intro
adjectives: formation and placement
formation and placement
1. formation 2. placement
formation Adjectives agree in both number and gender with the noun or pronoun they modify. For regular adjectives the masculine form is the base form to which endings are added. The feminine adjective is formed by adding an e. The plural adjective is formed by adding s. Listen to the recorded examples to hear the pronunciation of the different adjective forms: masculine singular petit feminine singular petite masculine plural petits feminine plural petites
Note how the singular and plural forms of the masculine adjective sound the same, and the singular and plural forms of the feminine adjective also sound the same.
Tex est petit. Tammy est petite. Tex et Trey sont petits. Tammy et Bette sont petites.
Tex is little. Tammy is little. Tex and Trey are little. Tammy and Bette are little.
The adjective takes the masculine plural when the nouns it modifies are of different genders: Tammy et Tex sont petits. (Tammy and Tex are little.) Irregular adjectives do not follow the rules given above. placement In French, most adjectives follow the noun, unlike in English, where the the adjective precedes the noun. Here are some examples of adjectives following the noun: Tex porte toujours un bret rond, mme quand il fait du sport. Il aime les romans existentialistes. Dans son enfance, Tex a habit chez des nonnes catholiques. Tammy a un nez pointu. C'est une tatou mince et sympathique. Elle apprend la langue franaise et fait des tudes littraires. Bette est de caractre mfiant. Elle est d'humeur changeante. C'est une chatte trs maline. Tex always wears a round beret, even when he exercises. He likes existentialist novels. As a child, Tex lived with catholic nuns. Tammy has a pointed nose. She is a slim and nice armadillo. She's learning the French language and is studying literature. Bette has a mistrustful personality. She has changing moods. She's a very cunning cat.
Note that there is a small group of adjectives that normally precede the noun. Some adjectives can also be placed before or after the noun but changing the position of the adjectives can modify their meaning. Listen to this dialogue:
Tammy, Bette et Tex sont Gregory Gym. Les deux filles parlent, puis se disputent, pendant que Tex fait son sport annuel. Tammy: Regarde, Bette, comme ses ongles jaunes tapent sur le tapis roulant quand il court! Quel tatou adorable! Et ce museau fin et pointu, ces cailles tincelantes, ce corps souple, ces gestes et ces mouvements pleins de grce . . . Bette: Berk! Tu aimes vraiment a!? Un corps humide de sueur et un poil gris comme une boule de papier mch! Oh mon dieu! Et cette odeur dsagrable! Comme un rat noy! Tu n'es pas srieuse! Tammy: Bette, je ne suis pas idiote! Je connais tes intentions! Il est moi!
Tammy, Bette and Tex are at Gregory Gym. The two girls talk, then argue, while Tex does his yearly workout. Tammy: Bette, would you look at those yellow nails of his clicking on the tread mill when he runs! What an adorable armadillo! And that snout, so fine and pointy! Those shiny scales, that supple body, his every gesture and movement so full of grace . . . Bette: Yuck! You like that!? That clammy body, gray fur? Like a wad of paper mach! Oh, Lord! And that awful smell! Like a drowned rat! You're not serious! Tammy: Bette, you don't fool me! I understand your intentions! He's mine!
Give the correct form of the adjective indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex a un charme ________ (fou, 'incredible, crazy').
2. Bette a un stylo _______. (vert, 'green')
3. Fiona et Tammy sont ___________. (intelligent)
4. Tex et Tammy sont des tatous __________. (charmant, 'charming')
Check answers
adjectives: introduction
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/adj2.t2003-12-30 9:14:40
irregular adjectives
irregular adjectives
1. gender 2. number
Regular adjectives are formed by adding an e to the masculine form in the singular (content / contente), or by adding an s to the masculine and feminine forms in the plural (Tex et Edouard sont contents / Tammy et Bette sont contentes). This group of adjectives is by far the most common. There are, however, a number of adjectives which are called irregular, because they do not have the normal -e, -s, or -es endings. The endings of these irregular adjectives vary widely and often change the pronunciation. gender Some adjectives are completely irregular: masculine doux faux favori frais long public douce fausse favorite frache longue publique feminine soft false favorite fresh long public translation
Other adjectives can be grouped in categories: masculine ending -el -eil -il -on -s -en -et -er -eux -eur -teur -f -c -ou feminine ending -elle -eille -ille -onne -sse -enne -te -re -euse -euse -trice -ve -che -olle french cruel cruelle pareil pareille gentil gentille mignon mignonne gros grosse ancien ancienne secret secrte cher chre heureux heureuse trompeur trompeuse crateur cratrice actif active franc franche fou folle cruel similar kind, nice cute big, fat old secretive dear, expensive happy deceptive creative active frank crazy english
Some adjectives have identical masculine and feminine forms. This is generally the case with adjectives ending in e in their masculine form and with foreign adjectives like 'snob', 'cool', etc. For example: Tex est un tatou imaginaire; Tammy aussi est imaginaire. Ils sont imaginaires. (Tex is an imaginary armadillo; Tammy too is imaginary. They are imaginary.) Here are a few of these adjectives: pauvre (poor) riche (rich) mince (slim) propre (clean) difficile (difficult) calme (calm) minuscule (tiny) ironique (ironic) sensible (sensitive) semblable (similar) ridicule (ridiculous) imaginaire (imaginary)
number The majority of adjectives are regular in the plural; that is, an -s is added to the singular masculine or feminine forms. There are two major exceptions to this rule: 1. Do not add an s to the masculine form of adjectives ending in s or x. The masculine singular and plural forms are thus identical: un animal heureux (a happy animal), des animaux heureux (happy animals). However, the feminine plural form of these adjectives is regular; it is formed by simply adding an s to the feminine singular form: une fille heureuse (a happy girl), des filles heureuses (happy girls). 2. Adjectives ending in al in the masculine singular form change to aux in the masculine plural form. Tex est un tatou international. Edouard et Tex sont des animaux internationaux. Tex is an international armadillo. Edouard and Tex are international animals.
The feminine plural form of these adjectives is regular; it is formed by simply adding an s to the feminine singular form: Tex aime lire la presse internationale. Tex aime aussi les revues internationales. (Tex likes to read international papers. Tex also likes international magazines). Listen to this dialogue:
Tex: Mais, qu'est-ce qui ne va pas? Tammy: C'est encore Bette! Elle n'est jamais sincre! Sois franc Tex. Tu ne la trouves pas capricieuse et cruelle? Tex: Non! Elle est gentille! C'est une bonne amie! Qu'est-ce qu'elle a fait? Tammy: Comme tu es naf! Elle me raconte que tu me trouves ennuyeuse, que tu es amoureux d'une de tes tudiantes. C'est vrai? Tex: Tu es folle! C'est une fausse accusation! Tammy: Hmm . . . Tu veux que je t'explique? C'est trs clair. Elle est jalouse! C'est le complot classique. Elle essaie de nous sparer, nous des amis si loyaux!
Tex: But, what's wrong? Tammy: It's Bette again! She is never sincere! Be frank Tex. Don't you find her capricious and cruel? Tex: No! She is nice! She is a good friend! What did she do? Tammy: You are so naive! She tells me that you think I'm boring, that you are in love with one of your students. Is that true? Tex: You're crazy! It's a false accusation! Tammy: Hmm . . . Do you want me to explain? It's very clear. She is jealous! It's the classic plot. She is trying to separate us, such loyal friends!
Give the correct form of the adjective indicated in parentheses. 1. Joe-Bob et Corey ne sont pas _______. (vif, 'quick, clever')
2. Bette est une chatte _________. (sensuel, 'sensuous')
3. Tammy, quelle est ta chanson ______ ? (favori, 'favorite')
4. Tammy et Bette sont __________ de peinture. (amateur, 'amateur')
Check answers
adjectives that precede the noun
adjectives precede noun
The placement of most adjectives in French is after the noun: un escargot parlant, une fourmi travailleuse, des tatous intelligents, etc. There is a small group of adjectives, however, that normally precede the noun. These adjectives may be categorized as adjectives of Beauty, Age, Numbers Goodness, and Size (BANGS). autre, other beau (belle), beautiful bon (bonne), good grand (grande), tall, big gros (grosse), big, fat jeune, young joli (jolie), pretty mauvais (mauvaise), bad nouveau (nouvelle), new petit (petite), little vieux (vieille), old ordinal numbers: premier (premire), first deuxime, second troisime, third, etc.
Tammy est une belle Amricaine. C'est aussi une bonne amie. C'est une petite tatou. Trey est le jeune frre de Tex. C'est le troisime enfant de la famille.
Tammy is a beautiful American woman. She is also a good friend. Tammy is a little armadillo. Trey is Tex's young brother. He is the third child in the family.
beau, nouveau, vieux Beau, nouveau, and vieux have irregular forms. Note the special forms in the masculine singular when they precede a word that begins with a vowel or a silent h. masculine singular beau nouveau vieux masculine before vowel bel nouvel vieil feminine singular belle nouvelle vieille masculine plural beaux nouveaux vieux feminine plural belles nouvelles vieilles
The adjectives which precede the noun must agree in number and gender with the noun they modify (see the regular rule for adjective formation). Be aware that changing the position of some adjectives may change their meaning. Listen to this dialogue: Tex et Tammy regardent le nouvel album de famille de Rita. Tammy: Qui est cette belle femme? Rita: C'est notre mre. Tammy: Et qui sont ces autres personnes? Rita: Le vieil homme, c'est Paw-Paw Louis. Et puis, ct, c'est moi. Tex: Et ce petit bb, qui est-ce? Comme il est laid! Rita: C'est toi, Tex. C'est la premire photo de toi. Tex and Tammy are looking at Rita's new family album. Tammy: Who is that beautiful woman? Rita: That's our mother. Tammy: And who are these other people? Rita: The old man, that's Paw-Paw Louis. And then, next to him, that's me. Tex: And the little baby, who is it? Boy is he ugly! Rita: That's you, Tex. It's the first picture of you.
Give the correct form of the adjective indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex a de _________ oreilles. (grand)
2. Les _________ pomes de Tex sont nuls ('worthless'). (premier)
3. Tammy a un ________ oncle en Australie. (vieux)
4. Bette est une ______ chatte opportuniste. (jeune)
Check answers
adjectives whose meaning varies with placement
meaning varies w/placement
Some adjectives can be placed either before or after the noun they are describing. Their position determines their meaning. When the adjective is placed before the noun it tends to carry a figurative, or metaphorical meaning. When it follows the noun, it carries a more literal, or actual meaning. Consider the following examples: literal sense following the noun Paw-Paw adore les meubles anciens. ancien Paw-Paw adores very old furniture. figurative sense before the noun Marianne est l'ancienne copine de Tex. Marianne is Tex's former girlfriend. Tammy aime les parfums chers de Paris. Tammy likes expensive perfumes from Paris. Tex a vu Marianne la semaine dernire. dernier Tex saw Marianne last [preceding] week. Chers amis, je suis content de vous voir! Dear friends, I am happy to see you! Tex dit Marianne: Pour la dernire fois, je ne veux plus te voir. Tex says to Marianne: For the last [final] time, I don't want to see you anymore. Tex est un grand philosophe. Tex is a great philosopher.
adjective
cher
grand
En gnral, les tatous ne sont pas grands. In general, armadillos are not tall. Bette est l'hypocrisie mme!
mme
Bette is hypocrisy itself!
Tammy et Bette adorent le mme petit tatou. Tammy and Bette adore the same little armadillo.
A son arrive Austin, Tex tait un tatou pauvre. pauvre When he came to Austin, Tex was a financially poor armadillo.
Le pauvre Tex tait malheureux quand il a quitt la France. The unfortunate Tex was not happy when he left France. Tex dit Marianne: Et la prochaine fois que tu me suis, j'appelle la police! Tex says to Marianne: And the next [following] time that you follow me, I will call the police. Edouard veut son propre restaurant. Edouard wants his own restaurant. Dans le coeur de Tex, Tammy est le seul tatou qui compte. In Tex's heart, Tammy is the only armadillo that matters.
Mes chers tudiants, la semaine prochaine vous avez un examen prochain My dear students, next [in a series] week you have an exam.
propre
Mais oui, Edouard est un escargot propre! Yes, Edouard is a clean snail.
Corey est seul. C'est un cafard. seul Corey is alone. He's a cockroach.
Bette n'est pas simple. simple Bette is not simple [uncomplicated]
Tex n'est pas un simple pote, c'est aussi un philosophe. Tex is not just a poet, he is also a philosopher.
Paw-Paw a racont des histoires vraies sur sa vie pendant la guerre. vrai Paw-Paw told true stories about his life during the war.
Les aventures de Tex et ses copains, c'est une vraie histoire. The adventures of Tex and his friends are a real story!
Listen to this dialogue: Tammy attend Tex la bibliothque depuis une heure. Enfin il arrive. Tammy (ironique): Ne te presse pas mon cher Tex! Tu oublies tes propres rendez-vous maintenant?! Tex: Ah, Tammy, ma chrie! J'tais au caf avec mon grand ami Edouard, quand j'ai vu une femme seule. Elle avait l'air triste. Elle tait le dsespoir mme. Et la beaut mme . . . Tammy (toujours furieuse): Et alors? Tex: Eh bien? Tu me connais! Je suis un brave tatou! Alors, je suis all lui offrir un caf pour la consoler. Tammy: Ah oui? Tex: Ae! Tammy has been waiting for Tex at the library for an hour. Finally, he arrives. Tammy (ironic): Take your time my dear Tex! Are you forgetting your own appointments now?! Tex: Oh, Tammy, darling, I was at the cafe with my great friend Edouard, when I saw a lonely woman. She looked sad. She was despair itself! Beauty itself also . . . Tammy (still furious): So what? Tex: So? You know the way I am! I am a good armadillo! So I went and bought her a coffee to console her. Tammy: Oh really? Tex: Ouch!
Choose the correct English meaning for the adjective in capital letters between the two options given in parentheses. 1. Le PAUVRE Corey a encore perdu au loto.(penniless/unfortunate)
2. Tex adore les livres ANCIENS. (antique/former)
3. Nous sommes trs PAUVRES. (penniless/unfortunate)
4. La France est CHERE au coeur de Tex. (expensive/dear)
Check answers
pronominal verbs
pronominal verbs
A pronominal verb is a verb that is accompanied by a reflexive pronoun. Pronominal verbs fall into three major classes based on their meaning: reflexive, idiomatic, and reciprocal. You have probably already seen the pronominal verb s'appeler (Comment t'appelles-tu? What is your name?). To conjugate pronominal verbs in the present tense, you need to pay attention to both the pronoun and the verb form. Listen carefully to the conjugation of the following pronominal verb. The verb is conjugated normally (here an -er verb) with addition of the reflexive pronouns me, te, se, nous, vous, se.
se raser
je me rase tu te rases il/elle/on se rase
'to shave oneself'

nous nous rasons vous vous rasez ils/elles se rasent
reflexive verbs Pronominal verbs often express reflexive actions, that is, the subject performs the action on itself. If the subject performs the action on someone else, the verb is not reflexive. Here is a list of common reflexive verbs: s'asseoir, to sit (down) s'appeler, to be called s'arrter, to stop se brosser, to brush se coucher, to go to bed s'habiller, to get dressed se laver, to wash se lever, to get up se promener, to take a walk se rveiller, to wake up
Compare the difference in meaning between se raser and raser in the following sentences. Note that English does not usually indicate reflexive meaning explicitly since it can be inferred from the context. However, if reflexive meaning is intended in French, then it must be explicitly stated by using a reflexive pronoun.
Est-ce que Tex se rase? Mais non, Tex, c'est un tatou. Il n'a pas de cheveux. Qu'est-ce qu'il fait, Tex, avec le rasoir? Il rase Joe-Bob pour l't.
Does Tex shave? Why no, Tex is an armadillo. He has no hair. What's Tex doing with the razor? He's shaving Joe-Bob for the summer.
To negate pronominal verbs, place the ne before the reflexive pronoun and the pas after the verb. When used with an auxiliary verb such as aimer (to like), the infinitive of a pronominal verb agrees with its subject. When pronominal verbs are used with parts of the body, they take the definite article (le, la, les) rather than the possessive article as in English: Tex se lave les mains. (Tex washes his hands.)
Joe Bob: Edouard, est-ce que tu te rases? Edouard: Non, je ne me rase pas. Les escargots ne se rasent pas. Pourtant, nous nous lavons le visage tous les jours. Joe-Bob : Ah, tu as de la chance. Je dteste me raser.
Joe Bob: Edouard, do you shave? Edouard: No, I don't shave. Snails don't shave. However we do wash our faces every day. Joe-Bob: Ah, you're lucky. I hate to shave.
idiomatic verbs Some pronominal verbs are idiomatic and do not represent reflexive actions per se. s'amuser (to have fun) and se reposer (to rest) are examples of pronominal verbs with idiomatic meanings. The following list includes common idiomatic pronominal verbs: s'amuser, to have fun se dpcher, to hurry s'endormir, to fall asleep s'ennuyer, to be bored s'entendre, to get along se fcher, to get angry se marier, to get married se passer, to happen se reposer, to rest se sentir, to feel se souvenir de, to remember se taire, to be silent se tromper, to make a mistake se trouver, to be (situated) reciprocal verbs A third category of pronominal verbs expresses a reciprocal action between more than one person, s'aimer or se parler, for example. The English equivalent often uses the phrase 'each other' to represent this reciprocal action. Here is a list of common reciprocal verbs: s'aimer, to love each other se dtester, to hate each other se disputer, to argue s'embrasser, to kiss se parler to talk to each other se quitter, to leave each other se regarder, to look at each other se retrouver, to meet each other se tlphoner, to telephone each other
To form the imperative of pronominal verbs, drop the subject pronoun and then attach the reflexive pronoun with a hyphen to the right side of the verb. The reflexive pronoun te becomes toi when used in the imperative. Dpche-toi! Hurry up!, Souvenons-nous. Let's remember., Amusez-vous! Have fun!. Tammy dcrit ses rapports avec Tex. Tammy: Nous nous entendons trs bien, sauf quand il se fche. Il me dit, < Assieds-toi et tais-toi, ma petite.> Mais nous nous aimons mme si nous nous disputons un peu. Nous allons nous marier un jour. Tammy describes her relationship with Tex. Tammy: Usually we get along very well except when he gets angry. He tells me "Sit down and shut up, little one!" But we love each other even if we fight a little bit. We're going to get married someday.
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex et Tammy ne ______ pas avec leurs amis. (s'ennuyer)
2. Fiona dit Tex: Tu ______ , mais moi, je vais travailler. (s'amuser)
3. Tammy dit Fiona: tu ne vas pas ______ ? (se reposer)
4. Tex: Je ne ______ pas. Je n'ai pas de cheveux. (se raser)
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/vpr1.t2003-12-30 9:15:14
imperative mood
imperative mood
1. formation 2. irregular imperatives 3. imperative of pronomial verbs 4. negative commands 5. pronoun object with imperatives
The imperative, (l'impratif in French) is used to give commands, orders, or express wishes, like 'Stop!', 'Listen!' You may recognize the imperative from commands such as 'Ecoutez' or 'Rptez'. It is one of four moods in the French language. Unlike the other moods, the imperative is not divided into tenses. Keep in mind that the imperative is a very direct way to give an order. It is often replaced with more polite alternatives like the conditional. formation There are three forms of the imperative: tu, nous and vous. For all verbs, the imperative is formed by taking the corresponding forms of the present indicative, but without subject pronouns. The lack of a subject pronoun is what identifies the imperative mood.
finir 'to finish'

present tu finis nous finissons vous finissez imperative finis finissons finissez translation finish (you, familiar) let's finish finish
The tu form is used to give an order to a child or when the speaker is on familiar terms with the person addressed. The vous form is used to give an order to a group of people or to address one person in the vous form. The nous form is used to give an order that involves oneself as well as others, though it often expresses a suggestion as its translation (Let's . . . ) indicates. Drop the final s in the tu forms of the imperative for -er verbs, including aller, and -ir verbs like ouvrir and other verbs whose present indicative form of tu ends in -es:
present tu regardes tu ouvres tu vas
imperative regarde ouvre va
translation look open go
When these forms are followed by the pronoun y or en, the -s is reattached for pronunciation purposes. For example: Corey: Bette, va au supermarch! Vas-y! Et achte de l'insecticide pour moi . . . Tu m'entends? Achtesen pour moi! Bette: Imbcile, l'insecticide est dangereux pour les cafards! Paf! Corey: Oh, Bette . . . aide-moi me relever, s'il te plat. Bette: Tu es vraiment trop bte. Je m'en vais. Corey: Bette, go to the supermarket! Go there! And buy some insecticide for me . . . Do you hear me? Buy some for me! Bette: Imbecile, insecticide is dangerous for cockroaches! Pow! Corey: Oh, Bette, help me back up, please. Bette: You are really too stupid. I'm leaving.
irregular imperatives There are several verbs that have irregular imperative forms. avoir aie ayons ayez tre sois soyons soyez savoir sache sachons sachez vouloir veuille veuillons veuillez
imperative of pronominal verbs For pronominal verbs, the subject pronoun is dropped and the object pronoun is placed after the verb and is attached with a hyphen. Te becomes toi in this situation.
se souvenir 'to remember'

present tu te souviens nous nous souvenons vous vous souvenez imperative souviens-toi souvenons-nous souvenez-vous translation remember let's remember remember
negative commands The forms of the affirmative imperative (an order to do something) have been presented in the above charts. In negative commands (an order not to do something), place the ne ... pas around the imperative, as in Ne regarde pas ('Don't look'). In negative commands for reflexive verbs, the object pronoun is placed in front of the verb. Corey: Ne te moque pas de moi! Joe-Bob: Ne nous moquons pas de Corey! Corey: Don't make fun of me! Joe-Bob: Let's not make fun of Corey!
pronoun object with imperatives Other non-pronominal pronoun objects follow the same placement as objects of pronominal verbs. As usual, the subject pronoun is dropped. In the negative, the ne precedes the object pronoun and the verb. In the affirmative imperative, the pronoun object follows the verb, and the forms moi and toi replace me and te. Corey: Aidez-moi, aidez-moi! Je n'arrive pas me relever. Joe-Bob: Retournons-le! Allez, un, deux, trois . . . Doucement, doucement. Ne le faites pas trop vite! Corey: Help me, help me! I can't get back up. Joe-Bob: Let's turn him. Let's go, one, two, three . . . Slowly, slowly. Don't do it too fast!
Listen to the following dialogue: Corey: Merci, tout le monde. a va beaucoup mieux. Allons Barton Springs cet aprs-midi. Joe-Bob: D'accord, mais coute, d'abord je dois mettre mon maillot. Corey: Oui, bien sr, mais dpchetoi. Joe-Bob: J'arrive. N'oublions pas l'insecticide. Il y a tant d'insectes empoisonnants en ce moment! Corey: Eh moi alors? Joe-Bob: Oh, pas toi, Corey. Tu n'es jamais empoisonnant! Corey: Thanks, everybody. That's much better. Let's go to Barton Springs this afternoon. Tammy: Okay, but listen, first I have to put on my swimsuit. Tex: Yes, of course, but hurry. Joe-Bob: I'm coming. Let's not forget the insecticide. There are so many irritating insects now. Corey: And me? Joe-Bob: Oh, not you, Corey. You are never irritating!
Fill in the blank with the imperative form of the verb between parentheses. 1. Tex : ___________ Tammy! On taient si heureux Lyon! (se rappeler)
2. Tammy : Edouard, Corey, _____________ ! Vous allez tre en retard! (se dpcher)
3. Tex : Edouard, Corey, ceci est secret! _____________ Tammy! (ne pas parler)
4. Tex : Chers amis, ___________ tous mon anniversaire! (venir)
Check answers
conditional
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/tai1.t2003-12-30 9:15:18
intro to tense, aspect, mood, voice
tense/mood
1. tense 2. aspect 3. mood 4. voice
tense Tense is the grammatical term that refers to the time when the action of the verb occurs: past, present, future. The time frame of an action is usually established by referring to the present moment; for example, the pass compos and the future are respectively past and present in relation to the present. However, some tenses establish their time frame by referring to other actions in the past or in the future. For example, the plus-que-parfait tense indicates a past action that occurred prior to the the completion of another past action. The futur antrieur tense indicates a future action that will have occured before another future action. Actions that occur before another action are described as being anterior. Tenses are also described by their number of parts. For example, a tense with only one verb form is called a simple tense (ie, le pass simple). In contrast, a tense comprising two forms, the auxiliary verb and the participle, is referred to as a compound tense (ie, le pass compos). aspect Aspect, unlike tense, is not concerned with placing events on a time line. Rather, aspect is concerned with making distinctions about the kinds of actions that are described by verbs: progressive actions, punctual actions, habitual actions, etc. The most important aspectual distinction in French concerns the difference between the two most common past tenses: the imparfait and the pass compos. While both tenses refer to actions in the past, they are used for very different types of actions. The imparfait indicates an action that is ongoing or habitual. Actions in the imparfait may be simultaneous or overlapping. The pass compos on the other hand, indicates an action that is in a strict sequence in relation to another action. In other words, an event in the pass compos must be completed before another may be used in narration. These aspectual differences are best understood in a narrative context where the imparfait is typically used to set the scene of a story by giving background information. Install la terrasse du Cactus Cafe, Tex regardait les filles qui passaient. Il savourait une tasse de caf, mais quelque chose manquait . . . une cigarette! Seated on the terrace of the Cactus Cafe, Tex was watching the girls who walked by. He was enjoying a cup of coffee, but something was missing . . . a cigarette!
The pass compos is used for the foreground, that is, the plot line events. Note that plot line events are sequential, that is, an event must be completed before another event begins. Tex a sorti une cigarette de son paquet. Il l'a allume et il a tir une grande bouffe. Mmm . . . extase! Tex took out a cigarette from his pack. He lit it and took a long drag. Mmm . . . ecstasy!
mood Mood is a grammatical category distinguishing verb tenses. There are four moods in French: indicative, subjunctive, conditional, and imperative. All of these moods, except the imperative, may be conjugated in different tenses. Each of these moods has a different function. The indicative mood is the most common and is used to relate facts and objective statements. Tammy se rveille tt le matin. (present tense of the indicative mood) Tammy gets up early in the morning.
The subjunctive mood is used more commonly in French than in English. It is used to express opinions and feelings (subjective thoughts). Il est dommage que les parents de Tex soient morts. (present tense of the subjunctive mood) It is too bad that Tex's parents are dead.
The conditional mood is used to express hypothetical or contrary-to-fact statements. Si Corey tait beau, il aurait une copine. (present tense of the conditional mood) If Corey were handsome, he would have a girlfriend.
The imperative mood is used to give direct orders or commands. Tex, rveille-toi! Tex, get up!
voice Voice is a grammatical category describing the relationship between a verb and its subject. Voice is either active or passive. Active voice refers to the situation where the subject of the sentence performs the action of the verb. Les autorits ont expuls Tex de France. The authorities expelled Tex from France.
On the other hand, passive voice refers to the situation where the subject receives the action of the verb. Tex a t expuls de France (par les autorits). Tex was expelled from France (by the authorities).
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/ta1.t2003-12-30 9:15:26
conditional
conditional
1. formation 2. pronunciation 3. irregular stems
4. uses
The conditional is used to refer to hypothetical events. It occurs in polite requests and most frequently with if clauses. In French, it is called le conditionnel and is most often translated by would in English. formation The stem used to form the conditional is the same as the stem of the future (usually the infinitive). The conditional endings are -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, -aient (These are also the imperfect endings).
jouer 'to play'

je jouerais, I would play tu jouerais, you would play il, elle / on jouerait, he, she (it) /would play nous jouerions, we would play vous joueriez, you would play ils / elles joueraient, they would play
The above formation works for -er verbs (aimer, j'aimerais), -ir verbs (finir, je finirais) and -re verbs (vendre, je vendrais). Remember to drop the final e from the infinitive stem of -re verbs . pronunciation The r in the stem is representative of the conditional, as well as the future. Only the difference in the pronunciation of the endings distinguishes the two. The difference between the je forms is subtle. Can you hear the differences? Note also how the e of the infinitive of -er verbs changes in the future and conditional forms.
regarder 'to look at'

future je regarderai tu regarderas il / elle regardera nous regarderons vous regarderez ils / elles regarderont conditional je regarderais tu regarderais il / elle regarderait nous regarderions vous regarderiez ils / elles regarderaient
irregular stems Verbs with irregular future stems use the same irregular stems in the conditional. Here is a list of the most common irregular stems: infinitive aller avoir courir devoir envoyer tre faire falloir mourir obtenir pleuvoir pouvoir recevoir savoir tenir venir voir vouloir iraurcourrdevrenverrserferfaudrmourrobtiendrpleuvrpourrrecevrsaurtiendrviendrverrvoudrstem conditional j'irais j'aurais je courrais je devrais j'enverrais je serais je ferais il faudrait je mourrais j'obtiendrais il pleuvrait je pourrais je recevrais je saurais je tiendrais je viendrais je verrais je voudrais translation I would go I would run I would run I would be obliged to I would send I would be I would do it would be necessary I would die Iwould obtain it would rain I would be able I would receive I would know I would hold I would come I would see I would want
verbs with spelling changes Some verbs with spelling changes in the present form their future/conditional stem regularly. These include verbs like prfrer, esprer, manger, and commencer. infinitive prfrer esprer manger commencer stem prfreresprermangercommencerconditional je prfrerais j'esprerais je mangerais je commencerais translation I would prefer I would hope I would eat I would start
Verbs with spelling changes like appeler, employer and acheter add -r to the present of the je form to create their future stem. present tense j'appelle j'emploie j'achte stem appelleremploierachterconditional j'appellerais j'emploierais j'achterais translation I would call I would use I would buy
uses wishes or requests The conditional expresses potentiality. It is used to express a wish or a suggestion, to make a request, or to accept or extend invitations. It is less direct and more polite than the imperative. The verbs 'pouvoir', 'vouloir', and 'devoir' are often found in the conditional to diminish the strength of a command. In most cases, the conditional is translated as meaning would in English. However, je pourrais means 'I could', je devrais means 'I should' and je voudrais means 'I would like'. Also do not confuse 'would' in English meaning 'used to' which should be translated as an imparfait in French, and NOT as the conditional: A Paris, Joe-Bob allait au MacDo tous les jours. (In Paris, Joe-Bob would/used to go to McDonald's everyday). Joe-Bob et Tammy se trouvent au restaurant o Edouard travaille comme serveur. Edouard: Bonsoir Madame, Monsieur. Aimeriez-vous commander un apritif pour commencer? Tammy: Oh oui! Pourrions-nous avoir un Ricard et un Perrier? Ensuite, je voudrais une salade verte, s'il vous plat. Joe-Bob: Je veux un hamburger. Edouard: Monsieur, vous devriez tre plus poli dans ce restaurant, sinon, je pourrais oublier votre commande! Joe-Bob and Tammy are at the restaurant where Edouard works as a waiter. Edouard: Good evening, would you like to order drinks to start?
Tammy: Oh yes, could we have one Ricard and one Perrier? Then I would like a green salad, please. Joe-Bob: I want a hamburger. Edouard: Sir, you should be more polite in this resaurant, or else I could forget your order!
hypothetical action The conditional is used when making statements which are contrary to present facts. It expresses a hypothethical result which depends on (stated or implied) circumstances which do not exist. In order for the action expressed by the conditional to occur, something else must take place first. Note that the condition in the si or if clause, is always stated in the imparfait. (See 'si' clauses for further examples.) Tex et Joe-Bob regardent la tl. 'Le gros lot se monte 30 millions de dollars. Que feriez-vous si vous gagniez?' Tex: Moi, j'crirais sans cesse des livres de philosophie. Joe-Bob: Moi j'achterais mon diplme d'universit. Tex and Joe-Bob are watching television. 'The Lottery is at 30 million dollars. What would you do if you won?' Tex: I would write philosophy books non-stop. Joe-Bob: I would buy my university diploma.
possibility or uncertainty The conditional is also used to give information whose accuracy cannot be guaranteed. Journalists often use it to report events which are not known to be true. Tammy et Bette regardent la tl. Soudain, leur programme prfr est interrompu et un commentateur annonce: 'Une tornade vient de s'abattre sur Hubbard, Texas. Il y aurait plusieurs victimes. Un tatou et un cureuil seraient gravement blesss. Restez avec nous, nous devrions avoir plus de dtails d'ici quelques secondes . . .' Presque immdiatement, le tlphone sonne. Tammy rpond: A . . ., All?' A l'autre bout, Tex dit: 'Tammy, c'est moi, Tex. Ne t'inquite pas, on va trs bien. Je rentrerai bientt.' Tammy and Bette are watching television. Suddenly, their favorite program is interrupted and a commentator announces: 'A tornado just struck in Hubbard, Texas. Allegedly, there are several casualties. An armadillo and a squirrel seem to be seriously wounded. Stay with us, we should have more details in a few seconds . . .' Almost immediately, the phone rings. Tammy answers: 'He . . ., Hello?' At the other end, Tex says: 'Tammy, it's me Tex. Don't worry we're fine. I'll be home soon.'
reported speech (indirect discourse) In addition, the conditional is used to represent the future in relation to a narration in the past when reported speech is used to tell what someone said. Tex a dit qu'il rentrerait bientt. Tex said he would be home soon.
Give the conditional of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Trey: Tex, tu ______ faire plus de sport. (devoir)
2. Tammy: Tex, c'est l'anniversaire de Fiona. Tu ______ lui offir un cadeau. (devoir)
3. Tex: Je ______ un caf, s'il vous plat. (vouloir)
4. Bette: Si a ne te fais rien, je ______ aller au concert. (prfrer)
Check answers
past conditional
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/tac1.t2003-12-30 9:15:31
simple future: regular
simple future (regular)
1. formation 2. uses
formation The 'simple' future (le futur) is so-named because it is a one-word tense. In other words, its formation is simple because there is no auxiliary. The endings for the simple future are: -ai, -as, -a, -ons, -ez, -ont. The future stem for -er and -ir verbs is the infinitive. For regular -re verbs, the stem is the infinitive minus the final e. In all cases, the future stem ends in -r: this sound characterizes the future and the conditional.The French simple future tense is generally translated into English with the modal auxiliary 'will.' Listen carefully to the future conjugation of regular -er verbs, where the e of the infinitive changes in pronunciation.
nager 'to swim'

je nagerai, I will swim tu nageras, you will swim il, elle / on nagera, he, she (it) / one will swim nous nagerons, we will swim vous nagerez, you will swim ils / elles nageront, they will swim
Some -er verbs with spelling changes in the present form their future regularly, that is, their future stem is the infinitive. These include verbs like prfrer (je prfrrai), manger (je mangerai) and commener (je commenerai). Other -er verbs with spelling changes in the present (appeler, employer, acheter) have irregular future stems.
rflchir 'to think'

je rflchirai, I will think tu rflchiras, you will think il, elle / on rflchira, he, she (it) / one will think nous rflchirons, we will think vous rflchirez, you will think ils / elles rflchiront, they will think
rendre 'to give back'

je rendrai, I will give back tu rendras, you will give back il, elle / on rendra, he, she (it) / one will give back nous rendrons, we will give back vous rendrez, you will give back ils / elles rendront, they will give back
Many verbs which are irregular in the present tense have regular formations in the future. Their future stems are the infinitive or the infinitive minus the final e. Such verbs include sortir (je sortirai), partir (je partirai), dormir (je dormirai), boire (je boirai), dire (je dirai), crire (j'crirai), lire (je lirai), mettre (je mettrai), prendre (je prendrai), and suivre (je suivrai). uses The simple future is used to refer to future events, that is, to make predictions. It is more formal than the immediate future, although both tenses may be used in most contexts. For further details, see future: usage.
Tammy imagine sa lune de miel avec Tex. Tammy: Nous prendrons le Concorde Paris, bien sr. On restera dans un htel trois toiles et nous mangerons dans des restaurants chics. Nous flnerons au long des Champs-Elyses bras dessus, bras dessous et tu m'offriras du parfum et des fleurs. La nuit nous descendrons la Seine en bateau mouche. Ah, la vie conjugale, un paradis terrestre.
Tammy imagines her honeymoon with Tex. Tammy: We will take the Concorde to Paris, of course. We will stay in a three-star hotel and we will eat in chic restaurants. We will stroll along the Champs-Elyses arm in arm and you will give me perfume and flowers. At night we will go down the Seine on a sightseeing boat. Ah, married life, paradise on earth.
Give the futur simple of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tammy et Bette ______ . (se tlphoner)
2. Tammy: J' ______ un livre. (crire)
3. Tammy: Je ______ les habitudes de Tex. (comprendre)
4. Tex: Bette, est-ce que tu ______ Tammy? (respecter)
Check answers
futur proche
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/taf2.t2003-12-30 9:15:36
simple future: irregular
simple future (irregular)
1. irregular future stems future stems of verbs with spelling 2. changes 3. uses
The 'simple' future is so-named because it is a one-word tense. In other words, its formation is simple because there is no auxiliary. The stem of the simple future always ends with the letter r, which is the characteristic sound of the future and conditional tenses. For a list of irregular verbs which form their future in the same way as regular verbs do, see future: regular. irregular future stems Some irregular verbs also have irregular future stems. Nevertheless, the future endings are the same for all verbs: -ai, -as, -a, -ons, -ez, -ont. The future stem for the verb tre is ser- and the future stem for the verb avoir is aur-.
tre 'to be'

je serai, I will be tu seras, you will be il, elle / on sera, he, she (it) / one will be nous serons, we will be vous serez, you will be ils / elles seront, they will be
avoir 'to have'

j'aurai, I will have tu auras, you will have il, elle / on aura, he, she (it) / one will have nous aurons, we will have vous aurez, you will have ils / elles auront, they will have
Here are the most common verbs that have irregular future stems: infinitive aller courir devoir envoyer faire falloir mourir obtenir pleuvoir pouvoir recevoir savoir tenir venir voir vouloir ircourrdevrenverrferfaudrmourrobtiendrpleuvrpourrrecevrsaurtiendrviendrverrvoudrstem j'irai je courrai je devrai j'enverrai je ferai il faudra je mourrai j'obtiendrai il pleuvra je pourrai je recevrai je saurai je tiendrai je viendrai je verrai je voudrai future translation I will go I will run I will be obliged to I will send I will do it will be necessary I will die I will obtain it will rain I will be able I will receive I will know I will hold I will come I will see I will want
future stems of verbs with spelling changes Verbs with spelling changes like appeler, employer, and acheter add -r to the present tense je form to create their future stems: present tense j'appelle j'emploie j'achte stem appelleremploierachterfuture j'appellerai j'emploierai j'achterai translation I will call I will use I will buy
Other -er verbs verbs with spelling changes including prfrer, manger, and commener have regular future stems. uses The simple future is used to refer to future events, that is, to make predictions. It is more formal than the immediate future, although both tenses may be used in most contexts. For further details, see future: usage.
Tammy est en train d'crire un livre de science-fiction: En l'an 3000, il ne pleuvra plus sur la plante Terre. Tout le monde aura trs peur et des centaines de personnes mourront. Le sol deviendra strile. Certains iront vivre sur la Lune. Les autres devront habiter sur Mars. Les villes terrestres seront totalement vides. Personne ne voudra croire qu'autrefois la vie sur la Terre tait merveilleuse. Alors, Tex, tu aimes mon livre? Tex: Ah, ma pauvre Tammy, tu n'es pas doue . . . C'est nul!
Tammy is writing a science-fiction book: In the year 3000, it will not rain any longer on the planet Earth. Everybody will be very afraid and hundreds of people will die. The soil will become sterile. Some people will go to live on the Moon. Others will have to live on Mars. The cities on the Earth will be totally empty. No one will believe that once upon a time life on earth was wonderful. So, Tex, do you like my book? Tex: Ah, my poor Tammy, you are not talented . . . It's hopeless!
Give the futur simple of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex: Mes neveux, vous ______ en France, n'est-ce pas? (aller)
2. Tammy ______ des cadeaux aux neveux de Tex. (envoyer)
3. Paw-Paw: Je ______ tout seul Opelousas. (mourir)
4. Tammy ______ toujours la cuisine. (faire)
Check answers
futur proche
future: usage
simple future: usage
1. futur proche vs. futur simple differences between French and 2. English
French has two future tenses -- the futur proche and the futur simple. The futur proche is formed with the auxiliary aller which is followed by an infinitive (Je vais partir. 'I'm going to leave'). The futur simple doesn't have an auxiliary. Instead, the infinitive form becomes the stem to which future endings are added (Je partirai. 'I will leave'). For more details on the formation of these two future tenses, including irregular forms, see the related links: future: regular, future: irregular, and futur proche. futur proche vs. futur simple The two tenses are virtually interachangeable in most contexts, especially in spoken French. So what is the difference? In general, the two tenses differ in their level of formality; the future proche is used in more informal contexts and the simple future in more formal contexts. Thus, the futur proche is primarily used in speech and less frequently in writing. According to traditional grammars, the two tenses also differ in their relative distance to the present moment. The future proche, also called the futur immdiat, typically refers to a time very close to the present moment, i.e, the near or immediate future. The futur simple, on the other hand, is often used for events in the more distant future. Because the futur simple is associated with distant future events, it often takes on a detached, objective quality making it the preferred tense for future events that represent general truths. Qui vivra, verra. Whoever will live, will see. L'homme sera toujours l'homme. Man will always be man. (Boys will be boys.) The two tenses also indicate a difference in the speaker's perception of the future event. The futur proche indicates that the speaker is relatively certain that the future event will actually happen.In contrast, the futur simple indicates that the speaker is less certain of the future event coming to pass. Let's imagine a context to make this distinction more clear. Suppose that a very disturbed man has just climbed out onto the ledge of a skyscraper. The man begins to lose his balance. A horrified onlooker sees the man beginning to teeter and screams: Il va tomber! He's going to fall! Il tombera! He will fall! In this scenario, first sentence, the one in the near future, sounds more plausible in French and in English. Why? Because when someone loses his balance, he will invariably fall. In this case, the tense indicates both the immediacy of the future event as well as its inevitability in the mind of the speaker. Of course, speakers are usually more certain about the immediate future and less certain about the distant future. Does this mean that certainty and distance to the present always go together? Not exactly. One can be certain about events in the distant future too. For example, look at the following sentences in French and in English and try to imagine the different contexts in which they would be appropriate. Je vais avoir un enfant! I'm gonna have a baby! J'aurai un enfant! I will have a baby! In the first sentence, the speaker is either pregnant or has just received confirmation from an adoption agency. Whatever the case may be, the speaker knows for certain that she will become a parent and indicates the inevitability of the future event via the futur proche. But note that even though the speaker is certain about the future event, the event is not likely to happen immediately. In the second sentence, the speaker is stating her desire to either get pregnant or to adopt a child of her own. In this sentence the time frame for the future event is left open--maybe she will get pregnant tomorrow, maybe she won't. Now consider the following dialogue in which Tex's sister Rita discovers she's going to have a baby. Can you explain the choice of future tense? Rita, qui a dj plusieurs enfants, passe un test de grossesse pour savoir si elle est enceinte. Elle sort de sa chambre. Rita: Oh . . . Bon Dieu. Le test est positif. Je vais encore avoir quatre enfants de plus! Joe-Bob: Quatre? Rita: Oui, quatre!! Tu sais bien, les tatous accouchent de quatre enfants la fois! Rita, who already has several children, takes a pregnancy test to find out if she is pregnant. She comes out of her bedroom. Rita: Oh . . . Good Lord. The test is positive. I'm going to have four more babies! Joe-Bob: Four? Rita: Yes, four!! You know, armadillos give birth to four babies at a time!
Rita et Tammy se demandent comment les bbs vont changer la vie de Rita. Rita: Encore des enfants! Je ne vais pas tenir le coup! Tammy: Oh Rita, tu exagres. Aprs une douzaine, quatre de plus ne feront aucune diffrence! Rita: Aucune diffrence? HA! Je vais avoir des couches changer, des repas prparer. Et je ne vais plus pouvoir dormir la nuit. Tammy: Oui, tu seras un peu fatigue peut-tre, mais la joie te donnera de l'nergie, tu verras. Rita: Ma joie?! Je serai heureuse quand mon mari aura une vasectomie.
Rita and Tammy wonder how the babies are going to change Rita's life. Rita: More children! I'm not going to hold up! Tammy: Oh Rita, you are exaggerating. After a dozen, four more won't make any difference at all! Rita: No difference at all? HA! I'm going to have diapers to change, meals to prepare. And I'm not going to be able to sleep at night any more. Tammy: Yes, you will be a little tired maybe, but joy will give you energy. You will see. Rita: My joy?! I will be happy when my husband has a vasectomy.
differences between French and English In general, the future tenses in French and in English are used similarly. However, there is one major difference in future tense usage between the two languages. French requires the future tense after certain conjunctions where English usage calls for the present tense.
Joe-Bob: Ds que Tex et Tammy seront en vacances, ils iront la Nouvelle-Orlans. Corey: Mais ils nous tlphoneront aussitt qu'ils arriveront la Nouvelle-Orlans. Joe-Bob: Lorsque Tex et Tammy rentreront, ils passeront quelques jours Opelousas. Corey: Et quand ils reviendront Austin, on fera la fte!
Joe-Bob: As soon as Tex and Tammy are on vacation, they will go to New Orleans. Corey: But they will call us as soon as they arrive in New Orleans. Joe-Bob: When Tex and Tammy come back, they will spend a few days in Opelousas. Corey: And when they return to Austin, we'll have a party!
In the French examples above, the subordinate clauses starting with ds que, aussitt que, lorsque, and quand are in the simple future because the main clauses are in the future. The action in the subordinate clause implies future tense since it will take place at around the same time as the action in the main clause. Note the use of the present tense in the subordinate clause of the English translations.
'Futur simple' or 'futur proche'? Fill in the blank with the appropriate future tense of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Rita : Je suis fatigue. Je _________ comme un bb. (dormir)
2. Tex : Je veux revoir la France. Je ___________ un billet d'avion immdiatement. (acheter)
3. Tex : J'ai une ide pour un pome : je __________ tout de suite! (crire)
4. Tex : Je suis en retard. Tammy _________ contente! (ne pas tre)
Check answers
futur proche
futur proche
futur proche
1. formation 2. uses 3. aller in the imperfect + infinitive
formation There are two future tenses in French, the simple future and the near future (le futur proche). The futur proche is usually translated into English as going + infinitive (e.g., going to eat, going to drink, going to talk). The futur proche is characteristic of spoken French but may be used in informal writing. It is formed with the verb aller (to go) conjugated in the present tense followed by an infinitive.
nager 'to swim'

je vais nager, I am going to swim tu vas nager, you are going to swim il, elle / on va nager, he, she (it) / one is going to swim nous allons nager, we are going to swim vous allez nager, you are going to swim ils / elles vont nager, they are going to swim
To negate the futur proche, place ne ... pas around the conjugated form of aller: Je ne vais pas nager. (I am not going to swim). Corey: Je vais aller Barton Springs. J'adore l'eau. Je vais nager. Tu viens avec moi, Bette? Bette: Tu es fou! Il fait trop froid! Je ne vais pas nager! Corey: I am going to go to Barton Springs. I love water. I am going to swim. Are you coming with me, Bette? Bette: Are you crazy? It is too cold! I am not going to swim!
uses The futur proche is used to refer to most future events in informal conversation. For details on usage see future: usage. Corey: Tex! Tammy! Nous allons aller Barton Springs. Bette: Mais il y a de gros nuages gris, il va pleuvoir. Corey: Chouette! Je vais nager sous la pluie. Corey: Tex! Tammy! We are going to go to Barton Springs. Bette: But there are big gray clouds. It's going to rain. Corey: Great! I am going to swim in the rain.
aller in the imperfect + infinitive The construction aller + infinitive is also found with the verb aller in the imperfect (l'imparfait) to indicate what someone was going to do. For example: Les copains allaient partir pour Barton Springs, quand ils ont vu un clair. Bette: Corey, tu vas te faire lectrocuter! Moi, je vais faire du shopping. Qui va venir avec moi? The friends were going to leave for Barton Springs, when they saw lightening. Bette: Corey, you are going to get yourself electrocuted! I'm going to do some shopping. Who's going to come with me?
Give 'futur proche' of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex et Tammy ___________ en France cet t. (voyager)
2. Il y a du soleil. Il _________ chaud. (faire)
3. Tammy est en short, elle __________ au tennis. (jouer)
4. C'est la Saint Valentin, et Tex ___________ d'acheter une carte pour Tammy. (ne pas oublier)
Check answers
simple future: usage
aller 'to go'
aller
The verb aller is irregular in the present tense. Listen carefully to the pronunciation of the -s in the plural forms nous and vous forms. This -s is pronounced as a /z/ to link with the vowel sound in the plural forms allons and allez.
aller 'to go'

je vais tu vas il/elle/on va past participle : all Aller literally means 'to go', but is used figuratively in salutations to say how one is doing. nous allons vous allez ils/elles vont
Corey: Salut, Joe-Bob , o vas-tu?
Corey: Hey, Joe-Bob, where are you going? Joe-Bob: I'm going to a coffee shop. Corey: But, you have class right now. Joe-Bob: Yes but, the prof is horrible, really horrible. Corey: Watch out! He's coming! Joe-Bob: Oh, hello, professor. How are you today?
Joe-Bob: Je vais au caf. Corey: Mais, tu as cours maintenant. Joe-Bob: Oui, mais le prof est horrible, vraiment horrible! Corey: Attention! Il arrive! Joe-Bob: Ah, bonjour monsieur le professeur. Comment allez-vous aujourd'hui?
Aller is also used to talk about the near future, what one is 'going to do.'
Fill in the blank with the correct form of aller. 1. Joe-Bob: Salut, Tammy, comment ______ -tu?
2. Les enfants de Rita: Nous adorons ______ chez Paw-Paw en Louisiane.
3. Joe-Bob ______ au parc pour jouer au foot.
4. Corey, pourquoi est-ce que tu ne ______ pas en classe?
You will hear a series of sentences with the verb aller. Complete each sentence with the subject pronoun (je, tu, il, elle, on, nous, vous, ils, elles) and corresponding form of aller that you hear. 1. ______ au restaurant ce week-end.
2. ______ bien?
3. ______ toujours en classe.
4. O est-ce que ______?
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/virr4.t2003-12-30 9:16:03
imparfait: states of being, habitual actions
imperfect: states of being
The imperfect tense (l'imparfait) has two primary uses: to describe on-going actions and states of being in the past, and to state habitual actions in the past. The imparfait also has several idiomatic uses. The pass compos and imparfait are each used quite differently in narration. states of being or past description The imparfait is used to describe people, places, conditions or situations in the past. Some verbs occur more frequently in the imparfait when they are in the past since they typically describe states of being: tre, avoir, vouloir, pouvoir. But these verbs do sometimes occur in the pass compos. Quand Edouard tait adolescent, il n'avait qu'un rve--devenir un grand cuisinier. Il voulait crer des chefsd'oeuvre culinaires. Notre jeune escargot gourmand, qui adorait la cuisine franaise classique, frquentait les meilleures tables de Paris. When Edouard was a teenager, he had only one dream--to become a great chef. He wanted to create culinary masterpieces. Our young food-enthusiast snail, who loved classical French cooking, frequented the best Parisian restaurants.
habitual actions in the past The imparfait is also used to state habitual actions in the past. These past habits are often translated as 'used to, or 'would.' Distinguish between the use of 'would' for habitual past actions (imparfait) and the use of 'would' for the conditional. Note that the imparfait may also be translated by the simple past in English; however, the context, and often adverbs, let you know the action is a past habit. Listen to Edouard reminiscing: Edouard: Tu te rappelles, en t Paris, quand il faisait chaud? On allait toujours 10 heures du soir chez Berthillon . . . Oh, l, l, leurs glaces, leurs sorbets--fraise, framboise, noisette, pistache, des parfums exotiques. Et puis, on se promenait le long des quais, on voyait la Seine qui coulait, on chantait, on se rcitait mme des vers. Ah, Paris la nuit, Paris l-bas, mmm, en t. Edouard: Do you remember, in the summer in Paris, when the weather was hot? We always used to go to Berthillon's at 10 o'clock in the evening . . . Oh, la, la, their ice cream, their sorbets--strawberry, raspberry, hazelnut, pistachio, exotic flavors. And then, we would take walks along the quays. We would see the Seine which was flowing. We would sing, we would even recite verses. Ah, Paris in the night, Paris over there, mmm, in the summer.
Give the imparfait of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tammy: Bette ______ de mauvaise humeur hier soir! (tre)
2. Tex et Edouard ______ obtenir des ingrdients franais pour la recette. (ne pas penser)
3. Tex: Rita, est-ce que nous ______ ensemble avant mon dpart? (jouer)
4. Tex: En France, je ______ dans le parc aprs la messe. (se promener)
Check answers
imparfait: formation
imparfait: idiomatic uses
imperfect: idiomatic uses
1. suggestions 2. wishes
The imperfect tense (l'imparfait) has two primary uses: to describe on-going actions or states of being in the past, and to state habitual actions in the past. The imparfait also has several idiomatic uses found in the following contexts: suggestions The imparfait is used to suggest an action in phrases beginning with Si on . . . ? Tammy: Si on achetait une grosse Suburban? Tammy: What if we bought a big Suburban? (note: 'on' is often used in the sense of 'nous') Tex: What about buying a Harley Davidson?
Tex: Si on achetait une Harley Davidson?
wishes The imparfait is used to express wishes such as 'If only we didn't have a test this week!' The French equivalent structure, si + imparfait, may, or may not, contain the adverb seulement: Tex: Si (seulement) on avait plus d'argent! Tammy: Ah, si (seulement) mes parents nous prtaient de l'argent! Tex: If (only) we had more money! Tammy: If only my parents would lend us some money!
Note that the question mark at the end of the sentence indicates a suggestion, and the exclamation mark a wish. In spoken French, however, you have to rely on context and intonation to distinguish between wish and suggestion. Listen to the difference in intonation between these two sentences: Tammy: Si je me faisais tatouer? Tex: Si seulement je pouvais avoir une moto! Tammy: What if I got tattooed? Tex: If only I could have a motorcycle!
For other uses of si + imparfait, see si clauses + conditional. The imparfait also occurs in idiomatic uses with depuis and venir de.
Formulate wishes by using 'si' plus the imparfait and the subject indicated in parentheses. Place an exclamation point at the end of each sentence. 1. Se marier (on)
2. Aller Barton Springs (nous)
3. Regarder une vido (on)
4. Avoir plus de temps (je)
Check answers
si clauses
si clauses
1. si + prsent 2. si + imparfait 3. si + plus-queparfait
Si clauses (if clauses in English) indicate possibilities, which may or may not become reality. They refer to the present, past, and future. These conditional sentences have two parts: the condition, or si clause, and the main or result clause which indicates what will happen if the condition of the si clause is met. The tense of the result clause depends on the tense of the si clause. In other words, the tense of the two clauses follow a prescribed sequence. si + present (prsent)
si clause
result clause present or future or imperative
si + present (possible condition)
This first type of si clause is used in cases where the condition may be fulfilled and thus the consequence is seen as possible. In the following dialogue, you will hear si clauses in the present followed by result clauses in the present, in the future and in the imperative: Tammy est en train de lire un petit quizz sur la personnalit et l'amour dans un magazine. Tammy: Si tu veux, tu peux rpondre aux questions, Tex. Tex: D'accord. Mais si tu peux, choisis les questions les plus croustillantes! Tammy: Entendu. Premire question: Qu'est-ce que vous ferez demain . . . si vous trouvez l'amour de votre vie? Tex: Si je rencontre l'amour de ma vie, je l'pouserai, bien sr! Tammy is reading a little quiz about personality and love in a magazine. Tammy: If you want, you can answer the questions, Tex. Tex: OK, but choose the juiciest questions if you can! Tammy: OK. First question: What will you do tomorrow . . . if you find the love of your life? Tex: If I meet the love of my life, I will marry her, of course!
Note that either the si clause or the result clause may begin a sentence, but the same tenses remain specific to each clause ('Qu'est-ce que vous ferez demain si vous trouvez l'amour de votre vie?' is the same as 'Si vous trouvez l'amour de votre vie, qu'est-ce que vous ferez?') si + imperfect (imparfait) si clause si + imperfect (contrary to current facts) result clause conditional
This second type of si clause is contrary to fact in the present. The consequence is thus seen as impossible. Note that in French, the imperfect is used in the si clause, never the conditional.
Le quizz continue. Tammy: Si vous tiez une voiture, que seriez-vous? Tex: Si j'tais une voiture, je serais la lgendaire 2CV. Tammy: Si vous tiez un fruit, lequel choisiriez-vous? Tex: Si j'tais un fruit, je choisirais le raisin pour pouvoir me transformer en vin. Tammy: Si vous tiez une femme, que feriez-vous? Tex: Si j'tais une femme, je ne lirais pas les quiz dans les magazines.
The quiz continues. If you were a car, what would you be? Tex: If I were a car, I would be the legendary 2CV. Tammy: If you were a fruit, which one would you choose? Tex: If I were a fruit, I would choose grapes, so that I could be transformed into wine. Tammy: If you were a woman, what would you do? Tex: If I were a woman, I would not read the quizzes in magazines.
si + pluperfect (plus-que-parfait) si clause si + pluperfect (contrary to past facts) result clause past conditional
This last type of si clause is used for situations that are contrary to past fact. The result clause thus expresses an unrealized past possibility. Et le quizz continue. Tammy: Qu'est-ce que vous auriez fait, si vous tiez n College Station? Tex: Si j'tais n College Station, j'aurais prfr Texas A&M UT. Quelle horreur! Tammy: Si vous n'aviez pas connu Tammy, qu'est-ce que vous auriez fait? Tex: Je n'aurais jamais rpondu un tel quizz, si je n'avais pas connu Tammy! And the quiz continues. Tammy: What would you have done, if you had been born in College Station? Tex: If I had been born in College Station, I would have preferred Texas A&M over UT! How terrible! Tammy: If you hadn't met Tammy, what would you have done? Tex: I would never have taken such a quiz, if I hadn't met Tammy!
Distinguish between si clauses (if-clauses) and questions that are reported in indirect speech. Observe the difference between these two sentences: Question in indirect speech Si clause Tex demande si Tammy est prte. Tex: Tammy, si tu es prte, on peut partir tout de suite. Tex is asking if Tammy is ready. Tex: Tammy, if you are ready, we can leave right now.
Fill in the blank with the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Si Tex invite Tammy au restaurant, elle ______ . (accepter)
2. Si Edouard ______ plus rapide, il gagnerait plus de pourboires. (tre)
3. Trey ______ trs heureux s'il avait une petite amie. (tre)
4. Si Rita vient chez nous ce weekend, nous ______ certainement au parc. (aller)
Check answers
present conditional
reported speech in the present
reported speeech: present
1.
reporting statements
2. reporting questions 3. reporting orders 4. reporting answers
reporting statements To report what someone else says or thinks, link the main clause (il dit, il pense, etc.) and the subordinate clause with que (qu' in front of a word beginning with a vowel): Tex et Tammy ont une querelle d'amoureux. Fiona essaie de les raccommoder. Tammy: Tu ne m'coutes jamais! Tex (devant la tl): Je n'ai pas entendu. Fiona: Elle dit que tu ne l'coutes jamais. Tex and Tammy are having a lovers' tiff. Fiona is trying to patch things up. Tammy: You never listen to me! Tex (in front of the TV): I did not hear. Fiona: She is saying that you never listen to her.
reporting questions To report simple yes/no questions, use si. Note that si changes to s' in front of a word beginning with an i (s'il), but does not change before other vowels (si elle, si on). Tammy: Est-ce que tu vas faire un effort? Tex (toujours devant la tl): Quoi? Fiona: Elle te demande si tu vas faire un effort. Tex: Bien sr, mais aprs le match de foot. Tammy: Are you going to make an effort? Tex (still in front of the TV): What? Fiona: She is asking you if you are going to make an effort. Tex: Sure, but after the soccer game.
To report an information question use the interrogative word quand, comment, o, etc.: Tammy: O tais-tu hier soir? Comment as-tu rencontr cette grande blonde? Quand finit ce match? Tex: Comment? Fiona: Elle te demande o tu tais hier soir, comment tu as rencontr cette grande blonde et quand ce match finit. Tammy: Where were you last night? How did you meet that tall blonde? When does this game finish? Tex: Excuse-me? Fiona: She is asking you where you were last night, how you met that tall blonde and when this game finishes.
To report questions starting with que, qu'est-ce que, and qu'est-ce qui, use ce que and ce qui. Note that the inverted subject and verb return to normal order when reporting a que question: Tex: Je ne comprends pas! Qu'est-ce qu'elle veut dire? Qu'est-ce qui se passe? Fiona: Tammy, Tex ne comprend pas ce que tu veux dire. Il ne comprend pas ce qui se passe. Tammy: Que faisait-il avec cette grande blonde? Fiona: Tex, Tammy veut savoir ce que tu faisais avec cette grande blonde. Tex: I don't understand! What does she mean? What's going on? Fiona: Tammy, Tex does not understand what you mean. He does not understand what's going on. Tammy: What was he doing with that tall blonde? Fiona: Tex, Tammy wants to know what you were doing with that tall blonde.
reporting orders To report an order, replace the imperative by de (d') + infinitive: Tammy: Tex, teins tout de suite cette tlvision! Ecoute-moi! Ne fais pas l'idiot! Tex: Pardon? Fiona: Tammy t'ordonne d'teindre tout de suite cette tlvision. En plus, elle te dit de l'couter. Elle te demande de ne pas faire l'idiot. Tammy: Tex, turn this TV off immediately! Listen to me! Don't be stupid! Tex: Excuse me? Fiona: Tammy is ordering you to turn this TV off immediately. And she is telling you to listen to her. She is asking you not to be stupid.
reporting answers To report yes and no answers, use que: Plus tard, Fiona raconte la fin de l'histoire ses amis. Fiona: . . . et soudain, Tammy demande Tex s'il peut teindre la tl et il lui rpond que NON. Later, Fiona tells the end of the story to her friends. Fiona: . . . and suddenly, Tammy asks Tex if he can turn off the TV and he answers NO.
Complete the sentences to report what Tammy and Tex are saying. 1. Tammy : Regarde-moi Tex! => Tammy dit Tex ___________.
2. Tammy : Quand est-ce que Tex rentre? => Tammy veut savoir ____________ Tex rentre.
3. Tex : J'adore fumer! => Tex dclare __________ adore fumer.
4. Tex : Qu'est-ce qui se passe? => Tex demande __________ se passe.
Check answers
present
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/tad1.t2003-12-30 9:16:35
depuis with imperfect
depuis w/imperfect
The preposition depuis with the imperfect indicates how long something had been going on in relation to a past event. Basic sentence meaning and construction are similar to those of depuis with present. Depuis with imperfect may indicate either duration or a temporal starting point. what had been going on ... Tammy attendait Tex depuis une heure ... past event ... quand il est entr. translation Tammy had been waiting for Tex for an hour ... when he came in. Tammy had been wanting to have a serious discussion since Monday ... when at last the opportunity presented itself.
Tammy souhaitait avoir une discussion srieuse depuis lundi ...
... quand enfin le moment s'est prsent.
Duration may also be indicated with il y avait ... que, cela faisait ... que and, more emphatic, voil que. The first sentence above could also be expressed as: Il y avait ... Cela faisait ... Voil ... Listen to the dialogue: Tammy: Salut, Tex. a va? Tex: Non! Hier, j'tais la bibliothque depuis deux minutes quand l'alarme incendie a sonn. Je n'ai pas pu travailler! Ensuite la cafteria, je faisais la queue depuis une demi- heure, lorsqu'ils ont annonc qu'il n'y avait plus de sandwiches! Je suis all faire cours sans avoir mang! Tammy: Pour moi non plus, rien ne va comme je veux! Depuis lundi je voulais te parler, mais ce matin tu as dit que tu avais trop de travail! Tammy: Hi Tex. How are you? Tex: Not well! Yesterday, I had been in the library for two minutes when the fire alarm went off. I was not able to work! Then at the cafeteria, I had been waiting in line for half an hour when they announced they had run out of sandwiches! I went to teach without eating! Tammy: Nothing is going the way I want either! I had been wanting to talk to you since Monday, but this morning you said you had too much work! une heure que Tammy attendait Tex. Tammy had been waiting for Tex for an hour.
Restate the following sentences using depuis. Include punctuation in your answer. Modle: Cela faisait deux ans qu'Edouard tait serveur Paris. Edouard tait serveur Paris depuis deux ans.' 1. Il y avait dix-huit ans que Tammy habitait Fort Worth.
2. Il y avait deux heures qu'il pleuvait.
3. Voil quelques mois que Joe-Bob habitait Austin.
4. Il y avait cinquante ans que Paw-Paw habitait Opelousas.
Check answers
prepositions: intro
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/pred2.t2003-12-30 9:16:41
depuis vs. il y a ... que, a fait ... que and voil ... que
depuis vs.il y a ... que
1. depuis il y a ... que, a fait ... que, voil ... 2. que
depuis To indicate the starting date or duration of an action or situation which is still going on in the present, use the preposition depuis + a time expression. Note that depuis can mean two different things in English. When depuis is followed by a length of time, as in the first example below, it indicates duration and is translated into English by 'for'. When depuis is followed by a date or a point in time, as in the second example, it indicates the starting point and is translated by 'since'. Tex sort avec Tammy depuis un an. Tex sort avec Tammy depuis septembre. Tex has been going out with Tammy for one year. Tex has been going out with Tammy since September.
In a question, depuis is generally translated as 'how long' or 'since when'. In most cases, such questions with depuis can be answered with either the expression of duration or the beginning point. duration Depuis combien de temps ... ... Bette est-elle amoureuse de Tex? Elle est amoureuse de lui ... ... depuis un an. ... depuis deux minutes. ... depuis une ternit. (for how long?) How long ... ... has Bette been in love with Tex? She has been in love with him ... ... for one year. ... for two minutes. ... for ages. starting point Depuis quand ... ... Bette est-elle amoureuse de Tex? Elle est amoureuse de lui ... ... depuis le 20 aot. ... depuis lundi. ... depuis son arrive. (since when?) Since when ... ... has Bette been in love with Tex? She has been in love with him ... ... since August 20. ... since Monday. ... since his arrival.
other uses of depuis When used at the beginning of a sentence without any complement and followed by a comma, depuis is usually translated as 'since then'. For example: Bette a vu Tex le jour de son arrive UT et depuis, elle n'arrte pas de penser lui. Bette saw Tex on the day of his arrival at UT and since then, she has not stopped thinking about him.
In negative sentences, depending on the meaning, depuis may be used with either the present (action still going on) or the pass compos to indicate how long something has not been going on (nonaction).
Tex: Je ne suis pas au Texas depuis longtemps. Tex: Je ne suis pas all en France depuis l't dernier.
Tex: I haven't been in Texas for long. (Tex is still in Texas) Tex: I haven't been to France since last summer. (Tex is not in France now)
Listen to the dialogue: Bette: Tex, depuis quand es-tu au Texas? Tex: Je ne suis pas au Texas depuis longtemps. Je suis au Texas depuis 1998. Bette: Tex, depuis quand connais-tu Tammy? Tex: Je connais Tammy depuis deux ans. Bette: Depuis quand veux-tu devenir pote? Tex: Oh, depuis toujours! Bette: Depuis quand n'es-tu pas all en France? Tex: Je ne suis pas all en France depuis l't dernier. Et toi, Bette, depuis quand as-tu ce tatouage?! Bette: Oh, depuis lundi. a fait cool, tu ne trouves pas? Depuis, les mecs ne me quittent pas des yeux! Bette: How long have you been in Texas? Tex: I have not been in Texas for long. I have been in Texas since 1998. Bette: Tex, how long have you known Tammy? Tex: I have known Tammy for two years. Bette: How long have you wanted to become a poet? Tex: Oh, I have always wanted to! Bette: How long have you not been in France? Tex: I haven't been in France since last summer. And you, Bette, how long have you had this tattoo?! Bette: Oh, since Monday. Cool, isn't it? Since then, guys have not been able to take their eyes off me!
il y a ... que, a fait ... que, voil ... que Il y a ... que, a fait ... que and, more emphatic, voil ... que express duration only. Unlike depuis, they are always used at the beginning of a sentence. For example:
Bette: Tex, a fait longtemps que tu enseignes le franais? Tex: Voil un an que j'enseigne le franais. Bette: Tex, il y a combien de temps que tu connais Tammy? Tex: a fait deux ans.
Bette: Tex, how long have you been teaching French? Tex: I've been teaching French for a year. Bette: Tex, how long have you known Tammy? Tex: It's been two years.
Although il y a ... que and a fait ... que may occasionally be found in the future (il y aura ... que, a fera ... que), the subordinate clause introduced by que is never in the future. It remains in the present. For example: Bette: Tex, il y a combien de temps que tu connais Tammy? Il y aura deux ans demain que je connais Tammy. Bette: Tex, how long have you known Tammy? Tex: It will be two years tomorrow (that I have known Tammy).
Restate the following sentences using depuis. Include punctuation in your answer. Modle: a fait dix ans qu'Edouard est serveur. Edouard est serveur depuis dix ans.' 1. a fait un jour que Bette a un tatouage.
2. a fait deux mois que Corey habite Jester.
3. Voil quelques mois que Joe-Bob habite Austin.
4. Il y a six mois que Bette connat Tex.
Check answers
prepositions: intro
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/pred1.t2003-12-30 9:16:51
recent past (venir de + infinitive)
recent past
When venir is conjugated in the present and followed by de + infinitive, it means 'to have just done something.' This is called the recent past (le pass immdiat). Tex et Tammy viennent de regarder une vido romantique. Et ils viennent de finir toute une bouteille de vin. Il n'en reste plus une goutte! Tammy: Oh chri, je t'aime de tout mon coeur. Tex: Embrasse-moi, mon petit quadrupde! [SMACK!] Tex et Tammy have just finished watching a romantic video. And they have just finished a whole bottle of wine. There isn't a drop left! Tammy: Oh darling, I love you with all my heart. Tex: Kiss me, my little quadruped! [SMACK!]
When venir is conjugated in the imparfait followed by de + infinitive, it means 'had just done something:' Tex et Tammy venaient de s'embrasser quand Bette est arrive. Bette: Oh, excusez-moi . . . Je vous interromps? Tammy: En effet, nous passons une soire tranquille . . . Tex: Salut Bette, oh, c'est pas grave. On vient de regarder une vido. Assieds-toi. Tammy: Mais Tex . . . Bette ronronne. Tex and Tammy had just kissed when Bette arrived. Bette: Oh, excuse me . . . Am I interrupting you? Tammy: Yes, you are. We are spending a quiet evening . . . Tex: Hi Bette. Oh, it's OK. We just saw a video. Sit down. Tammy: But Tex . . . Bette purrs.
Fill in the blank with recent past ('venir' in present tense) of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Fiona ______ une tarte piquante. (prparer)
2. Tammy: Je ______ mes devoirs. (finir)
3. Edouard: Bette et Tammy, est-ce que vous ______ du shopping? (faire)
4. Edouard ______ les clientes. (servir)
Fill in the blank with the imperfect of the recent past ('venir' in imparfait) of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tammy ______ la lettre de Bette. (dcouvrir)
2. Fiona: Tex et Tammy, vous ______ du ski. (faire)
3. Edouard: Je ______ un repas. (prendre)
4. Tammy et Tex: Nous ______ visite Paw-Paw. (rendre)
Check answers
venir 'to come'
narration: pass compos vs. imparfait
narration
The pass compos is used in French in answer the question 'What happened?' On the other hand, you will usually put a verb in the imparfait if it answers the question 'What was going on when something else happened?' Generally, the pass compos is used to relate events while the imparfait is used to describe what was going on in the past, states of being in the past, or past habits. All this takes on special importance in narration of past actions, when both tenses often occur in the same story. Narrating a story entails both describing a setting (habitual actions, atmosphere, places and people) and recounting a plot or a series of events, actions, changes of feelings or thoughts. In general, all stories have a well delineated plot line of events, the foreground, and a background of supporting details and description. Some literary texts might subvert this rule but this is out of a conscious effort to surprise or unsettle their reader. imparfait (set scene) Avant, Tammy habitait Fort Worth . . . Before, Tammy lived in Forth Worth . . . pass compos (event) et puis un jour, elle a dmnag. and then, one day, she moved.
The following adverbs are commonly associated with each of the past tenses: adverbs/imparfait tous les jours, tous les matins . . . every day, every morning chaque jour, chaque matin, chaque mois . . . each day, each morning, each month en gnral, gnralement, d'habitude . . . in general, usually autrefois, l'poque . . . in the past, long ago, at the time toujours, souvent . . . always, often rarement . . . rarely adverbs/pass compos un jour, un matin, un soir . . . one day, one morning, one evening soudain, brusquement, brutalement . . . suddenly, abruptly, brusquely tout d'un coup, tout coup . . . all of a sudden, suddenly tout de suite, immdiatement . . . right away, immediately d'abord, enfin . . . first of all, finally puis, ensuite . . . then, next
Usually, when verbs like tre, avoir, pouvoir, vouloir, and savoir are in a past narration, they will be in the imparfait, since they most likely describe a past state of being or condition. However, when these verbs (and others like them) occur in the pass compos, they indicate a change of state or a change of condition. Compare these examples:
Tammy: Quand j'avais 15 ans, j'habitais Fort Worth. Quand j'ai eu 18 ans, j'ai dmnag Austin.
Tammy: When I was 15, I used to live in Fort Worth. When I turned 18, I moved to Austin.
The pass compos is also generally used for activities that lasted for a precise length of time, with a definite beginning and end. On the other hand, the imparfait is used for indefinite lengths of time. Look at these examples: definite period of time: De 1997 1998, Pendant un an, Entre dix-huit et dix-neuf ans, indefinite period of time: Avant, Quand il tait enfant, A cette poque-l,
Tex a t vendeur de T-shirts.
Tex tait dans un couvent de Lyon.
But ultimately it is the entire context that determines which of these two past tenses to use and not a given adverb. For example, in the sentences below, the same adverb, un jour, is used with the imperfect or the pass compos according to the context. Un jour, Tex vendait des T-shirts Paris quand il a t arrt pour activit illgale. Un jour, les autorits franaises ont expuls Tex. One day, Tex was selling T-shirts in Paris when he was arrested for illegal activity. (The imparfait sets the scene to be interrupted) One day, the French authorities deported Tex. (Event)
In the following story, note how the narration opens with an extended description of Tex' early childhood in the imparfait, which serves as explanatory background to the plot-line events in the pass compos. Quand Tex tait tout petit, il habitait dans la banlieue de Houston avec sa famille. Ce petit tatou, curieux de nature, aimait toujours faire de longues promenades avec ses amis pour explorer les coins et recoins de la banlieue, surtout les autoroutes! Un jour, pendant une promenade, il s'est perdu. Heureusement, aprs des heures et des heures, il a trouv l'entre de aroport Bush International. Fascin par le bruit et le mouvement, il s'est prcipit vers les avions. Tandis qu'il examinait un avion de plus prs, un homme l'a brusquement pris et il l'a jet l'intrieur avec les bagages. Huit heures plus tard, l'avion est arriv Paris, o Tex commencerait sa nouvelle vie franaise! Tex a pass le reste de son enfance en France. En fait, il est devenu cent pour cent franais. Quand il tait adolescent, il se considrait comme un disciple de Sartre. Il ne connaissait rien au baseball et dtestait tout ce qui tait amricain. Mais en 1998, tout d'un coup sa vie a chang quand il a dcouvert que ses parents taient . . . amricains. When Tex was very small, he lived in the suburbs of Houston with his family. This little armadillo, curious by nature, always loved to take long walks with his friends to explore the nooks and crannies of the suburbs, above all the highways! One day, during a walk, he got lost. Fortunately, after hours and hours, he found the entrance to the Bush International Airport. Fascinated by all the noise and motion, he rushed to the planes. As he was examining a plane more closely, a man abruptly took him and threw him inside with the baggage. Eight hours later, the plane arrived in Paris, where Tex would start his new French life!
Tex spent the rest of his childhood in France. In fact, he became one hundred per cent French. When he was an adolescent, he considered himself a disciple of Sartre. He knew nothing about baseball and he detested everything American. But in 1998, all of a sudden, his life changed when he discovered that his parents were . . . American.
present tense
present tense
The present tense indicates an action that is either actually occurring at the time of speaking, or a general truth, a so-called 'eternal verity.' The French present may be translated in three different ways in English depending on the intended meaning. Tex is drinking coffee. (right now, progressive action) OR Tex boit du caf. Tex drinks coffee (in general, habitual action) OR Tex does drink coffee. (emphatic or contrastive)
While a French present tense utterance may be translated by three different English sentences, the specific meaning is recoverable from context. In fact, French indicates the different nuances of the English progressive, habitual, or emphatic forms by adding elements to clarify the context. Note the following examples:
Tex oublie toujours de prendre un bon petit djeuner. Tammy: Tex, il faut manger au petit djeuner. C'est le repas le plus important de la journe. Tex: Oh, ma chrie, tu t'inquites trop. Regarde, je mange un beignet. Tammy: Un beignet!? Tu rigoles? Mais, a ne compte pas! Tex: Mais si, a compte. Du sucre et du beurre me font du bien le matin . . . et ensuite une cigarette.
Tex always forgets to have a good breakfast. (habit) Tammy: Tex, you have to eat breakfast. It's the most important meal of the day. Tex, Oh, my darling, you worry too much. Look, I'm eating a doughnut. (right now, progressive action) Tammy: Un doughnut!? Are you joking? That doesn't count! Tex: But yes, it does count. (emphatic) Sugar and butter do me good in the morning . . . and then a cigarette.
In addition, the present tense is sometimes used in place of the past or future in informal narration: La vie de Tex est toute une histoire . . . En 1975, alors bb, Tex se perd l'aroport Bush International Houston. On le met par erreur avec les bagages dans un avion destination de la France. A Paris, il rencontre des nonnes qui viennent de faire un voyage aux Etats-Unis. Elles ont piti de ce pauvre tatou gar et elles l'amnent au couvent Lyon. Tex passe son enfance en France. Un jour, on dcouvre que Tex n'a pas de papiers--pas de passeport, pas de visa. Alors, il retourne au Texas. Malheureusement, il ne se sent pas chez lui au Texas. La vie amricaine n'est pas facile pour un tatou francis. Tex's life is quite a story . . . In 1975, just a baby, Tex gets lost at Bush International Airport in Houston. He is put by accident with the baggage in a plane headed for France. In Paris he meets some nuns who have just taken a trip to the United States. They take pity on this poor, lost armadillo and they take him to their convent in Lyon. Tex spends his childhood in France. One day, it is discovered that Tex has no papers-no passport, no visa. So he returns to Texas. Unfortunately, he doesn't feel at home in Texas. American life is not easy for a Frenchified armadillo!
Give the present tense of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Edouard ______ le repas. (servir)
2. Tammy: Tex et moi, nous ______ Opelousas. (s'amuser)
3. Les enfants de Rita ______ leurs jouets partout. (laisser)
4. Tammy et Bette ______ de l'arobique ensemble. (faire)
Check answers
verb practice: prsent
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/tapr1.t2003-12-30 9:17:10
determiners: partitive articles
partitive articles
1. forms 2. uses 3. after the negative
forms There are three partitive articles in French.
Masculine: du Feminine: de la Masculine or feminine before a vowel: de l'
du pain de la viande de l'ail (m.) de l'eau (f.)
(some) bread (some) meat (some) garlic (some) water
uses Partitive articles are used both in English and in French to express quantities that cannot be counted. While the indefinite article (un, une, des) is used with countable quantities (un oeuf, deux oeufs . . .), the partitive article is used before mass nouns, nouns that are indivisible or uncountable. In English the article 'some' is often omitted. Edouard: Comme dessert, nous avons de la mousse au chocolat, de la glace parfume la vanille et du sorbet l'ananas. Edouard: For dessert, we have (some) chocolate mousse, vanilla ice cream, and pineapple sorbet.
While the definite article designates something in its totality, or as a whole, the partitive article designates a part of the whole. Note that depending on what you want to say, the same noun may be introduced by a definite, indefinite, or a partitive article. Compare these examples: Edouard: Vous prenez du vin, n'est-ce pas? partitive article Edouard: You are having (some) wine, aren't you? (a quantity that is not specified) Red wine is healthy! ('wine' in general) In fact, we have a Beaujolais nouveau, or a Chambertin, a Chteauneuf-du-Pape, or I have an excellent Mdoc for you, or a little grey wine from Savoy. (These are items on the wine list, a countable quantity)
Le vin rouge est bon pour la sant! En fait, nous avons un Beaujolais nouveau ou un Chambertin, un Chteauneuf-du-Pape, ou j'ai un excellent Mdoc pour vous, ou un tout petit vin gris de Savoie.
definite article indefinite article
after the negative In negative sentences, du, de la, des, de l' change to de: Joe-Bob mange de la viande. Tex boit du caf. Tammy ne mange pas de viande. Tammy ne boit jamais de caf. Il n'y a plus de vin. Joe-Bob eats meat. Tammy does not eat meat. Tex drinks coffee. Tammy never drinks coffee. There is some wine left. There is not any wine left.
Il y a encore du vin.
The partitive and indefinite articles may be used in negative sentences, however, to emphasize the contrasting positive noun. For example:
Entre Tex et Tammy, ce n'est pas de l'amiti, c'est de l'amour! Edouard sert du poulet, pas des escargots!
Between Tex and Tammy, it is not friendship, it is love! Edouard serves chicken, not snails!
Notice the use of the partitive articles in the following dialogue. Tammy est au tlphone: All, Edouard? Je reois des amis ce soir. Je voudrais faire des crpes, mais j'ai oubli la recette. Tu peux m'aider? Edouard: Rien de plus facile! Tu mlanges de la farine et des oeufs. Tu ajoutes ensuite du lait, du sel et de l'huile. Tu verses cette pte dans une pole. Quand la pte est cuite, tu garnis la crpe avec du fromage rp, du jambon, ou des cpes. Mais n'oublie pas Tammy, avec des crpes, on ne boit pas de vin. Il faut boire du cidre et porter une coiffe bretonne! Tammy is on the phone: Hello, Edouard? I'm having some friends over tonight. I would like to make some crpes, but I've forgotten the recipe. Can you help me? Edouard: No problem! Mix some flour and eggs. Add some milk, some salt and some oil. Pour this batter in a pan. When the batter is cooked, fill the crpe with some grated cheese, some ham, or cepes (mushrooms). But don't forget Tammy, with crpes, you don't drink wine. You have to drink cider and wear a Breton hat!
Fill in the blank with the correct partitive article: du, de la, or de l' 1. Tammy : Je vais prendre _________ soupe aux oignons.
2. Tex : Tammy, tu fais ______ arobic aujourd'hui?
3. Tammy : Je vais faire ________ crme brle (fem.).
4. Tammy : Je vais acheter ________ pain.
Check answers
determiners: intro
possessive determiners
possessive determiners
1.
forms and uses
2. liaison
forms and uses The possessive determiners serve to express ownership or possession (hence the name). They are also often called possessive adjectives because they agree in gender and number with the noun they introduce. Masculine singular mon ton son notre votre leur Feminine singular ma ta sa notre votre leur
Plural mes tes ses nos vos leurs
Translation my your (familiar) his or her or its our your (formal or plural) their
Possessive articles, like all articles, must agree with the noun they modify. Thus, if the noun is feminine, the possessive article must be feminine, too. In the following example, the feminine noun famille requires a feminine form -- sa. Note that sa has three potential translations in English: 'his,' 'her,' or 'its.' So, how do you know which meaning is intended? Context! Since the following example sentence refers to Tex, we know that sa means 'his.' Tex prsente sa famille: Voici mon frre, Trey, et ma soeur, Rita, avec ses enfants et leur chien Fido. Notre famille est formidable! Tex introduces his family. Here is my brother, Trey, and my sister, Rita with her children and their dog Fido. Our family is great!
liaison Do not forget to make the liaison between the plural forms of the possessive determiners and words that begin with a vowel sound. Ma, ta, sa become mon, ton, son in front of feminine nouns beginning with a vowel sound. Tex continues his introductions: Tex: Voici Tammy, mon amie, et ses amies Bette et Fiona, c'est--dire nos amies. Listen to the dialogue: Tammy parle avec Bette: Tex n'est plus mon ami! Il a compltement oubli mon cadeau et notre anniversaire! Il a oubli toutes ses promesses! Quel nul! Tammy is talking with Bette: Tex is not my friend any more! He competely forgot my present and our anniversary! He forgot all his promises. What a loser! Tex: Here is Tammy, my friend, and her friends, Bette and Fiona, that is to say, our friends.
Fill in the blank with the correct possessive determiner. 1. Corey et Joe-Bob aiment Tammy et Tex. Ils sont ______ amis.
2. Tammy : J'aime la soeur de Tex, mais ______ son frre est bizarre.
3. Bette : La famille de Tammy aime Tex beaucoup, surtout _____ parents.
4. Tammy : Ah Tex, ________ amour!
Check answers
determiners: intro
demonstrative determiners
demonstrative determiners
forms Demonstrative determiners ('this', 'these', 'that' or 'those') are used to point out things or people. They are also sometimes called demonstrative adjectives (in French 'adjectifs dmonstratifs'); they agree in number and gender with the noun they introduce. Masculine singular: ce Masculine singular before a vowel sound: cet Feminine singular: cette Plural (masculine or feminine): ces ce tatou cet cureuil cette chatte ces tatous ces cureuils this armadillo this squirrel this cat (female) these armadillos these squirrels
Note that liaison is compulsory between ces and words starting with a vowel or a silent h.
uses In general, demonstrative determiners designate something one can see or show:
Tex explique: Ce bassin, c'est Barton Springs. Cette piscine s'appelle Deep Eddy.
Tex explains: This pool is Barton Springs. This swimming pool is Deep Eddy.
-ci and -l Demonstrative determiners can designate something close or far away: In order to distinguish between two or more elements, you can add the suffixes -ci or -l to the demonstrative determiner. The suffix -ci indicates that the item is relatively near to the speaker; -l suggests that something is farther away. In English, they are generally translated by 'this' and 'that': Tex: Tu vois Tammy, cette toile-ci s'appelle Vnus. Mais ces toiles-l, c'est la Voie lacte. Tammy: Venus . . . la voie lacte . . . oh Tex, j'aime bien quand tu me parles d'astronomie! Tex: See Tammy, this star (here) is called Venus. But those stars (there), are the Milky Way. Tammy: Venus . . . the Milky Way . . . oh, Tex, I like it when you talk to me about astronomy!
Listen to the dialogue: Tex et Tammy sont dans le rayon femmes de J. C. Penney. Tammy: Qu'est-ce que tu penses de ce maillot-ci ? Tex: Ah non! Je n'aime pas du tout cette couleur. Tammy: Et ce bikini? Ce sera parfait pour cet t. Tu ne trouves pas? Tex: Quelle horreur! Ce tissu est compltement dmod! Tammy: Mais Tex, tu n'as aucun got! Tu crois que ce vieux bret que tu portes est la mode? Tex and Tammy are in the women's section of J. C. Penney. Tammy: What do you think of this bathing suit? Tex: Oh no! I don't like this color at all. Tammy: What about this bikini? It will be perfect for this summer, don't you think? Tex: It's horrible! This fabric is completely outdated! Tammy: Tex, you have no taste whatsoever! You think that this old beret you wear is fashionable?
Fill in the blank with the correct demonstrative determiner: ce, cet, cette, or ces. 1. Tammy : _______ escargot est snob.
2. Tex : _____ week-end, Tammy et moi allons San Antonio.
3. Tammy : Tex,_____ cadeau est pour toi.
4. Tex : Tammy, tu as vu le journal _____ matin?
Check answers
determiners: intro
determiners: expressions of quantity
quantity
There are many ways of expressing quantity: numbers (deux crpes), the indefinite article (un tatou, an armadillo), and the partitive article (du lait, some milk). Quantities may also be expressed using adverbs and adverbial expressions, such as assez (enough), beaucoup (a lot), or trop (too much). When used with nouns, expressions of quantity are always followed by de (d' if the noun begins with a vowel sound). Tammy et Tex reoivent des amis ce soir. Tammy est dans la cuisine. Tex regarde la tlvision. Tammy: Une douzaine de crpes, c'est trop pour quatre personnes? Tex: Mais non, Tammy, ce n'est pas assez. Il faut prparer beaucoup de crpes. Tammy and Tex are having some friends over tonight. Tammy is in the kitchen. Tex is watching television. Tammy: A dozen crepes, that's too much for four people? Tex: No, Tammy, it's not too much. You can never prepare too many crepes.
Here is a list of common adverbial expressions of quantity: assez de, enough beaucoup de, a lot un peu de, a little plein de, many un tas de, a lot of trop de, too many
Note that these expressions of quantity do not change in negative sentences: Tex: On ne prpare jamais trop de crpes. Tex: One never prepares too many crepes!
One can express quantity by using specific nouns or adverbs of quantity, as well as measures of weight, distance, or volume, especially in reference to food. For example: une bote de, a can (box) of un bol de, a bowl of un bout de, a piece (end) of une bouteille de, a bottle of une cuillre de, a teaspoon of une douzaine de, a dozen 50 grammes de, 50 grams of un kilo de, a kilo of un litre de, a liter of une livre de, a pound of un morceau de, a piece of une part de, a serving of une pince de, a pinch of une tasse de, a cup of une tranche de, a slice of un verre de, a glass of
The definite article (le, la, les) may be used with these expressions to indicate a quantity of a specific item. Remember that de + le and de + les form the contractions du and des respectively. un morceau du gteau qu'Edouard a prpar un verre du vin rouge, pas du blanc beaucoup des invits parlent franais a piece of the cake that Edouard made a glass of the red wine, not the white one many of the guests speak French
Listen to the dialogue: Tammy lit la recette: Pour une douzaine de crpes, mlanger 400 grammes de farine et deux oeufs. Ajouter ensuite un demi litre de lait, une cuillre de sel et une cuillre d'huile. Tammy: Dis, Tex! Arrte de faire le lgume devant la tl! Viens m'aider! Tex: Comment? J'ai fait mon travail, moi! Le bouquet de roses et la bouteille de cidre sont sur la table! Tammy reads the recipe: For a dozen crpes, mix 400 grams of flour and two eggs. Then add half a liter of milk, a spoonful of salt and a spoonful of oil. Tammy: Hey, Tex! Stop vegging out in front of the TV! Come and help me! Tex: What? I did my job! The bouquet of flowers and the bottle of cider are on the table!
Fill in the blank with one of the following expressions of quantity : un bouquet de, assez de, une tasse de, peu de, trop de, beaucoup de, un verre de. Some expressions may be used more than once. 1. Edouard : Je prends toujours ___________ caf aprs le repas.
2. Tammy : Tex, quand tu bois ________ vin, tu es arrogant!
3. Tammy : J'ai __________ chance d'tre la copine de Tex!
4. Paw-Paw : Je bois _________ vin tous les repas.
Check answers
determiners: intro
tout
tout
1. tout as an adjective 2. tout as a pronoun 3. tout as an adverb common idiomatic 4. phrases
'tout' as an adjective Tout means 'all' or 'every' when it modifies a noun. It agrees in number and gender with the noun that follows. Masculine singular tout Masculine plural tous Feminine singular toute Feminine plural toutes
These forms of tout are most often used with the definite articles le, les, la, l', but they may also be used with a possessive determiner: tous mes pomes (all my poems), toute sa vie (all his/her life) etc. Listen as Tex recites one of his poems: Malgr toutes les filles que j'ai connues, je pense toi . . . tout le temps, toute la journe, tous* les soirs, toutes les nuits. In spite of all the girls (or all of the girls) that I have known, I think of you . . . all the time, all day long, every evening, every night.
*Note that the final s of tous is not pronounced when it is used as an adjective. Tout or toute may also be used without an article to mean 'every.' Tex: Tout Every armadillo is a tatou est pote! poet!
'tout' as a pronoun Tout is invariable when it functions as the indefinite pronoun meaning 'everything' or 'all', as in the first sentence below. The plural pronouns tous and toutes agree with the nouns they replace. Compare the examples below. Indefinite singular 'everything': Tammy: Tex, tu as vu ton diteur? Tout s'est bien pass? Tammy: Tex, did you see your publisher? Did everything go well? Tex: Publishers are fools, I hate them all! Publishing houses don't understand my art. All refuse my erotic poems!
To replace a plural noun: Tex: Les diteurs sont des idiots, je les dteste tous!* Les maisons d'ditions ne comprennent pas mon art. Toutes refusent mes pomes rotiques!
*Note that the final s in the pronoun tous is pronounced, in contrast to the unpronounced s in tous as an adjective. 'tout' as an adverb Tout may also be an adverb meaning 'all,' 'completely,' or 'quite' when it modifies another adverb, a preposition, or an adjective. Although tout is invariable before an adverb, a preposition or a masculine adjective, the feminine forms toute and toutes are used before feminine adjectives beginning with a consonant. Invariable: Tex: Les diteurs ne comprennent rien. Mes thmes sont tout nouveaux. Tex: Et ma posie est toute moderne. Tex: Editors don't understand anything. My themes are completely new. Tex: And my poetry is very modern.
Before a feminine adjective beginning with a consonant:
common idiomatic phrases Here is a list of common idiomatic phrases with tout: pas du tout, not at all tout de suite, right away tout le monde, everyone tout le temps, all the time tous les jours, every day tous (toutes) les deux, both tous les deux jours, every other day tous les trois jours . . . , every three days . . . toutes les deux semaines, every other week en tout cas, in any case malgr tout, in spite of everything tout l'heure, in a little while tout coup, all of a sudden tout fait, completely tout droit, straight ahead tout de mme, just the same
tout en + participe prsent, all the while . . . .
Listen to the dialogue: Tammy: Alors Tex, tu as bientt fini ton recueil de pomes? Tex: Oh ne m'en parle pas! J'ai perdu tout mon enthousiasme! J'ai toutes sortes de problmes avec mon diteur. Il refuse tous mes pomes rcents. Tammy: Ne t'inquite pas! Tous les grands potes sont incompris! Tammy: So Tex, have you almost finished writing your collection of poems? Tex: Oh don't ask! I have lost all my enthusiasm! I have all sorts of problems with my publisher. He refuses to publish all my recent poems. Tammy: Don't worry! All great poets are misunderstood!
Fill in the blank with the correct form of tout. 1. Tex : Je me rase ________ les quatre jours.
2. Joe-Bob : Je t'ai cherch _________ la journe!
3. Bette : __________ les chattes dtestent l'eau.
4. Corey : Je m'ennuie _______ le temps.
Check answers
determiners: intro
indefinite determiners
indefinite determiners
Indefinite determiners qualify nouns and express the indefinite idea of quality (certain, any) or quantity (not one, each, different, several). They agree in number and gender with the noun they modify. Some indefinite determiners may be used as indefinite pronouns to replace a noun. Here is a list of common indefinite determiners: aucun (aucune), not one, not a single certains (certaines), certain chaque, each, every diffrents (diffrentes), various, some divers (diverses), various, some plusieurs, several quelques, a few tout, all, every
Listen to the following dialogue: Bette: Il n'y a aucun doute. Tu finiras mre au foyer! Tammy: Chaque jour, tu trouves une mchancet dire. Aucune chatte n'est aussi dsagrable que toi! Bette: Mais ouvre les yeux Tammy! Ton futur mari a plusieurs dfauts. Il est snob, prtentieux et veut toujours avoir raison. Tammy: Mais il a aussi quelques qualits: il est beau et talentueux. Certains diteurs pensent qu'il est le prochain prix Goncourt! Bette tout bas: Tu parles! Bette: There is no doubt. You'll end up a housewife! Tammy: Every day, you find something nasty to say. No cat is as unpleasant as you are! Bette: Open your eyes Tammy! Your future husband has several negative traits. He is snobbish, pretentious and always wants to be right. Tammy: But he also has a few good points: he is handsome and talented. Some publishers think that he is the next Goncourt prize winner. Bette under her breath: Yeah, right!
Fill in the blank with one of the following indefinite determiners: aucun, aucune, chaque, quelques. 1. Corey : Je n'ai ________ ami!
2. Edouard : Je connais _________ recettes texanes.
3. Tammy : J'ai _________ admirateurs!
4. Bette : _______ homme ne me rsiste!
Check answers
determiners: intro
indefinite pronouns
indefinite pron.
1.
quelqu'un, quelque chose
2. chacun vs. aucun 3. more indefinite pronouns
A pronoun replaces a noun which has been mentioned or is obvious from context. An indefinite pronoun refers to people or things without identifying them precisely. quelqu'un, quelque chose Quelqu'un (somebody) is used in affirmative or interrogative sentences to refer to a person, whether male or female. Quelque chose (something) is the equivalent pronoun used to refer to a thing. If quelqu'un or quelque chose is followed by an adjective, the adjective needs to be preceded by de. Tammy: Quelque chose d'extraordinaire est arriv aujourd'hui. J'ai rencontr quelqu'un de lgendaire. Tammy: Something exceptional happened today. I met somebody legendary.
The negative form of quelqu'un is personne (no one, nobody) and the negative form of quelque chose is rien (nothing). Remember that ne precedes the verb when personne and rien are used in negative sentences. Tex: Qui as-tu rencontr? Tammy: Personne que tu connais. Tex: C'est tout? Tu ne me dis rien d'autre? Tammy: a ne vaut pas la peine. Personne ne veut me croire. Tex: Who did you meet? Tammy: No one you know. Tex: That's all? You aren't telling me anything else? Tammy: It's not worth the trouble. Nobody wants to believe me.
Quelques-uns (a few, masculine) and quelques-unes (a few, feminine) are pronouns used in the plural to speak about people or things. Note that the s at the end of quelques is pronounced before the following uns or unes. Tex: Quoi? Tu as rencontr Ricky Williams? Quelques-uns de mes amis me disent que tu es amoureuse de lui . . . Tammy: Un peu . . . Parmi mes copines, quelques-unes sont compltement folles de lui. Tex: What? You met Ricky Williams? Some of my friends tell me you are in love with him . . . Tammy: A little . . . Among my girlfriends, some are completely crazy about him.
chacun vs. aucun Chacun (each one) is singular and masculine, chacune is singular and feminine. Chaque, on the other hand, is an indefinite determiner used to modify a noun. Tex: Tu es amoureuse de Ricky Williams?! Alors c'est chacun sa vie maintenant?! Tammy: Mais non, calme-toi! Tex: You're in love with Ricky Williams?! So it's everyone for himself now?! Tammy: Of course not, calm down!
The negative form of chacun is aucun. Aucun (none, not a one, not a single) is singular and masculine, aucune is singular and feminine. They are used with ne. Tammy: J'ai rencontr beaucoup de footballeurs, mais aucun ne me fait cet effet. Tammy: I have met many football players, but none has this effect on me.
more indefinite pronouns Plusieurs (several), certains (some; masculine) / certaines (some; feminine), tous (all, everybody; masculine) / toutes (all, everybody; feminine) are plural indefinite pronouns. They are used in place of plural nouns. Note that the s is pronounced in tous when it is a pronoun. Les copines de Tammy? Plusieurs sont folles de Ricky Williams. Les copines de Fiona? Certaines sont folles de Joe-Bob. Les copains de Tex? Certains sont amoureux de Tammy. Les copains de Tex? Tous sont dingues de Bette. Les copines de Tammy? Toutes sont folles de Tex! Tammy's girlfriends? Several are crazy about Ricky Williams. Fiona's girlfriends? Some are crazy about Joe-Bob. Tex's friends? Some are in love with Tammy. Tex's friends? All are crazy about Bette. Tammy's girlfriends? All are crazy about Tex!
tout Tout (everything), on the other hand, is always singular. For example: Tammy: Tex, tout va bien? Tammy: Tex, everything's ok?
autre Autre is always preceded by a determiner: un autre (another, masculine), l'autre (the other, masculine or feminine); une autre (another, feminine); d'autres (others, masculine or feminine), les autres (the others, masculine or feminine). Tex: Non! Il y a un autre dans ta vie!? Tex: No! There is another in your life!?
Note the following phrases with autre: autre chose (something else), l'un et l'autre (the one and the other, both, masc), l'une et l'autre (the one and the other, both, fem), les uns et les autres (one and every, masc), les unes et les autres (one and every, fem), ni l'un ni l'autre (neither one nor the other), l'un l'autre (to one another), l'un pour l'autre (for one another). n'importe qui N'importe qui means 'anybody', 'anyone at all'; n'importe quoi means 'anything', 'whatever', 'nonsense'. You may also find qui que ce soit (anybody) and quoi que ce soit (anything). Tex: Tammy, je ne suis pas n'importe qui! Tu ne peux pas me traiter comme a! Tammy: Tu racontes n'importe quoi, Tex! Tex: Tammy, I am not just anybody! You cannot treat me this way! Tammy: You are talking nonsense Tex!
quiconque Quiconque means 'whoever'. Tammy: Quiconque nous coute en ce moment doit te trouver ridicule! Tammy: Whoever is listening to us right now must think you are ridiculous!
tel(s), telle(s) Tel(s) (masc), telle(s) (fem) may be translated as 'such', 'such as', 'like' or 'as' according to the context. For example, 'Tel pre, tel fils' would be the translation of 'Like father, like son'. Tammy: Je n'ai jamais vu une jalousie telle que la tienne! Tammy: I have never seen such jealousy as yours!
Fill in the blank with the appropriate indefinite pronoun : personne, quelque chose, quelqu'un, quelques-uns/quelques-unes, chacun/chacune, aucun/aucune. 1. Bette: __________ ne m'aime, je suis si triste.
2. Fiona : Je suis solitaire, je n'ai _______ petit-ami.
3. Tex : J'ai achet un cadeau pour Tammy et un cadeau pour Bette : un cadeau pour _________.
4. Tex : Ah, je n'ai ________ inspiration aujourd'hui!
Check answers
indirect object pronouns
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/pro10.t2003-12-30 9:17:49
alternate forms (1) ne ... jamais, rien, personne, etc.
alternate forms (1)
Different nuances of negation are achieved by using the following negative expressions: ne ... jamais ne ... pas encore ne ... rien ne ... personne ne ... plus ne ... pas du tout never, not ever not yet nothing, not anything nobody, no one, not anybody no more, not any longer not at all
Note that ne becomes n' in front of a verb starting with a vowel or a mute h. In spoken French, the ne / n' is sometimes dropped. The second element of the negation is usually placed right after the conjugated verb and before the object, as in this dialogue:
C'est dimanche matin. Tammy: Tex, tu es rveill? Tex: Non, je ne suis pas rveill. Tammy: Tu dors encore? Tex: Maintenant, je ne dors plus! Avec toi, je ne peux jamais faire la grasse matine!
It is Sunday morning. Tammy: Tex are you awake? Tex: No, I am not awake. Tammy: Are you still asleep? Tex: Now I am no longer alseep! With you I can never sleep in!
Tammy: Mais regarde, je t'apporte une Tammy: But look, I'm bringing you a tasse de caf et un croissant. cup of coffee and a croissant. Tex: Non merci, je ne veux rien. Je n'ai pas du tout faim. Tammy: Eh bien, tu es charmant ce matin. Tex: No thanks, I don't want anything. I am not hungry at all. Tammy: Well, aren't you charming this morning.
Personne and rien are negative pronouns; they may function as the subject or direct object of a sentence, or as the object of a preposition. When personne is an object, it is placed after the verb or the preposition it complements:
Ce matin, Tex ne veut voir personne. Il ne veut parler personne. Il ne pense rien.
This morning Tex does not want to see anybody. He does not want to talk to anybody. He's not thinking about anything.
Personne and rien may be used at the beginning of a sentence, as pronoun subjects, followed by ne / n': Personne n'aime se lever tt un dimanche. Rien n'est pire. Nobody likes to get up early on a Sunday. Nothing is worse.
Some of the negations listed above can be combined, as shown in these examples: Tammy: Je ne te ferai plus jamais le petit-djeuner. Tex: Mais Tammy, tu sais que je ne prends jamais rien au petit-djeuner. Tammy: I will never make your breakfast again. Tex: But Tammy, you know I never have anything for breakfast.
Tex is in a negative mood today. Fill in the blank to complete Tex's negative response. Choose the correct form from the following list of negative expressions: jamais, pas encore, pas du tout, personne, plus, rien. 1. Tammy: Tu veux quelque chose, chri? Tex: Non, je ne veux ____________!
2. Tammy: Tex, tu es toujours impoli. Tex: Non, je ne suis _____________ impoli.
3. Tammy: Est-ce que Bette dit toujours la vrit ('truth')? Tex: Ha! Elle ne dit ___________ la vrit.
4. Tammy: As-tu dj fini ton roman ('novel'), Tex? Tex: Non, ne n'ai _______________ fini mon roman.
Check answers
negation: intro
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/neg3.t2003-12-30 9:17:53
alternate forms (2) ne ... aucun, ni ... ni, que
alternate forms (2)
Ne / n' ... aucun(e) + noun conveys the idea of 'absolutely no, not a single' + noun. Aucun agrees in gender with the word that follows. Bette: Alors Tex, Tammy est malade? Tex: Aucune ide. Je suis pass chez elle hier soir et il n'y avait personne. Je n'ai reu aucun coup de tlphone et aucune nouvelle depuis deux jours . . . Bette: So Tex, is Tammy ill? Tex: I have no idea. I went to her place last night and there was nobody there. I have received no phone call and no news for two days . . .
Ne ... ni ... ni is commonly translated as 'neither . . . nor'. It is used in a similar way as the English expression. Note, however, that in French the verb has to be preceded by ne (or n' in front of a vowel or a mute h).
Bette: Et moi, je n'ai vu Tammy ni hier ni aujourd'hui. Tex: Ni moi ni Fiona n'avons vu Tammy hier. Et aujourd'hui, Tammy ne m'a ni tlphon ni crit un email. Je m'inquite. Tu crois qu'elle est partie avec un autre tatou?
Bette: And me, I saw Tammy neither yesterday nor today. Tex: Neither I nor Fiona saw her yesterday. And today, Tammy neither called me nor wrote me an email. I am worried. Do you think she left with another armadillo?
Ne ... que is used to express a restriction. It is usually translated as 'only'. Bette: Peut-tre . . . Aprs tout, cela ne fait qu'un an que vous tes ensemble . . . Tex: Oh, merci Bette! Il n'y a que toi pour dire des choses pareilles! Bette: Maybe . . . After all it has only been a year that you've been together . . . Tex: Oh, thanks Bette! Only you can say such things!
Negate the affirmative sentences with the negative expressions in parentheses. Make all necessary changes to the sentence. Include punctuation in your answer. 1. Tex aime le rap et le rock. (ne...ni...ni)
2. Edouard mange un hamburger. (ne...aucun)
3. Bette a reu une invitation. (ne...aucun)
4. Une femme peut rsister au charme de Tex. (ne...aucun)
Check answers
negation: intro
introduction to adverbs
adverbs
An adverb is a word that qualifies the action of the verb, that is, it specifies how or when the action is performed. In English, many adverbs are indicated by the -ly ending. In French, most adverbs end in ment. lentement attentivement souvent slowly carefully often
Adverbs answer questions about the action: how? how much? when? and where? While most adverbs in French and English modify verbs, they can also modify other adverbs as well as adjectives. verb modified by adverb adverb modified by adverb adjective modified by adverb Ecoute attentivement. trop lentement extrmement silencieux Listen carefully. too slowly extremely quiet
Adverb vs. Adjective It is common in non-standard English for speakers to use adjectives in place of adverbs. Tex writes good. (instead of 'well') Aggies talk too slow. (instead of 'slowly')
While this alternation is common in English, it is not common in French where adjectives are rarely used in place of the adverb. Remember that adverbs modify verbs (as well as other adverbs and adjectives) and adjectives modify nouns. Tex crit bien. La posie de Tex est bonne. Tex writes well. Tex's poetry is good.
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/adv1.t2003-12-30 9:17:58
adverbs: formation and placement
1. uses 2. common adverbs 3. formation of regular adverbs
4. placement uses In French as in English, an adverb describes the action of a verb. It answers such questions as 'where', 'when,' 'how,' 'how long,' or 'how often.' Adverbs are invariable and may be used with almost all verbs. For example: Edouard cuisine bien. Joe-Bob mange beaucoup. Edouard cooks well. Joe-Bob eats a lot.
An adverb may also qualify an adjective or another adverb. Consider the sentence: 'Edouard cuisine trs bien' (Edouard cooks very well). Trs qualifies bien and both describe the action of the verb 'cuisiner'. common adverbs Following is a list of frequently used adverbs, categorized by type: manner time bien, well souvent, often jamais, never bientt, soon maintenant, now place dedans, inside l, there quantity or degree beaucoup, a lot assez, enough sequence d'abord, at first donc, thus mal, badly quelquefois, sometimes tt, early aujourd'hui, today dj, already dehors, outside partout, everywhere trs, very peu, little, not much puis, then, next enfin, finally vite, quickly toujours, always tard, late hier, yesterday demain, tomorrow ici, here quelque part, somewhere trop, too much peut-tre, maybe alors, then, so
formation of regular adverbs A large number of French adverbs are derived from adjectives. They are usually formed by adding -ment to the feminine singular form of the adjective. Note the exception 'gentiment', which is derived from the adjective 'gentil' (nice). lent(e), slow doux (douce), soft heureux (heureuse), happy franc (franche), frank lentement, slowly doucement, softly heureusement, happily, fortunately franchement, frankly
However, -ment is added to the masculine singular form of adjectives that end with a vowel. Note the exception 'gaiement' which is derived from the adjective 'gai' (cheerful). poli(e) polite absolu(e), absolute vrai(e), true, real modr(e), moderate poliment, politely absolument, absolutely vraiment, truly, really modrment, moderately
Add -emment to the stem of adjectives that end in -ent; add -amment to the stem of adjectives ending in -ant. The stem is what remains of the adjective when -ent or -ant have been removed. Note that the one- syllable adjective 'lent' does not form its adverb, 'lentement', on this model. rcent, recent frquent, frequent suffisant, sufficient mchant, wicked, malicious rcemment, recently frquemment, frequently suffisamment, sufficiently mchamment, wickedly, nastily
Note the addition of an acute accent to form the following adverbs: prcis(e), precise profond(e), deep norme, huge, enormous prcisment, precisely profondment, deeply normment, enormously
placement Use the following guidelines for placement of adverbs. adverbs that modify an adjective or another adverb Adverbs are placed directly before the adjective or adverb that they modify. Edouard: J'habite le Texas depuis trs longtemps, mais je trouve que le barbecue est vraiment dgueulasse! Edouard: I've lived in Texas for a very long time, but I find that barbecue is truly disgusting!
adverbs that modify a verb Adverbs are usually placed immediately after the conjugated verb. If the verb is negative, the adverb is placed after the negation.
Edouard comprend mal les habitudes culinaires amricaines. Edouard ne marche pas vite, parce qu'il sait dj ce que les clients vont commander. Edouard: Ils exigent toujours du ketchup, mais il n'y a pas de ketchup dans mon restaurant.
Edouard understands poorly American culinary habits. Edouard is not walking fast, because he already knows what the customers are going to order. Edouard: They always demand ketchup, but there is no ketchup in my restaurant.
Note that most common adverbs are placed directly after the verb before the objects. Joe-Bob: J'aime beaucoup le ketchup! Edouard: J'aime davantage le foie gras! Joe-Bob: I like ketchup a lot! Edouard: I like foie gras even more!
adverbs that modify a whole sentence If an adverb is a comment on the entire sentence (malheureusement, en plus), it may be placed at the beginning or end of the sentence. Adverbs of this type include adverbs of time and place. In the following dialogue, contrast the adverbs that modify the whole sentence to those that modify just the verb.
Joe-Bob: Edouard, viens dner avec nous ce soir! Edouard: Je n'aime pas dner dans des restaurants amricains parce que je trouve du ketchup partout. Vous allez srement au Salt Lick, et tu sais que je dteste le barbecue. Joe-Bob: Malheureusement, on n'a pas assez d'argent pour aller dans un restaurant snob! Edouard refuse obstinment l'invitation de Joe-Bob: Tu m'invites souvent, mais toujours l'amricaine!
Joe-Bob: Edouard, come out to eat with us this evening! Edouard: I don't like to eat in American restaurants because I find ketchup everywhere. You're surely going to go to the Salt Lick and you know that I detest barbeque. Joe-Bob: Unfortunately, we don't have enough money to go to a snobby restaurant! Obstinately, Edouard refuses JoeBob's invitation: You invite me out to eat often, but always in the American style.
See placement of adverbs with pass compos and the periphrastic future for further examples.
Adverb placement: Complete the answers to Tammy's questions using the adverb in parentheses. 1. Tammy : Tex est gnial! Bette : Oui, Tex _________________. (absolument)
2. Tammy : Tu manges du chili? Joe-Bob : Oui, je/j'___________________.(souvent)
3. Tammy : Tu aimes les noix? Joe-Bob : Oui, je/j'___________________.(beaucoup)
4. Tammy : Comment va Rita? Tex : Elle __________________. (trs bien)
Check answers
nouns: introduction
placement of adverbs with pass compos
placement w/pass compos
The adverb in French usually follows the conjugated verb. Thus, in all compound tenses (i.e. tenses where an auxiliary is required, such as the pass compos), adverbs are placed right after the auxiliary and just before the past participle. However, some longer adverbs ending in ment may follow the past participle. In a sentence in the periphrastic future ('futur proche'), adverbs are placed right before the infinitive. If the conjugated verb is in the negative, the adverb follows the negation. Tex: Oh, j'ai trop mang. Je ne vais pas bien dormir. Edouard: Mais tu n'as pas beaucoup mang! Juste de la soupe! Tex: Oui, mais il y avait une mouche dans la soupe! Edouard: Quoi? Une mouche dans mon restaurant! Pas possible! Je vais immdiatement te prparer une infusion. Oh, tu sais, les mouches, a se digre vite. Tex: Oh, I ate too much. I am not going to sleep well. Edouard: But you didn't eat much! Just some soup! Tex: Yes, but there was a fly in the soup! Edouard: What? A fly in my restaurant! It's not possible! I'm going to prepare an herb tea for you right away. Oh, you know, flies are easily digested.
Adverb placement : Complete the answers to Tammy's questions using the adverb in parentheses. The tense is the same in the question and the answer, either pass compos or periphrastic future. 1. Tammy : Tu as lu ce livre ? Tex : Oui, je/j' __________________ ce livre.(dj)
2. Tammy : Tu as achet mon cadeau? Tex : Non, je/j' _____________ ton cadeau. (encore)
3. Tammy : Tu as aim le film? Tex : Oui, je/j' __________________ le film.(beaucoup)
4. Tammy : Trey va comprendre Sartre? Tex : Hmm, Trey ____________________Sartre. (difficilement)
Check answers
nouns: introduction
pass compos with avoir
pass compos with avoir
1. uses 2. formation 3. negation
uses The pass compos is the most commonly used tense to refer to actions completed in the past. The pass compos may be translated into English in three different ways depending on the context.
Tex a mang toute la viande!
Tex ate all the meat! Tex has eaten all the meat! Tex did eat all the meat!
formation This tense is called the pass compos because it is composed of two elements: the present tense of an auxiliary verb (either avoir or tre), followed by a past participle: pass compos = present tense of auxiliary + past participle Note that in most instances the auxiliary verb is avoir, but some verbs require tre as the auxiliary. For regular verbs with an infinitive ending in -er, the past participle is formed by replacing the final -er of the infinitive with -. Listen carefully to the pronunciation of the pass compos of the verb 'parler'. The past participle (parl) is pronounced the same as the infinitive (parler), even though they are spelled differently.
parler 'to talk'

j'ai parl, I (have) talked tu as parl, you (have) talked il, elle / on a parl, he, she (it) / one (has) talked nous avons parl, we (have) talked vous avez parl, you (have) talked ils / elles ont parl, they (have) talked
The past participle of regular verbs with an infinitive ending in -ir is formed by dropping the final -r from the infinitive. For example, the past participle of finir is fini.
finir 'to finish'

j'ai fini, I (have) finished tu as fini, you (have) finished il, elle / on a fini, he, she (it) / one (has) finished nous avons fini, we (have) finished vous avez fini, you (have) finished ils / elles ont fini, they (have) finished
The past participle of regular verbs with an infinitive ending in -re is formed by replacing the final -re of the infinitive with -u. For example, the past participle of perdre is perdu.
perdre 'to lose'

j'ai perdu, I (have) lost tu as perdu, you (have) lost il,elle / on a perdu, he, she (it) / one (has) lost nous avons perdu, we (have) lost vous avez perdu, you (have) lost ils / elles ont perdu, they (have) lost
Note that many verbs, however, have irregular past participles. The past participles of many common irregular verbs which have avoir as an auxiliary are listed below. infinitive avoir tre faire ouvrir prendre mettre suivre boire croire voir savoir connatre dire lire crire pouvoir vouloir devoir tenir recevoir translation to have to be to do to open to take to put to follow to drink to believe to see to know to know to say to read to write to be able to to want to have to to hold to receive past participle eu t fait ouvert pris mis suivi bu cru vu su connu dit lu crit pu voulu d tenu reu
negation Negation of the pass compos is formed by placing ne ... pas around the conjugated verb, which, in this case, is the auxiliary avoir. Oh, regardez! Tex a mang toute la viande! Tammy, au contraire, n'a pas mang de viande! Elle est vgtarienne, comme la plupart des tatous. Oh, look! Tex ate all the meat! Tammy, on the other hand, did not eat any meat! She is a vegetarian, like most armadillos.
Listen to the following dialogue: Joe-Bob arrive chez Tammy. Il meurt de faim. Mais il est trop tard. Joe-Bob: Tammy, j'ai perdu ma collection de noix. Est-ce que je peux dner avec vous? Tammy: Je suis dsole, Joe-Bob. Tex a fini toute la viande. A mon avis, il a trop mang. Joe-Bob: Ce n'est pas grave Tammy. Je peux trouver quelque chose dans la cuisine . . . Mon dieu, Tammy! Est-ce que tu as vu? Tex a dgobill partout. C'est dgueulasse! Tammy: a ne m'tonne pas. Ce petit tatou carnivore, il n'est pas aussi volu que moi! Joe-Bob arrives at Tammy's house. He is dying of hunger. But it is too late. Joe-Bob: Tammy, I lost my nut collection. Can I have dinner with y'all? Tammy: I am sorry Joe-Bob. Tex finished all the meat. In my opinion, he ate too much. Joe-Bob: It's okay Tammy. I can find something in the kitchen . . . My god, Tammy! Have you seen? Tex threw up everywhere. It's disgusting! Tammy: That doesn't surprise me. That little carnivorous armadillo. He is not as enlightened as I am!
Give the pass compos of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex: J' ______ de nouveaux pomes. (crire)
2. Les tudiants ______ Tex. (ne pas obir)
3. Tammy: Joe-Bob, est-ce que tu ______ la leon? (comprendre)
4. Tex et Edouard ______ le match de foot. (regarder)
Check answers
pass compos with tre
pass compos with etre
pass compos with tre
1. uses 2. formation 3. the Alamo of tre 4. irregular past participles 5. agreement of past participle
uses There are several past tenses in French, and each is used in very specific situations. The pass compos is the most common past tense; it is used to relate actions or events completed in the past. The pass compos may be translated into English in three different ways depending on the context.
Tex est all l'Alamo.
Tex went to the Alamo. Tex has gone to the Alamo. Tex did go to the Alamo.
formation The pass compos consists of two parts, the present tense of an auxiliary, or helping verb (either avoir or tre ), and a past participle. In most instances the auxiliary verb used is avoir. pass compos = present tense of auxiliary + past participle However, several intransitive verbs, like aller (to go), require the auxiliary tre instead. Note that the past participle agrees with the subject in number and in gender.
aller 'to go'

je suis all(e), I went (have gone) tu es all(e), you went (have gone) il / on est all, he / one went (has gone) elle est alle, she went (has gone) nous sommes all(e)s, we went (have gone) vous tes all(e)(s), you went (have gone) ils sont alls, they went, (have gone) elles sont alles, they went, (have gone)
The negation is formed by placing ne ... pas around the conjugated verb, which in this case, is the auxiliary tre: Je ne suis pas all(e), Tu n'es pas all(e), etc. the Alamo of tre Many intransitive verbs, that is, verbs not followed by a direct object, take tre in the pass compos. Many of these verbs also indicate motion. They are verbs of coming and going. Even natre (to be born) and mourir (to die) can be thought of as coming and going in metaphorical terms. The Alamo d'tre illustrates this group of verbs.
A few of these verbs of movement (monter, descendre, sortir, passer, retourner) may sometimes take a direct object, thus becoming transitive. When they do, the auxiliary used is avoir, instead of tre. Example: Tex est sorti. Tex n'a pas sorti la poubelle. Tex went out. Tex did not take out the garbage.
It is important to note that many intransitive verbs of movement, like courir and marcher, do not use tre but avoir. The pronominal verbs form another important group of verbs which use tre as the auxiliary in the pass compos. irregular past participles The past participles of the verbs that use tre as an auxiliary are regular except for the following: infinitive venir devenir revenir natre mourir translation to come to become to come back to be born to die past participle venu devenu revenu n mort
agreement of the past participle The past participle of a verb which takes tre agrees in gender and number with the subject; that means an -e is added to the past participle to agree with a feminine subject and an -s is added for a plural subject. If the subject is feminine plural, -es is added. Joe-Bob: Tex, Corey et toi, vous tes rentrs de l'Alamo? Tex: Oui. Mais Tammy et Bette sont restes San Antonio pour faire des achats. Corey: Tu n'as pas entendu? Tout d'un coup Tammy est devenue toute ple et elle est tombe dans la rivire! Joe-Bob: Mais, qu'est-ce qui s'est pass? Corey: Calme-toi. Elle n'est pas morte! Tex et moi sommes arrivs pour la sauver! Joe-Bob: Tex, did you and Corey come back from the Alamo? Tex: Yes. But Tammy and Bette stayed in San Antonio to go shopping. Corey: Didn't you hear? All of a sudden Tammy turned very pale and she fell in the river! Joe-Bob: But, what happened? Corey: Calm down. She didn't die! Tex and I arrived to save her!
Give the pass compos of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tammy: Tex, pourquoi est-ce que tu ______ avec Bette? (partir)
2. Tammy et Bette ______ ensemble. (venir)
3. Tammy ______ en France il y a un an. (aller)
4. Tex et Tammy ______ au rez-de-chausse. (descendre)
Check answers
pass compos of pronomial
transitive vs. intransitive
transitive vs. intrans.
1. Definitions 2. Transitive verbs 3. Special cases 4. Stated and implied objects 5. Intransitive verbs Variable variance: transitive or 6. intransitive 7. Verbs with direct and indirect objects Definitions: transitive direct, transitive indirect, intransitive Transitive verbs by definition have an object, either a direct object or an indirect object. Intransitive verbs never have objects. A transitive-directverb acts directly on its object. In the first sentence below, the telephone is the direct object. The verb 'entendre' (to hear) always takes an object; one hears someone or something. A transitive-indirectverb acts to or for its object. Tex is the object of the preposition in the second sentence since Joe-Bob is talking to him. Intransitiveverbs, on the other hand, have no object at all. The verb dormir (to sleep) in the last example, does not need any object to complete it. In fact, because the verb is intransitive, it cannot take an object. Intransitive verbs (as well as transitive ones) may be modified by adverbs or prepositional phrases: 'Joe-Bob sleeps in the car; he sleeps all the time.' Tex entend le tlphone. Joe-Bob parle Tex. Joe-Bob dort souvent au volant. transitive-direct transitiveindirect intransitive/i> Tex hears the telephone. Job-Bob is talking to Tex. Joe-Bob often sleeps at the wheel.
For more examples and discussion, review the remarks on transitive vs intransitive verbs in the introduction. Transitive verbs Because transitivity has to do with meaning, most English and French verbs usually maintain the same distinction. Thus, verbs that are transitive in English are also transitive in French, and verbs that are intransitive in French are also intransitive in English. The following examples are transitive in both French and English. Tex mange un croissant et il boit du caf. Il finit son petit djeuner et il lit le journal. Dring, dring. C'est Joe-Bob au tlphone. Tex is eating a croissant and drinking some coffee. He is finishing his breakfast and reading the newspaper. Ring, ring. It's Joe-Bob on the telephone.
Special Cases
Direct object in French / Preposition + object in English There are, however, special cases where the transitivity of French and English verbs contrast. There are several very common verbs which take a direct object in French, while the English equivalent is followed by a preposition (at, to, for) and object. REDCAP is an acronym for the most frequent verbs in this category: Regarder, Ecouter, Demander, Chercher, Attendre, Payer. Joe-Bob explains what happened: Joe-Bob: Je roulais en voiture. Je regardais les filles. J'coutais de la musique country la radio. Et puis, oh, l l. J'ai eu un accident de voiture. La police est arrive et le flic m'a demand mes papiers. J'ai cherch ma carte d'identit, mais je ne l'ai pas trouve. Pas de chance! Je suis au commissariat et j'attends mon avocat. Tex, j'espre que tu vas payer la contravention! Joe-Bob: I was driving along. I was looking at girls. I was listening to country music on the radio. And then, oh, la, la. I had an accident. The police came and the cop asked for my papers. I looked for my ID, but I didn't find it. No luck! I'm at the police station and I'm waiting for my lawyer. Tex, I hope that you will pay for the ticket.
Preposition + object in French / Direct object in English There are also several verbs which have a preposition and object in French, whereas the English equivalent takes a direct object. Joe-Bob tlphone Tex. Joe-Bob telephones Tex.
Here are examples of such verbs. These are discussed more fully with indirect objects and indirect object pronouns. obir , to obey pardonner , to pardon, to forgive rendre visite , to visit (someone) renoncer , to give up, renounce rpondre , to answer rsister , to resist ressembler , to resemble tlphoner , to telephone
Stated and implied objects For many transitive verbs, in both French and English, the object is sometimes implied or understood. Do not be concerned about labelling these verbs, since the meaning will be clear from the context; and, like most verbs, they will form their pass compos with avoir. Transitive verb / implied object En voiture, Joe-Bob chante toujours. (Joe-Bob always sings in the car.) Il parle fort. (He talks loudly.) Il rve. (He dreams.) Transitive verb / stated object En voiture, Joe-Bob chante toujours Freebird. (Joe-Bob always sings Freebird in the car.) Il parle anglais. (He speaks English.) Il rve de hamburgers et de filles. (He dreams of hamburgers and girls.) Il grignotte des cacahouettes. (He snacks on peanuts.)
Il grignotte tout le temps. (He snacks all the time.)
Intransitive verbs Perhaps you have already seen verbs which use tre to form the pass compos. These tre verbs (aller, arriver, partir, sortir, etc.) are the most frequent intransitive verbs and they are summarized in the Alamo d'tre. Etre verbs are often described as verbs of motion, but it's important to note that there are many other intransitive verbs of motion which use the auxiliary avoir, for example, 'marcher' (to walk) and 'courir' (to run): 'Tex a march vite. Les enfants de Rita ont couru.' Transitive or intransitive Some verbs may be either transitive or intransitive. Contrast the following verbs. Note that the verb sortir uses the auxiliary verb tre in the pass compos as an intransitive verb, but avoir in the pass compos when it is used transitively. Intransitive / no object Le week-end pass, Joe-Bob est sorti. (Last weekend Joe-Bob went out.) Au commissariat, la tension de JoeBob monte. (At the police station Joe-Bob's blood pressure goes up.) Transitive / used with an object Le week-end pass, Joe-Bob a sorti son beau camion. (Last weekend Joe-Bob took out his fine truck.) Joe-Bob monte l'escalier. (Joe-Bob goes up the stairs.)
There are several cases where a verb which may be transitive or intransitive in English must be translated by two different verbs in French: 'to return' (retourner, rendre), 'to leave' (partir, laisser, quitter). Verbs with direct and indirect objects Many transitive verbs may have both a direct and an indirect object, for example: Tex donne des conseils Joe-Bob. Here is a list of some common bivalent verbs: acheter, to buy apporter, to bring apprendre, to learn demander, to ask donner, to give crire, to write emprunter, to borrow envoyer, to send expliquer, to explain montrer, to show offrir, to offer (give) prter, to lend promettre, to promise rendre, to give back servir, to serve vendre, to sell Tex gives advice to Joe-Bob.
Indicate whether the verb in the sentence is transitive, 't' or intransitive, 'i'. 1. Edouard arrive en retard.
2. Corey aime l'insecticide.
3. Tex rflchit souvent.
4. Tex prend un caf.
Check my answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/vti1.t2003-12-30 9:18:29
introduction to verbs
verbs
1. infinitives and conjugations 2. participles 3. auxiliaries and modals 4. transitive vs. intransitive 5. French vs. English verbs
A verb may be defined as the 'action word of the sentence'. To determine whether a word is a verb or not, consider its role in the sentence. How is the word 'access' used in the following sentences? Never give strangers access to your bank account. If you can't access the Web pages during peak hours, try again. In the first sentence, 'access' is a thing (a noun) that you can give to somebody. In the second sentence, 'access' is something you do (a verb) with your computer. The point is that whether a word is considered a noun or a verb depends on how it is used in the sentence. infinitives and conjugations When you study verbs, you will need to know the difference between the infinitive form of the verb and the finite forms, or conjugated forms. English infinitives are preceded by the word 'to'.
to eat, to drink, to sleep These verbs are called infinitives because, like the concept of infinity, they are not bound by time. From the infinitive, we derive the conjugated forms of the verb, also known as the finite forms of the verb. They are called finite because they refer to events anchored in time, that is, to events that have a particular tense: past, present, future. Note the conjugated forms of the infinitive 'to study'. I studied French in high school. I am studying French in college this semester. I will study French next year overseas. past tense conjugation present tense conjugation future tense conjugation
Verb conjugations are traditionally presented in textbooks according to paradigms, a grammatical term for pattern. A paradigm always includes the infinitive followed by the conjugations according to person which is divided into first, second and third, as well as number, which is the distinction between singular and plural. Here is the paradigm for the present tense of the French verb parler, 'to speak'.
parler singular 1st person 2nd person 3rd person je parle (I speak) tu parles (you speak) il/elle/on parle (he/she/it speaks) plural nous parlons (we speak) vous parlez (you speak) ils/elles parlent (they speak)
Regular French verbs fall into three classes based on the last two letters of the verb. Each class has a particular pattern of conjugation. These classes of verbs are generally referred to as first conjugation, second conjugation and third conjugation. first conjugation (-er verbs) danser regarder to dance to watch
second conjugation (-ir verbs) finir obir to finish to obey
third conjugation (-re verbs) vendre entendre to sell to listen
participles A participle is a special verb form that is derived from the infinitive but is not conjugated. In other words, while conjugations come in paradigms of six forms according to six different persons, participles have only two forms, named according to their uses: the present participle and the past participle. A present participle in French ends in -ant and is frequently used as an adjective. French present participles are usually translated by the -ing form of the English verb. Note that the adjectival form of the present participle must agree in number and gender with the noun it modifies. In the example, the participle is made to agree with the plural noun (les animaux) by adding -s.
Les tatous sont des animaux fascinants.
Armadillos are fascinating animals.
A past participle in French is used to form compound tenses, such as the 'pass compos'. A past participle can also be used as an adjective in certain contexts. When used as an adjective, the participle agrees in number and gender with the noun it qualifies. Tex a perdu une lettre d'amour de Bette. Et Tammy a trouv la lettre perdue! Tex lost a love letter from Bette. And Tammy found the lost letter!
In the first example, the participle 'perdu' combines with the auxiliary verb to form the past tense of perdre (to lose). In the second example, the participle is used as an adjective to modify the noun 'la lettre'. Note how the final -e on the participle indicates agreement with the feminine noun. common auxiliaries and modals Auxiliaries, often called 'helping verbs', are verbs that combine with the main verb to form a verb phrase. There are two groups of auxiliary verbs: common auxiliaries and modals. The two common auxiliary verbs in French, avoir (to have) and tre (to be) are used to form many tenses. A tense that has only a main verb and no auxiliary is called a simple tense. A verb tense that is composed of a main verb and its auxiliary is called a compound tense. Joe-Bob coute de la musique country. Joe-Bob a cout de la musique country. Joe-Bob listens to country music. Joe-Bob has listened to country music.
In the first example, the main verb 'couter' is in the simple present tense. In the second example, the verb is in the compound past tense, a tense which combines the auxiliary verb 'avoir' with the past participle of 'couter'. Modals are special auxiliary verbs that express the attitude of the speaker. In short, modal verbs are 'moody verbs'. For example, modal verbs indicate subtle shades of meaning concerning such things as the likelihood of an event or the moral obligation of an event. The most frequent modal verbs in English are the following: should, could, may, might, ought to, must. Note how the following modal verbs in French and English convey an attitude of increased urgency. Tex peut quitter la France. Tex devrait quitter la France! Tex doit quitter la France!! Tex can leave France. Tex should leave France! Tex must leave France!!
transitive vs. intransitive verbs Transitive verbs require a direct object while intransitive verbs do not permit an object. A direct object is usually defined as the party which directly receives the action designated by the verb. The terms 'transitive' and 'intransitive' are derived from the grammatical term transitivity which refers to the transfer of an action from the subject (S) to the direct object (DO). Transitive Intransitive Tex (S) crit un pome (DO). Tex (S) sort. Tex writes a poem. Tex goes out.
French vs. English verbs There is one important difference between French and English verbs that often causes trouble for beginning language learners. There is a high frequency of English verbs which combine with a particle (typically a preposition) to express idiomatic meanings. English speakers can completely change the meaning of the verb by changing the particle. Consider the extremely versatile English verb 'to get'. GET + particle to get about to get better to get out to get up meaning to move around to recover to leave to get out of bed french equivalent se dplacer se remettre sortir, descendre se lever
In order to convey the differences in meaning of the 'get + particle' constructions, note how French makes use of completely different verbs. As a consequence, when you translate such verbs from English into French, you must never translate word-for-word (i.e. translating the verb and particle separately). Since the verb and particle 'go together' in English, they must be translated as a unit in French.
-er verbs
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/v1.t2003-12-30 9:18:36
indirect object pron.
1.
forms and uses
2. placement
forms and uses An indirect object is a person which receives the action of a verb indirectly. In French the indirect object is always preceded by the preposition and in English by the preposition 'to' : Tex offre des fleurs Tammy. (Tex gives flowers to Tammy.) An indirect object pronoun indicates + a person. In the sentence 'Tex offre des fleurs Tammy', 'Tammy' is the indirect object. The indirect object pronoun that replaces ' Tammy' is lui: Tex lui offre des fleurs. (Tex gives flowers to her.) Following are the French indirect object pronouns: me (to me) te (to you) lui (to him/to her) nous (to us) vous (to you) leur (to them)
In front of a word starting with a vowel, me and te become m' and t'. Tammy: Tex, tu m'offres des fleurs? Et Bette, tu lui offres des fleurs aussi, n'est-ce pas? Tex: Oui, mais je t'offre des fleurs plus souvent. Joe-Bob: Tu leur as offert des fleurs, toutes les deux! Bravo, quel tombeur! Tammy: Paf! Tammy: Tex, you're giving me flowers? But Bette, you give her flowers, too, don't you? Tex: Yes, I give you flowers more often. Joe-Bob: You gave them both flowers! Bravo, what a womanizer! Tammy: Pow!
placement An indirect object pronoun is placed just before the verb of which it is the object. In a composed tense (like the pass compos), the pronoun precedes the auxiliary. In infinitive constructions, the pronoun goes immediately before the infinitive. When the conjugated verb is negative, the ne precedes the object pronoun. Note that, in compound tenses (such as the pass compos), there is no agreement between the past participle and the indirect object. In the affirmative imperative, the indirect object pronoun is placed after the verb it is the object of and attached to it by a hyphen. In addition, me and te become moi and toi. Tex: Regarde, quelqu'un m'a envoy un cadeau. Tammy: Qui t'offre un cadeau? Tex ouvre le cadeau. Tex: Ahh, une bouteille de champagne! Tammy: Oh, regarde. Il y a une petite carte . . . Bon anniversaire, mon petit tatou. Je compte partager cette bouteille . . . et la vie avec toi. Avec toi? Mais, il n'y a pas de signature. Eh bien, monsieur, explique-moi! Tex: Euh . . . Tammy: C'est bien cette petite chatte maline, n'est-ce pas? Je vais aller lui parler. Tex: Ne lui parle pas! C'est une bagatelle, c'est un petit rien . . . Tammy: Un petit rien? Paf! Tex: Look, someone sent me a gift. Tammy: Who is giving you a gift? Tex opens the gift. Tex: Ahh, a bottle of champagne! Tammy: Oh, look. There is a little card . . . Happy birthday, my little armadillo. I'm counting on sharing this bottle . . . and life with you. With you? But, there's no signature. Well, now, sir, explain (this to) me. Tex: Uh . . . Tammy: It's that cunning little cat, isn't it? I'm going to go talk to her about it. Tex: Don't talk to her! It's a small thing, it's nothing . . . Tammy: Nothing? Pow!
Fill in the blank using the correct indirect object pronoun. 1. Tex : Tammy m'adore. Elle _______ parle tous les jours.
2. Tex : Tammy, j'ai faim! Fais-______ un hamburger!
3. Tammy : J'ai achet un cadeau Tex! Bette : Ah? Qu'est-ce qu tu ___________ as achet?
4. Tex : Tammy, offre une bire Joe-Bob! Allez offre-______ une bire!
Check answers
pronouns: intro
partir, sortir, quitter, laisser
quitter,partir,etc.
The verbs partir, sortir, quitter and laisser all mean 'to leave' in English, but they have distinguishing nuances and uses in French. An important distinction among these verbs is the idea of transitivity. Partir and sortir are intransitive in this context; they do not take a direct object (but may be followed by a prepositional phrase). On the other hand, quitter and laisser are transitive; they take a direct object in a sentence. partir Partir is an irregular -ir verb that conveys the particular meaning of 'leaving with the intention of going somewhere.' It is often followed by the preposition pour.
Joe-Bob: Je pars pour College Station.
Joe-Bob: I am leaving for College Station.
sortir Sortir is an irregular -ir verb that conveys the particular meaning of 'going out or to exit from an enclosed space.' It is often followed by the preposition de. Bette: Je vais sortir ce soir. Corey sort de sa chambre sans fermer la porte. Bette: I'm going to go out tonight. Corey goes out of his room without locking the door.
quitter Quitter is a regular -er verb that is used when 'leaving someone or someplace.' Tammy quitte la maison 8 heures chaque matin. Rita quitte son mari. Tammy leaves the house at 8 o'clock every morning. Rita is leaving her husband.
Note that quitter is a transitive verb, that is, it always takes a direct object: son mari or la maison in the examples above. Sortir is usually intransitive (no object), and needs the preposition de to express the idea of leaving from somewhere. laisser Laisser is a regular -er verb that means 'to leave something or someone behind.' Rita: Les gosses laissent leurs jouets partout. Et toi, bon rien, laisse-moi tranquille. Quelle vie de chien! Rita: The kids leave their toys everywhere. And you, good-for-nothing, leave me alone! What a dog's life!
Consider the following dialogue: Tammy fait un cauchemar: Tex: Tammy, je pars maintenant pour la France. Je rentre Lyon. Tammy: Tu me quittes mon chri? Tex: Oui, Tammy c'est fini. Tammy: Mais non! Tex sort de l'appartement de Tammy. Mais il revient un moment plus tard. Tex: J'ai laiss mes cigarettes dans la cuisine. Puis il quitte l'appartement pour toujours. Tammy has a nightmare: Tex: Tammy, I'm leaving now for France. I'm going back to Lyon. Tammy: You're leaving me, darling? Tex: Yes, Tammy, it's over. Tammy: But, no! Tex leaves Tammy's apartment, but he comes back a minute later. Tex: I left my cigarettes in the kitchen. Then he leaves the apartment forever.
Fill in the blank with the correct form of 'quitter', 'partir', 'sortir' or 'laisser'. Use either the infinitive, the present tense, the imperative or the past participle. 1. Les parents de Tex ont ______ cette vie aprs un accident sur l'autoroute.
2. Les chattes ______ la nuit.
3. Corey ne ______ jamais de sa chambre pendant la journe.
4. Rita son mari: '______! Je ne t'aime plus.'
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/vl1.t2003-12-30 9:18:54
-ir verbs (irregular) partir, sortir, & dormir
-ir verbs (irr) partir
The verbs partir, sortir, and dormir are irregular in the present tense, that is, they are not conjugated like regular -ir verbs. Listen carefully to the pronunciation of these verbs, noting especially the pronunciation of the consonant sound in the plural forms. Can you hear the difference between the singular and the plural forms in the third person?
partir 'to leave'

je pars tu pars il/elle/on part past participle : parti nous partons vous partez ils/elles partent
sortir 'to exit, go out'

je sors tu sors il/elle/on sort past participle : sorti nous sortons vous sortez ils/elles sortent
dormir 'to sleep'

je dors tu dors il/elle/on dort past participle : dormi nous dormons vous dormez ils/elles dorment
Bette: Tammy, tu pars ce week-end?
Bette: Tammy, are you leaving this weekend?
Tammy: Yes, I'm going to Tammy: Oui, je pars pour la Louisiane Louisianna with Tex. We're going avec Tex. Nous allons rendre visite Pawto visit Paw-Paw. We're going out Paw. Samedi soir nous sortons danser et Saturday night to dance and eat manger de la cuisine cadienne. some Cajun food. Bette: Et Paw-Paw, il sort avec vous? Tammy: Non, il prfre rester la maison pour dormir. Bette: And does Paw-Paw go out with you? Tammy: No, he prefers to stay at home and sleep.
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Fiona, pourquoi est-ce que tu ne ______ pas avec nous? (sortir)
2. Josh et Tex ______ pour le film sept heures. (partir)
3. Paw-Paw ne ______ pas parce qu'il aime rester la maison. (sortir)
4. Joe-Bob, est-ce que tu ______ ce week-end? (partir)
Listen to the following sentences and decide if they refer to Tammy (singular) or Tammy and Bette (plural). 1. 2. 3. 4. Tammy Tammy Tammy Tammy Tammy et Bette Tammy et Bette Tammy et Bette Tammy et Bette
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/vir3.t2003-12-30 9:18:57
-ir verbs (regular) present tense
-ir verbs (regular)
Verbs with infinitives ending in -ir form a second group of regular verbs in French, often called 'second conjugation' verbs. To conjugate these verbs, drop the -ir from the infinitive and add the second conjugation present tense endings: -is, -is, -it, -issons, -issez, -issent. The singular and plural forms of the third person are clearly distinguishable (finit vs.finissent). Listen to the difference.
finir 'to finish'

je finis tu finis il/elle/on finit past participle : fini nous finissons vous finissez ils/elles finissent
Here is a list of other common -ir verbs: choisir, to choose tablir, to establish grandir, to grow (up) grossir, to gain weight maigrir, to lose weight mincir, to get slimmer
obir ( quelqu'un), to obey (someone) ragir, to react rflchir, to think, reflect runir, to get together, assemble russir (), to succeed (at) vieillir, to grow old
Not all verbs ending in -ir follow this pattern, however. Irregular -ir verbs include ouvrir, partir, sortir, and dormir. Listen carefully to the pronunciation of the verbs in the following dialogue. In particular, note the difference in the pronunciation of one s (pronounced as /z/) and two ss (pronounced as /s/) in the verb'choisir.' Tex et Tammy runissent des copains ce soir. Tammy: Quel vin tu choisis, Tex? Tex and Tammy are getting friends together this evening. Tammy: What wine do you choose, Tex? Tex reflects a moment and then he chooses a good red wine. Tex: We always choose red (wine). It's good for (one's) health.
Tex rflchit un moment, et puis il choisit un bon vin rouge. Tex: Nous choisissons toujours du rouge. C'est bon pour la sant.
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Joe-Bob et Corey ______ toujours leurs pizzas. (finir)
2. Tex ne ______ pas Paw-Paw. (obir)
3. Fiona, tu ______ trop! (rflchir)
4. Joe-Bob, pourquoi est-ce que tu ne ______ pas tes devoirs? (finir)
Listen to the following sentences and decide if they refer to Tex (singular) or Joe-Bob and Corey (plural). 1. 2. 3. 4. Tex Tex Tex Tex Joe-Bob et Corey Joe-Bob et Corey Joe-Bob et Corey Joe-Bob et Corey
Check answers
-ir verbs (irregular) like ouvrir present tense
-ir verbs (irr) ouvrir
A very limited group of verbs with infinitives ending in -ir are irregular, that is, they do not follow the pattern of regular -ir verbs like finir. Verbs like ouvrir are conjugated instead like regular -er verbs.
ouvrir 'to open'

j'ouvre tu ouvres il/elle/on ouvre past participle: ouvert nous ouvrons vous ouvrez ils/elles ouvrent
Verbs conjugated like ouvrir include: couvrir, to cover dcouvrir, to discover offrir, to offer, to give (a gift) souffrir, to suffer
Listen carefully to the pronunciation of the verbs in the following sentences. Note, too, that there is no s in the imperative 'tu' form of the second sentence, since it is conjugated like a regular -er verb in the imperative. Bette offre un cadeau Tex. C'est son anniversaire aujourd'hui! Bette: Ouvre le paquet, Tex! Bette is giving Tex a gift. It's his birthday today! Bette: Open the package, Tex!
Fill in the blank with the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex ______ ses excuses Tammy quand il arrive en retard. (offrir)
2. Tex dit aux tudiants: ______ vos livres, s'il vous plat! (ouvrir)
3. Fiona dit ses amis: Vous ______ Sixth Street, moi j'tudie! (dcouvrir)
4. Tex ______ la musique cadienne. (dcouvrir)
Fill in the blank with the correct form of offrir, ouvrir, dcouvrir, or souffrir. 1. Joe-Bob: Il fait trop chaud. Je vais ______ la fentre.
2. Rita ______ ses enfants quand il fait froid.
3. Fiona: Je ______ d'une migraine.
4. Les tudiants de Tex ______ la culture franaise.
Check answers
-er verbs (regular) present tense
-er verbs (regular)
There are three major groups of regular verbs in French: verbs with infinitives ending in -er, verbs with infinitives ending in -ir, and verbs with infinitives ending in -re. Since -er verbs are the most numerous, they are considered the first conjugation. To conjugate these verbs, drop the -er from the infinitive to form the stem. Next, add the -er endings to the stem. Different tenses have different endings. The endings given below (-e,-es,-e,-ons,-ez,-ent) are for forming the present tense. The endings (-e, -es, -e, and -ent) are all silent. The only endings that are pronounced are the nous (-ons) and the vous (-ez) endings. The four silent endings form a boot shape in the verb conjugation.
parler 'to speak'

je parle tu parles il/elle/on parle nous parlons vous parlez ils/elles parlent
past participle: parl
Listen carefully to the following sentences. Note that the pronunciation of each of the verbs is the same even though the conjugations are spelled differently. Tex, il parle franais? Mais c'est un tatou. Tex: Bien sr je parle franais et Tammy, elle aussi, elle parle franais. Eh bien dis donc, mme les tatous parlent franais au Texas? Tex speaks French? But he's an armadillo. Tex: Of course, I speak French and Tammy,too, she speaks French. Well, I'll be, even the armadillos speak French in Texas?
Here is a list of common -er verbs: adorer, to adore aimer, to like aimer mieux, to prefer chanter, to sing chercher, to look for danser, to dance demander, to ask dtester, to hate, to detest donner, to give couter, to listen to tudier, to study habiter, to live jouer, to play montrer, to show prsenter, to introduce regarder, to watch rencontrer, to meet (by chance) rester, to stay, remain tlphoner, to telephone travailler, to work trouver, to find
Je changes to j' before a verb starting with a vowel or a silent h (ex.j'adore, j'habite). This phenomenon is known as lision. Listen to the following sentences. Can you hear the lision in the first two examples?
Tex: J'adore la musique rap et I love rap music and I often listen to j'coute souvent de la musique dans music in clubs. les clubs. Je chante et je danse aussi. I sing and I dance, too.
Note also that the s in plural pronouns (nous, vous, and ils/elles) is usually silent except when it is followed by a verb that begins with a vowel sound. In such a case the silent s is pronounced as a /z/ and links the pronoun to the verb. This phenomenon is called liaison ('linking') and is very characteristic of French. Listen carefully to the sentences below. Which sentences contain examples of liaison ? Tex et Tammy, ils coutent de la musique cadienne avec Paw-Paw! Tammy: Nous adorons danser. Tex: Oui, oui, c'est vrai. Nous dansons beaucoup. Tex and Tammy, they listen to Cajun music with Paw-Paw! Tammy: We love to dance.
Tex: Yes, yes, that's true. We dance a lot.
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tammy et Bette ______ la tlvision. (regarder)
2. Joe-Bob ______ de la guitare. (jouer)
3. Tammy ______ les sports. (dtester)
4. Est-ce que tu ______ du piano? (jouer)
Listen to the following sentences and decide if they refer to Tex, Tex and Tammy or if it's impossible to tell. Hint: Pay close attention to liaison between subject pronoun and verb. 1. 2. 3. 4. Tex Tex Tex Tex Tex et Tammy Tex et Tammy Tex et Tammy Tex et Tammy impossible distinguer impossible distinguer impossible distinguer impossible distinguer
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/ver1.t2003-12-30 9:19:14
pass compos of pronominal verbs
pass compospronom.
1. formation 2. past participle agreement 3. past participle agreement: exceptions
4. negation
A pronominal verb is a verb which has a reflexive pronoun, that is, a pronoun referring back to its subject. These verbs are easily recognized by the pronoun se before the infinitive: se lever, se laver, se promener, etc. formation In the pass compos, pronominal verbs are conjugated with tre as their auxiliary. Past participles of pronominal verbs are formed like nonpronominal past participles. Note that the reflexive pronoun (me, te, se, nous, vous, se) precedes the auxiliary.
s'amuser 'to have fun'

je me suis amus(e), I had fun tu t'es amus(e), you had fun il / on s'est amus, he / one had fun elle s'est amuse, she had fun nous nous sommes amus(e)s, we had fun vous vous tes amus(e)(s), you had fun ils se sont amuss, they had fun elles se sont amuses, they had fun
past participle agreement It is important to note that, in most cases, the past participle of pronominal verbs agrees in gender and number with the gender and number of the reflexive pronoun, that is, an e is added to the past participle to agree with a feminine subject and an s is added for a plural subject. Tammy: Je me suis rveille trs tt ce matin. Tex: Moi, je me suis rveill trs tard! Tammy: I got up really early this morning. Tex: I got up really late!
past participle agreement: exceptions The past participle does not agree if there is a direct object following the verb which is a part of the body: Tammy: Je me suis lave. Et ensuite je me suis lav les cheveux. Tammy: I washed. And then, I washed my hair.
In the second example, the direct object les cheveux is placed after the verb, so there is no agreement. Furthermore, in cases where the reflexive pronoun is an indirect object rather than a direct object, as in the verb se parler (parler ), there is no agreement. Tammy: Puis, Bette et moi, nous nous sommes parl. Tammy: Then, Bette and I talked to each other.
negation In the negative, the ne precedes the reflexive pronoun and the pas follows the auxiliary: je ne me suis pas amus(e) tu ne t'es pas amus(e) il / on ne s'est pas amus elle ne s'est pas amuse nous ne nous sommes pas amus(e)(s) vous ne vous tes pas amus(e)(s) ils ne se sont pas amuss elles ne se sont pas amuses
Listen to the dialogue: Tammy: Bonjour Tex! Oh l l! Tu ne t'es pas ras ce matin? Tex: Oh a va hein! Mon rveil n'a pas sonn! Je me suis rveill trop tard. Et toi, tu t'es rase? Tammy: Monsieur Tex s'est lev du pied gauche aujourd'hui! Tammy: Hi Tex! Oh dear! You did not shave this morning? Tex: Oh that's enough, OK! My alarm clock did not go off! I woke up too late. Did you shave? Tammy: Mister Tex got up on the wrong side of the bed today!
Give the pass compos of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tammy: Qu'est-ce qui ______ l'arrt d'autobus? (se passer)
2. Tammy ______ contre Tex la fte. (se fcher)
3. Tammy: Hier soir, Tex et moi, nous ______ prs de la rivire. (se promener)
4. Corey ______ trs vite ce matin. (s'habiller)
Check answers
pronominal verbs
-re verbs (regular)
-re verbs (regular)
Verbs with infinitives ending in -re form a third group of regular verbs, often called 'third conjugation' verbs. To form the present tense conjugations of these verbs, drop the -re from the infinitive and add the third conjugation endings (-s ,-s ,- ,-ons , -ez,-ent) to the resulting stem. As you listen, note especially that the final -d and -ds in the singular forms are silent. In the third person plural the 'd' consonant sound of the stem is pronounced because of the -ent ending. Can you hear the difference in the pronunciation of the singular and plural forms of the third person? (il vs. ils)
descendre 'to go down'

je descends tu descends il/elle/on descend nous descendons vous descendez ils/elles descendent past participle: descendu
Here is a list of common regular -re verbs: attendre, to wait for dpendre de, to depend (on) entendre, to hear pendre, to hang perdre, to lose rendre, to hand in, give back rendre visite quelqu'un, to visit someone rpondre, to answer, respond vendre, to sell
Not all verbs ending in -re follow this pattern, however. Irregular -re verbs include prendre, mettre, suivre and vivre.
Un flic descend la rue. Tex panique et file. Agent de police: Attendez! Attendez... Monsieur, vous vendez des T-shirts? Tex rpond: Euh, oui, monsieur l'agent. Agent de police: Vous n'avez pas de permis. H, h, vous tes dport.
A cop is coming down the street. Tex panics and runs off. Policeman: Wait! Wait...Sir, are you selling t-shirts? Tex answers, "Yes, sir." Policeman: You do not have a permit. Hey, hey, you are deported.
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Joe-Bob demande au prof: Est-ce que vous ______ nos examens aujourd'hui? (rendre)
2. Tex et Tammy, vous ______? (entendre)
3. Corey Tex: Nous ______ visite Joe-Bob. Tu viens? (rendre)
4. Tex: J' ______ mes tudiants Quacks. (attendre)
Listen to the following sentences and decide if they refer to Tammy (singular) or Fiona and Bette (plural). 1. 2. 3. 4. Tammy Tammy Tammy Tammy Fiona et Bette Fiona et Bette Fiona et Bette Fiona et Bette
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/vre1.t2003-12-30 9:19:24
-re verbs (irregular) like prendre
-re verbs (irr) prendre
Verbs like prendre are conjugated like regular -re verbs in the singular, but not in the plural. Note the difference in the stem in the plural forms.
prendre 'to take'

je prends tu prends il/elle/on prend past participle: pris nous prenons vous prenez ils/elles prennent
Verbs conjugated like prendre include:
apprendre, to learn comprendre, to understand surprendre, to surprise
Edouard et Tammy surprennent Tex.
Edouard and Tammy surprise Tex.
Tammy: Qu'est-ce que tu fais, Tex? Tu Tammy: What are you doing, Tex? vas o? Pourquoi tu prends un taxi? Where are you going? Why are you taking a taxi? Tex: Uhh, je suis en retard. Uhh, je vais en classe. Aujourd'hui mes tudiants apprennent chanter la Marseillaise! Tex: Uhh, I'm late. Uhh, I'm going to class. Today my students are learning to sing the Marseillaise!
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex ______ souvent Tammy, il aime faire des surprises. (surprendre)
2. Tex, tu ______ un grand caf? (prendre)
3. Tammy ______ faire du ski. (apprendre)
4. Corey et Joe-Bob, vous ______ votre temps, n'est-ce pas? (prendre)
Listen to the following sentences and decide if they refer to Tex (singular) or Joe-Bob and Corey (plural). 1. 2. 3. 4. Tex Tex Tex Tex Joe-Bob et Corey Joe-Bob et Corey Joe-Bob et Corey Joe-Bob et Corey
Check answers
-re verbs (irregular) like mettre
-re verbs (irr) mettre
The verb mettre is irregular. Listen carefully to its forms in the present.
mettre 'to place, put'

je mets tu mets il/elle/on met past participle : mis Mettre literally means 'to place, to put.' It is also used in the following expressions: mettre la table (le couvert), to set the table mettre + article of clothing, to put on mettre + electrical item (radio, light), to turn on Other verbs like mettre include: admettre, to admit permettre, to permit promettre, to promise remettre, to turn in (a report), to postpone nous mettons vous mettez ils/elles mettent
Tammy: Tex, tu mets la table pour la soire? Tex: Non, je n'ai pas envie. Tammy: a alors. C'est toujours moi qui mets la table.
Tammy: Tex, are you going to set the table for the party? Tex: No. I don't feel like it. Tammy: Come on, I'm always the one who sets the table.
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Fiona ______ un crime quand elle pique (stings) les enfants de Rita. (commettre)
2. Rita dit ses enfants: ______ vos pulls. Il fait froid. (mettre)
3. Tammy: Tex, tu ______ la table pour dner? (mettre)
4. Rita ______ ses enfants de nager Baryon Springs. (permettre)
Listen to the following sentences and decide if they refer to Tex (masculine singular), Tammy (feminine singular) or Tex and Tammy (plural). 1. 2. 3. 4. Tex Tex Tex Tex Tammy Tammy Tammy Tammy Tex et Tammy Tex et Tammy Tex et Tammy Tex et Tammy
Check answers
re verbs (irregular) like suivre, vivre
-re verbs (irr) suivre
The verbs suivre (to follow), and vivre (to live) are irregular. Listen carefully to their forms in the present tense.
suivre 'to follow'

je suis tu suis il/elle/on suit nous suivons vous suivez ils/elles suivent past participle : suivi
Suivre is also used in the expression suivre un cours (to take a course).
vivre 'to live, to be alive'

je vis tu vis il/elle/on vit nous vivons vous vivez ils/elles vivent past participle : vcu
You may have seen the expression Vive ... (as in Vive la France!, Long live France!) and the noun la vie (life). Vivre means 'to be alive,' as well as 'to live, ' in contrast to the verb habiter which refers only to where one lives, one's place of residence. Edouard accueille des clients au restaurant. Edouard: Bonsoir. Suivez-moi, s'il vous plat. Une heure plus tard, les clients attendent toujours. Client: Excusez, moi, mais le service est vraiment trs lent. Edouard: La qualit, a prend du temps, monsieur. Les fastfoods, quelle horreur. Vive la cuisine franaise! Edouard greets customers at the restaurant. Edouard: Good evening. Follow me, please. One hour later the clients are still waiting. Client: Excuse me, but the service is really very slow. Edouard: Quality takes time, monsieur. Fast food, how dreadful! Long live French cuisine!
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tammy demande Bette: Pourquoi est-ce que tu ______ Tex tout le temps? (suivre)
2. Tex: Je ______ au Texas, mais je prfre la France. (vivre)
3. Edouard ne ______ pas les matchs de football. Il n'aime pas les sports. (suivre)
4. Joe-Bob: Corey et moi, nous ______ un cours de franais. (suivre)
Listen to the following sentences and decide if they refer to Tex (singular) or Tex and Edouard (plural). 1. 2. 3. 4. Tex Tex Tex Tex Tex et Edouard Tex et Edouard Tex et Edouard Tex et Edouard
Check answers
comparative and superlative of adverbs
comparative and superlative
1.
comparative of adverbs: indicating more, less, or equality
2. superlative of adverbs: indicating the most, the least
comparative of adverbs: indicating more, less, or equality Plus + adverb + que conveys the idea of 'more . . . than', moins + adverb + que the idea of 'less . . . than'. Aussi + adverb + que conveys the idea of 'as . . . as'. Joe-Bob court plus vite qu'Edouard. Tex court moins vite que Joe-Bob. Qui court aussi lentement qu'Edouard? Personne, bien sr! Joe-Bob runs faster than Edouard. Tex runs slower (less fast) than JoeBob. Who runs as slowly as Edouard? No one, of course!
Note that mieux (better) is the irregular comparative form of the adverb bien (well). The other comparative forms of bien are regular (moins bien que, aussi bien que). Joe-Bob: Vous allez bien aujourd'hui? Vous tes en forme pour la course? Tex: Ah, oui, je vais mieux qu'hier. Je n'ai pas fum depuis 24 heures. Edouard: Moi, je vais moins bien qu'hier. J'ai tellement travaill que j'ai des courbatures. Corey: Oh, je vais aussi bien qu'hier. Je suis dop, comme d'habitude. Joe-Bob: Are you doing ok today? Are you in good shape for the race? Tex: Ah yes, I am better than yesterday. I haven't smoked for 24 hours. Edouard: Oh no, I am less well than yesterday. I've worked so much that I have aches and pains. Corey: Oh I am doing as well as yesterday. I'm high (on insecticides), as usual.
superlative of adverbs: indicating the most, the least In French as in English, the superlative is a way to express a maximum or minimum quality or capacity: 'the fastest', 'the least fast'. To form the superlative of an adverb, the masculine singular form of the definite article is always used: le, followed by plus (more) or moins (less) before the adverb. Note that the superlative of an adverb has only one form. Le mieux (the best) and le moins bien (the least well) are the superlative forms of the adverb bien (well). Joe-Bob, Tex, Corey et Edouard se prparent faire une course. Corey: Qui va gagner? Joe-Bob: Moi, bien sr! je cours le plus vite et Edouard va tre le dernier parce qu'il court le moins vite! Edouard (vex): Tu dis a parce que je suis un escargot! Mais tout le monde sait que je cours le plus lgamment! Joe-Bob, Tex, Corey and Edouard are about to start a race. Corey: Who's going to win? Joe-Bob: Me, of course! I run the fastest and Edouard is going to be last, because he runs the least fast! Edouard (offended): You say this because I am a snail! But everyone knows that I run the most elegantly!
Complete Tammy's statements with the adverbs in between parentheses, using one of the French superlative forms or one of the comparative forms, as indicated. '+' is for comparative indicating 'more... than', '-' is for comparative indicating 'less...than', '=' is for comparative indicating 'as...as', 'superlative +' is for superlative indicating 'the most...', 'superlative -' is for superlative indicating 'the least...' 1. Tammy : Tex explique ______________ Edouard. (+, clairement)
2. Tammy : Joe-Bob chante _________________ Tex. (=, mal)
3. Tammy : Tex parle le franais ________________ moi. (+, couramment)
4. Tammy : Fiona est l'tudiante qui russit __________________ UT. (superlative +, brillamment)
Check answers
bon/meilleur vs. bien/mieux
bon/meilleur vs. bien/mieux
1. bon/bien 2. meilleur/mieux 3. aussi bon/aussi bien 4. le meilleur/le mieux: superlative forms
bon/bien Bon (good) is an adjective. Although it has an irregular feminine form, bonne, the plural is formed regularly by adding an -s to the masculine or feminine adjective. Bien (well, really, very) is an adverb. The adjective bon modifies a noun, whereas the adverb bien modifies verbs, adjectives or other adverbs. adjective bon La cuisine de Tammy est bonne. Tammy est une bonne cuisinire. Tammy's cooking is good. Tammy is a good cook.
adverb bien Mmm...Tammy fait bien la cuisine. Tammy lit la recette bien attentivement. Ooh, la soupe de Tammy est bien assaisonne. Mmm...Tammy cooks well. Tammy reads the recipe very attentively. Ooh, Tammy's soup is well-seasoned.
meilleur/mieux Comparisons with bon and bien are not formed regularly using 'plus . . . que' (more . . . than). Instead use meilleur(e)(s) que, and mieux que: adjective bon/meilleur Tammy est une meilleure cuisinire que Fiona. Les gteaux de Tammy sont meilleurs que les gteaux de Fiona. adverb bien/mieux Mais si, Tammy cuisine mieux que Fiona. Et la soupe de Tammy est mieux assaisonne que la soupe de Fiona. But yes, Tammy cooks better than Fiona. And Tammy's soup is better seasoned than Fiona's soup. Tammy is a better cook than Fiona. Tammy's cakes are better than Fiona's cakes.
The adverb bien is an intensifier and can be translatied as 'much' in English. Note that 'much better' is sometimes translated as bien meilleur, sometimes as bien mieux. Tammy est bien meilleure cuisinire que Fiona. Tammy fait bien mieux la cuisine qu Fiona. Tammy is a much better cook that Fiona. Tammy cooks much better than Fiona.
aussi bon/aussi bien Aussi bon que (comparisons with adjectives) conveys the idea of 'as good as'. Aussi bien que (comparisons with adverbs) conveys the idea of 'as well as.' adjective bon/aussi bon que Mais Bette est une aussi bonne cuisinire que Tammy. La cuisine de Bette est aussi bonne que la cuisine de Tammy. But Bette is as good a cook as Tammy. Bette's cooking is as good as Tammy's.
adverb bien/aussi bien que Bette cuisine aussi bien que Tammy. Bette cooks as well as Tammy.
le meilleur/le mieux : superlative forms In French as in English, the superlative is a form expressing a maximum or minimum quality or capacity. In English, 'good' and 'well' have the same maximum superlative: 'the best'. In French, however, the maximum superlatives are different; they are formed with the definite articles le (la, les) meilleur(s) (superlative adjectives) or le mieux (superlative adverbs). The minimum superlatives (le moins bon, le moins bien) are formed regularly. superlative adjectives Qui fait la meilleure tarte? Qui fait les moins bonnes cuisses de grenouilles? Who makes the best tart? Who makes the worst frog legs?
superlative adverbs Qui cuisine le mieux? Et qui cuisine le moins bien? Edouard arbitre un concours de cuisine. Tammy, Bette et Fiona prsentent des tartes. Edouard gote d'abord la tarte de Tammy. Edouard: Une tarte aux pommes . . . C'est trs sucr, mais dlicieux. Tammy est bonne cuisinire. Oui, oui, elle cuisine bien. Edouard gote ensuite la tarte de Fiona. Edouard: Une tarte aux piments . . . C'est pic mais certainement original. Est-ce que cette tarte est meilleure que celle de Tammy? Non, mon avis, Fiona cuisine aussi bien que Tammy. Enfin, Edouard gote la tarte de Bette. Edouard: Une tarte aux fruits exotiques. Hmm... c'est magnifique. Cette tarte me sduit terriblement. Aucun doute! C'est Bette qui va recevoir le prix. C'est elle qui cuisine le mieux. C'est, comme c'est dlicieux! Dites-moi, Bette, il y a un je ne sais quoi dans cette tarte. Quel est votre secret? Bette: Mais, c'est tout simple, Edouard. Quand je cuisine, j'ajoute toujours une pince de Viagra! Who cooks (the) best? And who cooks (the) worst? Edouard is judging a cooking contest. Tammy, Bette, and Fiona are presenting their tarts. First, Edouard tastes Tammy's tart. Edouard: An apple tart . . . It's very sweet, but delicious. Tammy is a good cook. Yes, yes, she cooks well. Next, Edouard tastes Fiona's tart. Edouard: A pepper tart . . . It's spicy, but certainly original. Is this tart better than Tammy's? No, in my opionion, Fiona cooks as well as Tammy. Finally, Edouard tastes Bette's tart. Edouard: An exotic fruit tart. Hmm... it's magnificent. This tart really seduces me. No question about it! Bette's going to receive the prize. She's the one who cooks the best. How delicious it is! Tell me, Bette, there's an I don't know what in this tart. What is your secret? Bette: But it's very simple, Edouard. When I cook, I always add a pinch of Viagra!
Fill in the blank with one of the following: 'bien', 'mieux', 'bon(ne)(s)', 'meilleur(e)(s)'. Do not forget to make the adjectives agree in number and gender with the nouns they qualify. 1. Bette est trs __________ cuisinire.
2. Personne ne fait ________ les crpes qu'Edouard.
3. Les crpes (fem.) de Tammy ne sont pas aussi ________ que les crpes d'Edouard.
4. Bette et Tammy ne sont pas toujours les _____________ amies du monde.
Check answers
adv: formation and placement
-il y a, ago
il y a 'ago'
When il y a is followed by a time expression (such as longtemps, quelque temps, une semaine, deux jours etc.), it generally means 'ago': il y a une semaine (a week ago).
Tex: La mre suprieure m'a crit rcemment. Elle veut un souvenir du Texas! Il y a un an j'ai promis de lui envoyer quelque chose, mais en ce moment je n'ai pas d'argent. Je viens de dpenser mes derniers sous il y a 10 minutes. Joe-Bob: Pense des souvenirs pas chers. Hmmm . . mon ancien berceau, peut-tre. C'est parfait pour une mre!
Tex: Mother Superior (Tex was raised by nuns in France) wrote me recently. She wants a souvenir from Texas! A year ago I promised to send her something, but now I don't have any money. I just spent my last money 10 minutes ago. Joe-Bob: Think of souvenirs that don't cost much. Hmmm . . . my old crib, maybe. It's perfect for a mother!
See also il y a and Il y a ... que.
Complete Bette's statements with either 'il y a' to indicate how long it has been since the event occurred, or with 'en' to indicate the date of the event. 1. Bette : Je suis dispute avec Tammy __________ deux semaines.
2. Bette : Je suis arrive UT_________________ un an.
3. Bette : Je suis tombe amoureuse de Tex ______________ longtemps!
4. Bette : J'ai rencontr Tammy ________________ 12 mois.
Check answers
adverbs: introduction
tt, tard, en avance, en retard, l'heure
tt, tard, en avance, etc.
Tt and tard are irregular adverbs. Tt means early in a general, non-measurable sense: early in the day, or in one's life, one's career, relationship, in a film, book, etc. Likewise, tard means late in the sense of late in the day (or in one's life, career, etc.). En avance (early), en retard (late), l'heure (on time) are invariable phrases, i.e. they have only one form. They always refer to a schedule: en avance means early in the sense of ahead of schedule and en retard means late, behind schedule. They are usually used with 'tre' and verbs of movement like 'arriver', 'partir', 'rentrer', 'revenir', in other words, the verbs from the Alamo of 'tre'. They are placed at the end of the sentence.
Tex et Bette sont devant PCL. Bette: Qui est-ce que tu attends, Tex? Tex: Oh, comme d'habitude, j'attends Edouard. Il est en retard. Il n'est jamais l'heure. Bette: Moi, je suis toujours l'heure. Et j'arrive mme en avance quand j'ai rendez-vous avec quelqu'un comme toi: digne, intelligent, sophistiqu, beau . . . Tex: Bof . . . Tu crois qu'il est trop tt pour parler mariage avec Tammy? Bette: Certainement! Il est beaucoup trop tt. Tu dois attendre! Regarde l'heure. Il est tard. On y va?
Tex and Bette are outside PCL. Bette: Who are you waiting for Tex? Tex: Oh, as usual, I'm waiting for Edouard. He is late. He is never on time. Bette: I am always on time. And I even arrive early when I'm meeting someone like you: dignified, intelligent, sophisticated, handsome . . . Tex: Bof . . . Do you think it is too early to discuss marriage with Tammy? Bette: Certainly! It is much too early. You have to wait! Look at the time. It is late. Shall we go?
Fill in the blanks with one of the following: en retard, l'heure, tt, tard. 1. Tammy est trs ponctuelle : elle n'arrive jamais __________.
2. Bette : Mieux vaut _________ que jamais! (in English, 'Better _____ than never!')
3. Bette : Je suis juste _________, le film va commencer!
4. Tammy ne sort pas le soir : elle se couche _____________.
Check answers
introduction to adjectives
adjectives
An adjective is a word that describes a noun or pronoun. The major differences between adjectives in French and English concern agreement and placement. In French, an adjective is usually placed after the noun it modifies and must agree in gender and number with the noun. In English, an adjective usually comes before the noun it modifies and is invariable, that is, it does not agree. Tex est un tatou philosophique. Edouard est un escargot raffin. Joe-Bob est un cureuil aimable. Bette est une chatte capricieuse. Corey est un cafard ivre. Fiona est travailleuse. (f) Mais Joe-Bob n'est pas travailleur. (m) Tex is a philosophical armadillo. Edouard is a refined snail. Joe-Bob is a friendly squirrel. Bette is a temperamental cat. Corey is an intoxicated cockroach. Fiona is hard-working. But Joe-Bob isn't hard-working.
adjective vs. adverb It is common in nonstandard English for speakers to use adjectives in place of adverbs. Joe-Bob says: "Gee, Tex writes real good." (instead of: "Tex writes well.") Joe-Bob says "Gosh, Edouard, you walk real slow." (instead of: "Edouard, you talk slowly.") French adjectives are rarely used in place of the adverbial form. Remember that adjectives modify nouns and adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs! Tex crit bien. (adverb modifies verb) La posie de Tex est bonne. (adjective modifies noun) Tex writes well. Tex's poetry is good.
comparisons with adjectives
comparison
1. comparative adjectives indicating more / less comparative adjectives indicating similarity or 2. equality 3. irregular adjectives
comparative adjectives indicating more or less Adjectives are frequently used to compare things, people, events, ideas etc. Plus . . . que conveys the idea of 'more . . . than', moins . . . que the idea of 'less than'. Tex est plus intelligent que Joe-Bob. Mais Joe-Bob est moins prtentieux que Tex. Bien sr, il est plus difficile d'tre pote que d'tre cureuil! Tex is more intelligent than Joe-Bob. But Joe-Bob is less pretentious than Tex. Of course, it is more difficult to be a poet than to be a squirrel.
comparative adjectives indicating similarity or equality Aussi . . . que conveys the idea of 'as . . . as'.
Fiona est aussi belle que Tammy. Mais elles ne sont pas aussi sduisantes que Bette.
Fiona is as beautiful as Tammy. But they are not as seductive as Bette.
irregular adjectives The adjectives bon and mauvais have irregular forms of comparison, meilleur and pire. However, the regular form plus mauvais que has become commonly accepted. Note that this irregularity is found in English too with 'better' (not *gooder) and 'worse' (not *badder). D'aprs Tex, Tammy est un bon parti. Mais Bette pense qu'elle serait un meilleur parti que Tammy. Mais il est vident que le caractre de Bette est plus mauvais que celui de Tammy. According to Tex, Tammy is a good match. But Bette thinks she would be a better match than Tammy. But it is obvious that Bette's personality is worse than Tammy's.
Listen to this dialogue: Bette: Tex, as-tu jamais vu une fille aussi jolie que moi? Tex philosophe: Euh! La beaut physique est moins importante que la beaut de l'me. Voyons Bette, je n'ai pas le temps de penser des choses aussi triviales que cellesci . . . Bette: D'accord, d'accord, mais je suis moins bte et plus sexy que Tammy, non? Tex: tre ou ne pas tre, l est la question . . . Bette: Tex, have you ever seen a girl as pretty as I am? Tex the philosopher: Ah! Physical beauty is less important than the beauty of the soul. Look Bette, I do not have time to think about things as trivial as that . . . Bette: Ok, ok, but I am less stupid and more sexy than Tammy, don't you think? Tex: To be or not to be, that is the question . . .
Fill in the blank with the appropriate comparative of the adjective in parentheses. '+' is for 'more... than', '-' for 'less...than', and '=' for 'as...as'. Do not forget to make the adjectives agree in number and gender with the nouns they qualify. 1. Les tudiantes de UT sont _____________ que celles de Texas A&M. (+, sduisant)
2. Tex a un _________ Q.I. ('I.Q.') qu'Edouard. (+, bon)
3. Tex est __________ que Tammy. (+, vieux)
4. Edouard et Tammy sont ___________ que Joe-Bob et Corey. (+, indpendant)
Check answers
superlative of adjectives
superlative
1.
2. irregular superlatives
formation and placement In French as in English, the superlative is a form of an adjective expressing 'the best', 'the smallest', 'the most interesting'. To form the superlative, use the definite article (le, la, les) and the adverb plus or moins before the adjective. Note that the superlative of an adjective agrees with the noun it modifies in gender and in number. The placement of the superlative corresponds to the usual placement of the adjective. In other words, if the adjective follows the noun, then the superlative will follow the noun, too. And conversely, if the adjective precedes the noun, then the superlative adjective will precede the noun, too. Note that if the adjective follows the noun, the definite article is used twice.
superlative
le (la, les) plus (the most) Bette est la chatte la plus ruse du monde.
le (la, les) moins (the least) Tammy est la tatou la moins ruse du monde. Tammy is the least slick armadillo in the world. Bette est la moins gentille chatte du monde. Bette is the least nice cat in the world.
adjective after noun Bette is the slickest cat in the world. Tammy est la plus gentille tatou du monde. adjective before noun Tammy is the nicest armadillo in the world.
Note that instead of the definite article, you may use a possessive determiner (mon, ma, mes, etc.), so Tex might say: 'Edouard est mon ami le plus distingu' (Edouard is my most distinguished friend). irregular superlatives The adjectives bon and mauvais have irregular patterns in the superlative. Note there are two forms for expressing 'the worst': the irregular form le (la) pire and the more commonly used le (la) plus mauvais (e). superlative of bon (good) the best le meilleur campus the least good le moins bon campus
superlative of mauvais (bad) the worst le pire campus le plus mauvais campus la pire universit la plus mauvaise universit les pires profs les plus mauvais profs les pires notes les plus mauvaises notes the least bad le moins mauvais campus
la meilleure universit
la moins bonne universit
la moins mauvaise universit
les meilleurs profs
les moins bons profs
les moins mauvais profs
les meilleures notes
les moins bonnes notes
les moins mauvaises notes
The superlative of mauvais is always either le pire or le plus mauvais. But while you may say 'la plus mauvaise universit' or 'la pire universit,' you may only say 'les pires ploucs,' 'les pires catastrophes,' 'les pires crimes' etc. Why? Because 'plouc,' 'catastrophe,' 'crime' are already negative and it would be redundant to use 'mauvais' or its superlative, 'le plus mauvais,' in front of them.
Tammy: Texas A&M est la plus mauvaise universit du monde. Elle a la moins bonne quipe de foot. Elle attire les pires ploucs! Les meilleurs tudiants viennent UT parce qu'Austin est la ville la plus cool du Texas! Joe-Bob: Tu parles! UT craint! C'est la plus grande universit du Texas! En plus, les tudiants de UT sont les plus snobs! College Station est la plus belle ville du monde!
Tammy: Texas A&M is the worst university in the world! It has the worst football team. It attracts the worst rednecks! The best students come to UT because Austin is the coolest city in Texas! Joe-Bob: Go on! UT sucks! It's the largest university in Texas! And, UT students are the most snobbish! College Station is the most beautiful city in the world!
Fill in the blank with the appropriate superlative of the adjective in parentheses. '+' is for 'the most', '-' for 'the least'. Do not forget to make the adjectives agree in number and gender with the nouns they qualify. 1. Bette est la chatte __________ du campus. (+, perfide, ='treacherous, dishonest')
2. Tammy, Bette et Fiona sont les filles ____________ du campus. (+, dbrouillard)
3. Fiona est la fourmi _____________ de l'Etat. (+, travailleur)
4. Bette est la chatte ____________ du campus. (-, populaire)
Check answers
adj: intro
participles as adjectives
participles as adjectives
1.
present participles
2. past participles
The present participles and past participles of verbs are often used as adjectives. So they agree in number and gender with the noun they modify, just like regular adjectives. The distinction between adjectives derived from present and past participles is similar to that between -ing and -ed adjectives in English: fatigant (tiring) / fatigu (tired). Oh, la, la, Tex est fatigu aprs ses cours. Pff..quand il parle de philosophie, Tex est parfois fatigant. Oh, la, la, Tex is tired after his classes. Pff... when he talks about philosophy, Tex is sometimes tiring.
present participles used as adjectives The present participle is formed by dropping the -ons ending from the nous form in the present tense and adding -ant. Tex est un tatou intressant. (intresser) Tammy est une fille charmante. (charmer) Edouard et Corey sont des animaux amusants. (amuser) Bette et Fiona sont des cratures surprenantes. (surprendre) Tex is an interesting armadillo. Tammy is a charming girl. Edouard and Corey are amusing animals. Bette and Fiona are surprising creatures.
past participles used as adjectives Past participle formation depends on the verb class (-er, -ir, -re, or irregular). Tex et Tammy forment un couple uni. (unir) Pauvre Joe-Bob! Il est perdu. . . comme d'habitude. (perdre) Edouard et Tex sont des Franais peu amricaniss. (amricaniser) Bette est trop gte. (gter) Tex and Tammy form a united couple. Poor Joe-Bob! He's lost...as usual. Edouard and Tex are not very Americanized French people. Bette is too spoiled.
Note that past participles used as adjectives may have a passive meaning, and thus be followed by an agent introduced by par (by) or de (with): Bette est une chatte entoure d'admirateurs. Bette est trs gte par ses admirateurs. Joe-Bob: Corey, tu as vu? Il y a un article absolument choquant dans le Daily Texan. Il s'agit d'un prof qui a des personnalits multiples! Corey: Ah oui, je l'ai eu le semestre pass. Bien sr, j'ai rat mon examen, mais au moins ses confrences taient plus amusantes que celles des autres profs. Bette is a cat surrounded by admirers. Bette is very spoiled by her admirers. Joe-Bob: Corey, did you see? There's an absolutely shocking article in the Daily Texan. It's about a prof who has multiple personalities. Corey: Ah, yes. I had him last semester. Of course, I failed my exam, but at least his lectures were more amusing than the other profs'.
Fill in the blank with either the present participle or the past participle of the verb given in parentheses. Do not forget to make the participle agree in number and gender with the noun it modifies. 1. Tammy : J'ai mes examens en ce moment, je suis trs _________. (stresser = 'to stress')
2. Le livre de Tex est ______________! (captiver = 'to captivate')
3. Corey : Lire des livres, c'est __________ ! (puiser ='to tire')
4. Edouard et Tex ont bu trop de caf. Ils sont ___________. (nerver = 'to annoy')
Check answers
present participle
present participle
The present participle is formed by dropping the -ons ending from the nous form in the present tense and adding -ant. Present participles are invariable. regular formation chanter (nous chantons) finir (nous finissons) lire (nous lisons) boire (nous buvons) suivre (nous suivons) commencer (nous commenons) manger (nous mangeons) se laver (nous nous lavons) chantant finissant lisant buvant suivant commenant mangeant se lavant
Only three verbs, tre, avoir and savoir, have irregular present participles. irregular present participles tre:tant avoir: ayant savoir: sachant The present participle can be used to modify a noun, similar in meaning to either a relative clause with qui + conjugated verb or a relative clause with puisque. Tex: Les tatous ayant une voiture ont beaucoup de succs avec les filles. (Les tatous qui ont une voiture ont beaucoup de succs avec les filles.) Tex: Tammy tant absente, je peux t'emmener faire une balade en voiture, Bette. (Puisque Tammy est absente, je peux t'emmener faire une balade en voiture, Bette.) Armadillos who have a car are very successful with girls.
Since Tammy is not here, I can take you on a ride in my car, Bette.
En + present participle, commonly known as the gerund form, is used to indicate that two actions are simultaneously performed by the same subject. This corresponds to the English 'while', 'upon', or 'by'.
Tex drague les filles en conduisant sa dcapotable. Tex conduit en coutant la radio.
Tex hits on girls by driving his convertible. Tex drives while listening to the radio.
Tout en + present participle is used to stress that two actions are simultaneous (and sometimes contradictory). Remember to make the liaison between tout and en. Tex siffle tout en conduisant. Tex drague Bette tout en pensant Tammy. Tex whistles and drives at the same time. Tex hits on Bette, all the while thinking of Tammy.
Note that the English -ing forms are usually translated by an infinitive construction in French rather than a present participle. For example: Before coming to Texas, Tex did not like kitties. But Tex is changing his mind. Avant de venir au Texas, Tex n'aimait pas les minettes. Mais Tex est en train de changer d'avis.
Give the present participle of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex mange en ______ la posie. (crire)
2. Tex rflchit en ______ la bouteille de vin. (ouvrir)
3. Corey et Joe-Bob regarde la tl en ______ . (tudier)
4. Joe-Bob siffle en ______ de la guitare. (jouer)
Check answers
conjunctions: intro
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/vpp1.t2003-12-30 9:20:35
infinitive constructions
infinitive constructions
1. as a noun 2. as an imperative 3. after verbs 4. negation of infinitives 5. past infinitive constructions
The infinitive expresses the idea or concept of a verb's meaning, without specifying a specific subject or point in time (tense). In most cases, use of the infinitive in French corresponds to the English. Infinitive constructions may be categorized according to the following uses: as a noun The infinitive may sometimes function as a noun. For example, it may be the subject of a sentence. Note that the French infinitive is often translated as a gerund (the '-ing' form of the verb) in English. Joe-Bob: Etudier n'est pas facile! Joe-Bob: Studying is not easy!
as an imperative (command) The infinitive may be used to give a written order when there is no specific addressee. You will often see this form on signs. Ne pas marcher sur l'herbe. Do not walk on the grass.
after verbs The infinitive is often used directly after these conjugated verbs: Verbs of movement: (In this category, the infinitive indicates purpose.) Verbs of preference: Verbs of opinion: aller, descendre, partir, rentrer, retourner, revenir, sortir, venir, etc. adorer, aimer, dsirer, dtester, prfrer, vouloir compter, croire, esprer, nier, penser, valoir mieux (impersonal: il vaut mieux) couter, entendre, regarder, sentir, voir avoir beau (to do something in vain), devoir, faillir (to almost do something), falloir (impersonal: il faut) pouvoir, savoir
Verbs of perception: Verbs of ability, obligation and necessity:
Tex et ses amis sortent dner. Tex compte savourer un bon dner franais, mais Joe-Bob veut manger un hamburger. Edouard les coute discuter un moment et puis il dit: J'ai failli manger un hamburger une fois. Non, je ne peux pas faire a, tout de mme. Il faut trouver un vrai restaurant franais.
Tex and his friends are going out to have dinner. Tex is counting on enjoying a good French dinner, but Joe-Bob wants to eat a hamburger. Edouard listens to them discuss for a moment and then he says: I almost ate a hamburger once. No, I really can't do that. We have to find a real French restaurant.
after prepositions The infinitive is the verb form generally used after a preposition in French. The infinitive expresses purpose when it is used after pour or afin de. In the case of avant de and sans, the English translation is often a conjugated verb (Before they left), or a present participle (Before leaving), rather than the English infinitive. The infinitive follows the preposition par after the verbs commencer and finir. pour or afin de avant de and sans Tammy arrive pour sortir avec Tex et ses amis. Avant de partir, ils lui demandent de choisir un restaurant. Elle commence par suggrer le nouveau restaurant tha. Tex et ses copains parlent sans couter Tammy. Elle finit par comprendre que choisir un restaurant tait impossible. Tammy arrives [in order] to go out with Tex and his friends. Before leaving, they ask her to choose a restaurant. She starts by suggesting the new Thai restaurant. Tex and his friends talk without listening to Tammy. She finally understands that choosing a restaurant was impossible.
par
Note that the preposition en is followed by a present participle, not the infinitive. (En sortant, Joe-Bob a dit au revoir. On leaving, Joe-Bob said good-bye.) The infinitive may be used to complete the sense of an adjective or a pronoun. Generally infinitives following a noun or adjective are preceded by the preposition de. (Edouard ne serait pas content de manger un hamburger. Edouard would not be happy to eat a hamburger.) However, adjectives and nouns are followed by the preposition + infinitive to indicate a passive sense or a function: C'est bon manger. (It's good to eat.), une salle manger (dining room), de l'eau boire (drinking water). verbs followed by '' before an infinitive When the following verbs are followed by an infinitive, the preposition is required: aider , to help to s'amuser , to have fun at apprendre , to learn to arriver , to succeed in, to manage to s'attendre , to expect to chercher , to try to, to attempt to commencer , to start to se dcider , to make up one's mind to encourager , to encourage to s'habituer , to get used to hsiter , to hesitate to inviter , to invite to se mettre , to start to se prparer , to prepare to renoncer , to give up russir , to succeed at servir , to be used for tenir , to be anxious to, to be eager to
verbs followed by 'de' before an infinitive: When the following verbs are followed by an infinitive, the preposition de is required: (s')arrter de, to stop conseiller de, to advise to se contenter de, to content oneself with dcider de, to decide to s'efforcer de to try hard to, to endeavor to essayer de, to try to s'excuser de, to apologize for finir de, to finish mriter de, to deserve, to be worth oublier de, to forget to permettre ( quelqu'un) de, to permit someone to persuader de, to persuade to se presser de, to hurry to promettre de, to promise to proposer de, to propose to refuser de, to refuse to rver de to dream of se soucier de, to care about se souvenir de, to remember to
to avoid the subjunctive The infinitive is often used in impersonal expressions to avoid the subjunctive when a specific subject is not necessary. Edouard: Il est tout fait barbare de manger des hamburgers! Edouard: It is completely uncivilized to eat hamburgers!
in an interrogative or exclamatory phrase The infinitive may be used in an interrogative phrase or exclamatory phrases to express a dilemma. Tex se demande: Quel restaurant choisir? O aller? Oh! Etre en France! Boire un bon vin rouge! Tex wonders: Which restaurant to choose? Where to go? Oh, to be in France! To drink a good red wine!
negation of infinitives Ne pas, ne plus, ne rien, or ne jamais are placed side by side before the infinitive to make it negative. Ne personne, however, straddles the verb. Tammy demande aux autres de ne pas se disputer. Tex promet de ne se battre avec personne. Tammy asks the others not to fight. Tex promises not to fight with anyone.
Pas is sometimes omitted in the negative with an infinitive after the verbs savoir, pouvoir, oser and cesser. Tex et ses amis ne savent que faire et Tammy n'ose parler. Tex and his friends don't know what to do and Tammy doesn't dare speak.
past infinitive constructions The infinitive of avoir or tre plus the past participle of a verb is used after the preposition aprs to describe a preceding action in the past. Note the past participle agreement in past constructions with tre. Aprs avoir suggr plusieurs restaurants, ils choisissent un restaurant franais. Aprs tre arrivs au restaurant, Joe-Bob et Corey commandent des hamburgers. Ils sont ttus! After having suggested several restaurants, they choose a French restaurant. After arriving at the restaurant, JoeBob and Corey order hamburgers. They are stubborn!
Fill in the blank with the correct translations of the English indicated in parentheses. 1. Que ______ ? (to do)
2. Prire de ______ . (do not enter)
3. Tex adore ______ au caf. (going)
4. Aprs ______ le dner, nous irons danser. (having finished)
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/vinf1.t2003-12-30 9:20:45
ways to avoid the subjunctive
ways to avoid subjunctive
1. impersonal expressions with infinitive clauses conjunction replaced by preposition + 2. infinitive 3. conjunction replaced by preposition + object 4. other structural transformations
Although the subjunctive is commonly used in French, many alternative turns of phrase are often used to avoid the subjunctive. impersonal expressions with infinitive clauses Many impersonal expressions which take the subjunctive can be modified and completed with infinitive clauses instead. Note that the infinitive construction eliminates the subject of the original dependent clause. subjunctive Il est important que tu boives du vin. (It is important that you drink wine.) Il est prfrable que tu sois poli. (It is preferable / advisable that you be polite.) Il est essentiel que tu lises les journaux. (It is essential that you read the papers.) Il est dommage que tu fumes autant. (It is a pity that you smoke so much.) infinitive Il est important de boire du vin. (It is important to drink wine.) Il est prfrable d'tre poli.(It is preferable / better to be polite.) Il est essentiel de lire les journaux. (It is essential to read the papers.) Il est dommage de fumer autant. (It is a pity to smoke so much.)
conjunction replaced by preposition + infinitive Some conjunctions which are normally followed by the subjunctive have corresponding prepositions, so the sentence can often be rephrased using one subject, with an infinitive following the preposition. conjunction + subjunctive condition que afin que moins que avant que de crainte que de peur que en attendant que pour que sans que translation on the condition (that) so that, in order to unless before for fear that (of), lest for fear that (of), lest while waiting for (to) in order that (to) without preposition + infinitive condition de afin de moins de avant de de crainte de de peur de en attendant de pour sans
Using the infinitive involves a restatement of the content so there is only one grammatical subject in the sentence. For example: conjunction + subjunctive (2 subjects) Bette drague Tex pour que Tammy soit jalouse. Tex est victime de harclement sexuel! (Bette is hitting on Tex in order that Tammy be jealous. Tex is a victim of sexual harrassment!) Tex ne dit rien Tammy de peur qu'elle se mette en colre. (Tex does not say anything to Tammy for fear that she get angry.) preposition + infinitive (1 subject) Bette drague Tex pour rendre Tammy jalouse. Tex est victime de harclement sexuel! (Bette is hitting on Tex in order to make Tammy jealous. Tex is a victim of sexual harrassment!) Tex ne dit rien Tammy de peur de la mettre en colre. (Tex does not say anything to Tammy for fear of making her angry.)
conjunction replaced by preposition + object Some conjunctions, like jusqu' ce que and bien que, which introduce the subjunctive, may be restated using prepositions followed by a noun: conjunction + subjunctive Jusqu' ce que Tammy arrive, Tex est trs pensif. (Until Tammy arrives, Tex is very pensive.) Quand elle arrive, il lui sourit, bien qu'il ait des soucis. (When she arrives, he smiles at her, although he is worried.) preposition + noun Jusqu' l'arrive de Tammy, Tex est trs pensif. (Until Tammy's arrival, Tex is very pensive.) Quand elle arrive, il lui sourit, malgr ses soucis. (When she arrives, he smiles to her despite his worries.)
other structural transformations The following pairs of sentences will give you still more ways to avoid the subjunctive.
subjunctive Tammy: Je ne suis pas sre que tu sois prt pour le mariage. (I am not sure that you are ready for marriage.) Tammy: Il est possible que tu sois l'homme de ma vie. (It is possible that you may be the man of my life.) Bette: Je n'ai pas l'impression que Tammy soit la femme de ta vie, Tex. (I don't think that Tammy is the woman of your life.) Tex: Tammy, j'ai besoin que tu viennes me voir. (Tammy, I need you to come and see me.)
avoiding the subjunctive Tex: Je ne sais pas si je suis prt pour le mariage. (I don't know if I am ready for marriage.) Tex: Je suis peut-tre l'homme de ta vie. (Maybe I am the man of your life.) Tammy: J'ai l'impression que Bette n'est pas la femme de ta vie, Tex. (I think that Bette is not the woman of your life.) Bette: Viens me voir chez moi, Tex. J'ai besoin de te voir. (Come and see me, Tex. I need to see you.)
Rephrase the expression between brackets so as to avoid the subjunctive without changing the meaning of the sentence. 1. Tammy : Il est important [qu'on soit] honnte.
2. Tammy : Il est ncessaire [que nous fassions] du sport rgulirement!
3. Tammy : Il est essentiel [qu'on soit] poli ('polite').
4. Tex : Il est essentiel [que nous lisions] de la posie.
Check answers
regular subjunctive
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/tas8.t2003-12-30 9:20:52
active vs. passive voice
active vs. passive voice
1. formation 2. uses 3. ways to avoid the passive
'Voice' refers to the relationship between the subject and the verb in a sentence. A sentence is said to be in the active voice if the subject is performing the action of the verb. For example, 'Tex is calling Tammy.' In this sentence, the subject (Tex) performs the action of calling Tammy. Active subjects are called 'agents'. The passive voice, on the other hand, refers to a sentence in which the subject receives the action. In other words, the subject is passive, or acted upon by the agent. For example: 'Tammy is being called by Tex.' In this sentence, Tammy receives the action performed by Tex, the agent. formation = conjugated form of tre + past participle of main verb (+ par + agent) Note that the past participle always agrees in number and gender with the subject. Les Aggies sont battus (par les Longhorns). Les Aggies ont t battus (par les Longhorns). Les Aggies seront battus (par les Longhorns). The Aggies are beaten (by the Longhorns). The Aggies were beaten (by the Longhorns). The Aggies will be beaten (by the Longhorns).
The agent, when mentioned, is usually preceded by par. However, with the verbs aimer, connatre, and respecter, the agent is introduced by de instead. Tammy est aime de Tex. Tex est bien connu de toutes les tudiantes et respect de tous les professeurs. Tammy is loved by Tex. Tex is well-known to all the female students and respected by all the professors.
uses The passive voice places the focus on the object of the verb rather than the subject: Tex a crit le livre Guerre et Amour. Le livre Guerre et Amour a t crit par Tex. Tex wrote the book War and Love. The book War and Love was written by Tex.
The passive voice draws attention to an event without necessarily mentioning who is responsible for it: Oh, Corey et Fiona ont t enlevs! Oh, Corey and Fiona were abducted!
The passive voice is often used for inventions, laws, and, logically enough, for events that one falls victim to: Les parents de Tex ont t crass. La loi SOS-tatou a t vote. Un nouveau genre de grammaire a t cr. Tex' parents were run over. The SOS-armadillo law has been passed. A new kind of grammar was created.
ways to avoid the passive The passive voice is used more frequently in English than in French. Thus, in French, when the agent of the verb can be identified, it is better to use the active voice and make the agent the subject of the verb. A common way to avoid the passive in French is to use the active voice with on as the subject. For example, 'I was told that Tex loves Tammy' would be translated as 'On m'a dit que Tex aimait Tammy'. When making general statements about known facts, pronominal verbs are often used:
Le football amricain se joue onze. Le vin rouge se boit temprature ambiante. Les frites se mangent avec du ketchup. Le franais se parle en Louisiane. Listen to the dialogue: Tammy et Tex regardent les informations la tl. Le journaliste dclare: Aujourd'hui, l'quipe des Aggies a t battue et le moral des joueurs est profondment affect par cette dfaite, la dixime fois de suite cette saison. Par contre, les Longhorns ont beaucoup de succs. Depuis que le trophe Heisman a t remport par le lgendaire Ricky Williams, rien ne les arrte.
Football is played with 11 players. Red wine is drunk at room temperature. Fries are eaten with ketchup. French is spoken in Louisiana.
Tammy and Tex are watching the news on TV. The journalist states: Today, the team of the Aggies was defeated and the morale of the players is deeply affected by this defeat, the tenth time in a row this season. In contrast, the Longhorns are having a lot of success. Since the Heisman trophy was won by the lengendary Ricky Williams, nothing can stop them.
Fill in the blank with the passive form of the verb between parentheses. Conjugate the verb in the tense given in parentheses. 1. Tex et Tammy ______________ chaleureusement par Paw-Paw. (accueillir, PRESENT)
2. Tex _____________ par Bette. (poursuivre/'to chase', PRESENT)
3. Rita : Je ne peux pas venir ce soir, je _____________ ! (prendre, PRESENT)
4. Les pomes rotiques de Tex ____________. (censurer, PASSE COMPOSE)
Check answers
present
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/tav1.t2003-12-30 9:20:59
-er verbs (stem changing) present tense
-er verbs (stem change)
Spelling changes occur in the stems of several groups of -er verbs in the present tense. These spelling changes reflect the pronunciation of the present tense forms. You may have already noticed the spelling change in the verb s'appeler (Je m'appelle ..., My name is...). For verbs like appeler (to call), rappeler (to call back) and jeter (to throw), the consonant -l or -t in the the stem doubles in all forms of the present tense, except in the first and second person plural (nous and vous). This follows the traditional boot pattern of -er verb conjugations in the present tense.
appeler 'to call'

j'appelle tu appelles il/elle/on appelle past participle : appel This same "boot" pattern is repeated in spelling change verbs like prfrer (to prefer). In these verbs the in the last syllable of the stem changes to an , except in the first and second person plural (nous and vous). Listen carefully to the different pronunciations of and in the conjugations below. nous appelons vous appelez ils/elles appellent
prfrer 'to prefer'

je prfre tu prfres il/elle/on prfre past participle : prfr Verbs conjugated like prfrer include: nous prfrons vous prfrez ils/elles prfrent
considrer, to consider esprer, to hope rgler, to regulate, pay, settle, adjust rpter,to repeat scher, to dry, skip (a class) In verbs which are conjugated like acheter (to buy), the e in the last syllable of the stem also changes to an , again with the exception of the first and second person plural forms.
acheter 'to buy'

j'achte tu achtes il/elle/on achte past participle : achet Verbs conjugated like acheter include: nous achetons vous achetez ils/elles achtent
amener, to bring somebody (along) emmener, to take somebody (along) lever, to lift, raise mener, to take, lead peser, to weigh Another group of stem-changing verbs include those ending in -ayer, including essayer (to try) and payer (to pay). In these verbs the y changes to i in all persons except the first and second person plural (nous and vous).
essayer 'to try'

j'essaie tu essaies il/elle/on essaie past participle : essay Finally, verbs ending in -ger like voyager (to travel) add an e after the g in the nous form of the present tense, so that the g is pronounced as a soft sound before the -ons ending (i.e. nous voyageons). Similarly, in verbs ending in -cer, commencer (to start), for example, the c in the nous form changes to to keep the soft c sound (nous commenons). nous essayons vous essayez ils/elles essaient
voyager 'to travel

je voyage tu voyages il/elle/on voyage past participle : voyag Other verbs in this category include: nous voyageons vous voyagez ils/elles voyagent
corriger, to correct exiger, to demand, require manger, to eat nager, to swim partager, to share ranger, to tidy up, arrange rdiger, to write, compose songer, to dream, reflect
Quelle activit est-ce que vous prfrez en t? Rita: J'emmne mes enfants la piscine. Ses enfants: Nous nageons et nous mangeons de la glace. Tammy : Moi, je prfre faire du shopping. J'achte beaucoup et papa paie tout.
What activitiy do you prefer in the summer? Rita: I take my children to the pool. Her children: We swim and we eat ice cream. Tammy : Me, I prefer shopping. I buy lots and daddy pays for everything.
Fill in the blank with the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Rita, est-ce que tes enfants ______ de parler franais? (essayer)
2. Tammy, ______ -vous le prof de franais ou le prof d'italien? (prfrer)
3. Tex: Mes chers tudiants, ______ , s'il vous plat. (rpter)
4. Tex: Je ______ parler franais. (prfrer)
You will hear a series of sentences with stem-changing verbs. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the verb that you hear. 1. Il ______ Tex.
2. Nous ______ l'avenir.
3. Edouard, tu ______ les baguettes ou le Wonderbread?
4. Corey et Joe-Bob ______ un drapeau texan pour Tex.
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/ver2.t2003-12-30 9:21:03
tre 'to be'
tre
The verb tre is an irregular verb in the present tense. Listen carefully to its forms in the present. Do you hear the liaison or linking in the pronunciation of the -s in the vous form? It is pronounced as a /z/ to link with the vowel in tes.
tre 'to be'

je suis 'I am' tu es 'you are' il/elle/on est 'he/she/one is' past participle: t nous sommes 'we are' vous tes 'you are' ils/elles sont 'they are'
Edouard: Mais non, Joe-Bob, tu n'es pas un tatou! Tex est un tatou. Tex et Tammy sont des tatous. Toi et moi, nous ne sommes pas des tatous. Toi, tu es un cureuil et moi, je suis un escargot, un escargot franais.
Edouard: But no, Joe-Bob, you are not an armadillo! Tex is an armadillo. Tex and Tammy are armadillos. You and I, we are not armadillos. You are a squirrel and I am a snail, a French snail.
C'est (plural Ce sont) is a common expression used to describe and introduce people or things. See c'est vs. il/elle est for more information. Etre is also used as an auxiliary in compound tenses (pass compos with tre, pass compos of pronominal verbs, plus-que-parfait, etc.)
Fill in the blank with the correct form of tre. 1. Rita: Je ne ______ pas coiffeuse.
2. Joe-Bob et Corey, vous n'______ pas des dentistes!
3. Joe-Bob demande: Tu ______ amricain?
4. Tex et Tammy ______ des tatous.
You will hear a series of sentences with the verb tre. Complete each sentence with the subject pronoun (je, tu, il, elle, on, nous, vous, ils, elles) and corresponding form of tre that you hear. 1. ______ franais?
2. ______ de Dallas.
3. ______ du Texas?
4. ______ amricaines.
Check answers
c'est vs il/elle est
c'est vs. il/elle est
1. c'est/ce sont il/elle est / ils/elles 2. sont To describe and introduce things or people in French, two common phrases are used: c'est and il/elle est. The plural forms are ce sont and ils/elles sont. The choice between c'est and il / elle est is not always easy, but there are basic principles which can guide you in the choice. A rule of thumb is that c'est or ce sont are followed by a determined noun ('le tatou', 'une Amricaine', 'mes livres'). Remember that nouns in French are preceded by a determiner. Il/elle est and ils/elles sont are followed by an adjective ('content', 'sympathique').
c'est/ce sont C'est and ce sont are followed by the following: + noun, including modified nouns Tex? C'est un tatou. C'est un Amricain. C'est un petit tatou bilingue. Tex? He's an armadillo. He is an American. He is a small bilingual armadillo. Tammy and Tex? No they are not cats! They are armadillos. It's Tex. Tammy: Hello Tex? It's me. Tex: Who is this? Oh, it's you Tammy! Tex: My birthday? It's July 14th. It's next Thursday! Tex: To live is to speak French! Tex: Oh, that's neat! That's unbelievable.
Tammy et Tex? Non, ce ne sont pas des chats! Ce sont des tatous. + proper noun + disjunctive pronoun C'est Tex. Tammy: All Tex? C'est moi. Tex: Qui est-ce? Ah, c'est toi Tammy! + dates Tex: Mon anniversaire? C'est le quatorze juillet. C'est jeudi prochain! Tex: Vivre, c'est parler franais. Tex: Ah c'est chouette! C'est incroyable!
+ an infinitive as subject + adjective for nonspecific referents
il/elle est/ils/elles sont Use il/elle est or ils/elles sont to introduce the following: + adjective alone Tex? Il est arrogant! Il n'est pas franais. Il est amricain. Tammy? Elle est gentille. + nationality, occupation, religion (used as adjectives in French) Tex? Il est pote. Trey? Il est musicien. Tammy? Elle est tudiante. Tex? He is arrogant! He isn't French. He is American. Tammy? She is nice. Tex? He is a poet. Trey? He is a musician. Tammy? She is a student.
Remember that il(s) and elle(s) refer to a specific person or thing. Ce does not refer to a specific person or thing; it is usually translated as that. Il est stupide. (He's stupid.) C'est stupide. (That's stupid.)
Fill in the blank with the correct form of c'est or il est: c'est, ce sont, il est, elle est, ils sont, or elles sont. 1. Fiona et Bette? ______ des tudiantes l'universit du Texas.
2. Edouard? ______ franais.
3. Tex? ______ un tatou.
4. Corey et Joe-Bob? ______ texans.
Check answers
pronouns: intro
disjunctive pronouns
disjunctive pron.
1. forms 2. uses
forms Disjunctive pronouns (also known as tonic or stressed pronouns) refer to people whose names have already been mentioned or whose identity is obvious from context. They are used in a variety of situations in French, most often in short answers without verbs, for emphasis, or for contrast with subject pronouns. Here are all the disjunctive pronouns: disjunctive pronouns moi (I, me) toi (you) lui (he, him) elle (she, her) soi (one) nous (we, us) vous (you) eux (they, them; masc.) elles (they, them; fem.)
uses
after prepositions
C'est samedi soir: Tammy adore Tex. Elle ne peut pas vivre sans lui. Elle vit pour lui. Elle veut se marier avec lui.
It's Saturday night: Tammy loves Tex. She can't live without him. She lives for him. She wants to marry him. Corey: Who is going out with Tammy? Tex: Me! Tex (to Tammy): I love only you, my dear. Tammy: Tex and I like to go clubbing. Joe-Bob: Me too! Corey: Not me! Fiona: Me neither! Joe-Bob: Those guys, they have fun, but you, you never go out. Sunday morning: Corey: I'm the biggest loser. Tammy: Stop pitying yourself! Corey: There is nobody who is more pitiful than me.
in short answers or exclamations when no verb is expressed with ni. . . ni, ne. . . que
Corey: Qui sort avec Tammy? Tex: Moi! Tex ( Tammy): Je n'aime que toi ma chrie. Tammy: Tex et moi, nous aimons aller en bote. Joe-Bob: Moi aussi! Corey: Pas moi! Fiona: Moi non plus!
in a compound subject or object in simple agreements or disagreements when no verb is expressed
for emphasis
Joe-Bob: Eux, ils s'amusent, mais vous, vous ne sortez jamais. Dimanche matin:
after c'est or ce sont with -mme, to mean 'self' in comparisons
Corey: C'est moi le plus nul. Tammy: Arrte de t'apitoyer sur toimme! Corey: Il n'y a personne qui soit plus pitoyable que moi!
Fill in the blank with the correct disjunctive pronoun: moi, toi, lui, elle, soi, nous, vous, eux, elles. 1. Fiona tudie beaucoup, mais pas Joe-Bob et Corey. ______, ils dtestent tudier.
2. Bette adore Tex. Elle pense souvent ______.
3. Tammy: Corey, nous allons Barton Springs. Tu viens avec ______?
4. Bette: Qui est la porte? Oh, c'est ______, Tammy.
Check answers
pronouns: intro
subject pronouns
subject pronouns
A pronoun replaces a noun in order to avoid repetition. Subject pronouns are subjects of verbs. In French, a subject pronoun is immediately or almost immediately followed by its verb. The use of subject pronouns is mandatory in French; always use a subject pronoun to construct sentences in the absence of a noun subject. Here are the French subject pronouns: person 1st person 2nd person 3rd person je, I tu, you il, he/it elle, she/it on, one/we (colloquial) singular nous, we vous, you/y'all ils, they (masc.) elles, they (fem.) plural
Subject pronouns are labelled by the term 'person', referring to the subject's role in the conversation. 1st person refers to the person(s) speaking (I, we); 2nd person to the person(s) spoken to (you); and 3rd person to the person(s) or thing(s) spoken about (he, she, it, they). je Unlike the English pronoun 'I', je is not capitalized unless it begins a sentence. tu The pronoun tu is singular and, importantly, informal. Use tu to address people your own age and those you know well. on The pronoun on means 'one', or 'they' in a nonspecific sense: 'comme on dit' (as they say). On often replaces 'nous' in spoken French: 'On y va?' (Shall we go?). vous The pronoun vous is conjugated with a plural verb so it obviously refers to more than one person. However, it is also the customary form of address when you are talking to only one person you do not know well, such as an elder, a boss, a shopkeeper, etc. Inappropriate use of the tu form is considered a sign of disrespect. Tammy: Bonjour, Paw-Paw. Vous allez bien? Paw-Paw: Ah, oui! Et vous, mes enfants, Tex, Tammy, vous allez bien? Tammy: Hello Paw-Paw. Are you doing well? Paw-Paw: Ah, yes! And you, kids, Tex, Tammy, are you doing OK?
il/elle Il and elle besides meaning 'he' and 'she' can both express the meaning 'it' depending on the gender of the noun being replaced. For example: Bette: La musique est bonne, n'estce pas? Tex: Non, elle est terrible! Je dteste la musique country. Bette: Oh, qu'est-ce que tu as fait, Tex? Le juke-box est cass? Tex: Oui, il est cass! Bette: The music good, isn't it? Tex: No, it's terrible. I hate country music. Bette: Oh, what did you do, Tex? The juke-box is broken Tex: Yes, it is broken!
ils/elles Ils and elles are similar to il and elle since they agree with the gender of the noun they replace. Ils and elles may refer to people or things. Elles is used to mean 'they' if it replaces people who are all women or objects that are all feminine in gender. On the other hand, ils is used to mean 'they' for objects that are masuline in gender or a group of all men or any group where there is at least one male person or masculine object in the group. Bette et Tex sont de bons amis. Normalement ils s'entendent bien, mais pas aujourd'hui! Listen to the dialogue: Bette and Tex are good friends. Normally, they get along well, but not today!
Fiona: Bonjour Tex, tu vas bien? Tex: Pas du tout, je vais trs mal. Je veux couter de la musique franaise. Et puis Bette et moi, on s'est disput. Fiona: Ah bon? Elle est toujours l? Tex: Non. Elle est partie avec Tammy. Elles sont alles au Broken Spoke. Fiona: Tiens, nous y allons, toi et moi? Tex: Tu ne m'as pas entendu? Je n'aime pas la musique country!!! Beurk! Qu'est-ce qu'on aime la musique country au Texas!
Fiona: Hi Tex, are you doing well? Tex: Not at all. I'm doing poorly. I want to listen to some French music. And then Bette and I had a fight. Fiona: Oh really? Is she still here? Tex: Non, she left with Tammy. They went to the Broken Spoke. Fiona: Hey, why don't you and I go there? Tex: Didn't you hear me? I don't like country music!!! Argh! People really like country music in Texas!
Fill in the blank with the correct subject pronoun: je, tu, il, elle, on, nous, vous, ils, elles. 1. Tex: En France, ______ est content? (one/we)
2. Tex: ______ m'appelle Tex. (I)
3. Joe-Bob: Bonjour, monsieur le professeur. Comment allez- ______? (you, formal)
4. Tammy et Bette? ______ sont tudiantes. (they)
Check answers
pronouns: intro
plus-que-parfait
plus-que-parfait
formation The pluperfect (le plus-que-parfait) is formed with the auxiliary in the imparfait followed by the past participle of the verb. The choice of auxiliary, tre or avoir, is the same as for the pass compos (the Alamo of tre applies). Plus-que-parfait = auxiliary in the imparfait + past participle of verb
manger 'to eat'

j'avais mang, I had eaten tu avais mang, you had eaten il, elle / on avait mang, he, she (it) / one had eaten nous avions mang, we had eaten vous aviez mang, you had eaten ils / elles avaient mang, they had eaten
aller 'to go'

j'tais all(e), I had gone tu tais all(e), you had gone il, elle / on tait all(e), he, she (it) / one had gone nous tions all(e)s, we had gone vous tiez all(e)(s), you had gone ils / elles taient all(e)s, they had gone
The negation is formed in the usual manner by placing ne ... pas around the conjugated verb, which in this case is the auxiliary: Je n'avais pas mang (I had not eaten), Je n'tais pas all (I had not gone), etc. uses In past narration, the plus-que-parfait is used to express an action which precedes another past action or moment. In other words, the action in the plus-que-parfait is prior to another past action or moment. In English the plus-que-parfait is indicated by had + past participle. In affirmative sentences in French, it is often, but not always, accompanied by the adverb dj (already). A l'ge de sept ans, Tex avait dj rdig dix pomes. Quelques annes plus tard, il avait abandonn tout espoir de gloire littraire. Mais il a chang d'avis quand il a lu les pomes Tammy. Elle a ador les pomes innocents que Tex avait crits pendant sa jeunesse. At the age of seven, Tex had already composed ten poems. A few years later, he had abandoned all hope of literary fame. But he changed his mind when he read the poems to Tammy. She adored the innocent poems that Tex had written during his youth.
Not all instances of had + past participle in English are translated into plus-que-parfait in French. For example, in French depuis is usually used with the imperfect (not the pluperfect) and 'had just done something' is generally translated by venir de in the imparfait. Le public littraire attendait depuis des annes la nouvelle posie de Tex quand il a enfin retrouv son inspiration. En fait, Tex venait de commencer un nouveau pome quand son diteur a tlphon. The literary public had been waiting for years for new poetry from Tex when at last he found his inspiration again. In fact, Tex had just started a new poem when his editor called.
Contrast the plus-que-parfait in this sentence with the examples above: Tex avait (dj) commenc son pome quand son diteur a tlphon. Tex had begun his poem when his publisher called.
Remember that the opposite of dj is the negative expression pas encore, just as 'already' is replaced by 'yet' in English. Tex n'avait pas (encore) fini son pome quand son diteur a tlphon. Tex had not (yet) finished his poem when his editor called.
In French and in English alike, the plus-que-parfait is also used to express wishes about the past, as in this example: Editeur: Si seulement tu avais fini ton nouveau pome! Editor: If only you had finished your new poem! (but you haven't)
The plus-que-parfait is also commonly used in si clauses followed by the past conditional. For example: Tex son diteur: Imbcile! Si vous ne m'aviez pas interrompu, j'aurais pu finir mon nouveau pome. A cause de vous, je sens que je perds nouveau mon inspiration. Editeur: Mon Dieu, si j'avais su combien les artistes taient difficiles, je serais devenu comptable! Tex to his editor: Imbecile! If you had not interrupted me, I would have been able to finish my new poem. Because of you, I'm losing my inspiration again. Editor: My God. If I had known how difficult artists were, I'd have become an accountant!
Give the plus-que-parfait of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Joe-Bob: Tex, tu ______ l'anglais avant ton arrive Austin, n'est-ce pas? (apprendre)
2. A la rentre, Tammy et Fiona ______ tous les livres scolaires. (acheter)
3. Tammy: Bette ______ avec Tex avant la fin de mes cours. (sortir)
4. Fiona: Corey et Joe-Bob, vous ______ deux examens au dbut du semestre? (rater)
Check answers
imperfect: formation
1. stem 2. endings
The imperfect tense (l'imparfait), one of several past tenses in French, is used to describe states of being and habitual actions in the past. It also has several idiomatic uses. stem The stem of the imparfait is the first person plural (nous) form of the present tense, minus the -ons. The imparfait stem is regular for all verbs except tre: verb -er verbs: parler -ir verbs: finir -re verbs: descendre faire prendre partir tre present tense 'nous' form nous parlons nous finissons nous descendons nous faisons nous prenons nous partons nous sommes parlfinissdescendfaisprenparttimparfait stem
endings To the stem, add the endings -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, and -aient. Listen carefully to the pronunciation of the verbs danser, finir and tre in the imparfait tense. Note that -ais, -ais, -ait, and -aient are all pronounced alike. That means that the singular forms and 3rd person plural (the boot) all sound the same!
danser 'to dance'

je dansais tu dansais il / elle / on dansait nous dansions vous dansiez ils / elles dansaient
finir 'to finish'

je finissais tu finissais il / elle / on finissait nous finissions vous finissiez ils / elles finissaient
tre 'to be'

j'tais tu tais il / elle / on tait nous tions vous tiez ils / elles taient
Stem changing verbs like voyager and commencer add an e or to maintain the soft g or s sound, before imparfait endings which begin with a (je voyageais, tu voyageais, il / elle / on voyageait, ils / elles voyageaient), in other words, before all forms except nous and vous (nous voyagions, vous voyagiez). The imparfait of pronominal verbs is regular, with the addition of the reflexive pronoun:
s'amuser 'to have fun'

je m'amusais tu t'amusais il / elle / on s'amusait nous nous amusions vous vous amusiez ils / elles s'amusaient
The negation is formed as usual by placing ne ... pas around the conjugated verb: Je ne dansais pas (I wasn't dancing / I didn't used to dance), Tu ne t'amusais pas (You weren't having a good time / You didn't used to have a good time). Listen to Tex describing his morning: Tex: Je suis all chez Tammy ce matin. Je voulais la voir, mais elle n'tait pas chez elle. J'avais un cadeau lui donner. Je ne pouvais quand mme pas le laisser devant sa porte! Donc je l'ai offert Bette! J'espre qu'elle l'aimera. Joe-Bob: Bravo! Quel tombeur tu fais! Tex: I went to Tammy's this morning. I wanted to see her, but she was not home. I had a present to give her. I could not really leave it outside her door! So I gave it to Bette! I hope she will like it. Joe-Bob: Bravo! What a Casanova you are!
Give the imparfait of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Edouard ______ le repas quand le client a command du ketchup. (servir)
2. Joe-Bob: Je ______ des noix quand il a commenc pleuvoir . (ramasser)
3. Fiona: Corey, tu ______ de l'insecticide toute la soire? (boire)
4. Tammy ______ la chimie avant la soire. (tudier)
Check answers
imparfait: states of being
past conditional
past conditional
The past conditional represents, as its name implies, the past of the present conditional mood. In French, the past conditional is called le pass du conditionnel or le conditionnel antrieur. Both the present and past conditional express hypothetical situations or conditions. formation The past conditional is a compound tense, i.e. it has two parts, an auxiliary and the past participle. The past conditional is formed with the conditional of the auxiliary (either avoir or tre) and the past participle of the main verb. Past conditional = auxiliary in the conditional + past participle
dire 'to say'

j'aurais dit, I would have said tu aurais dit, you would have said il / elle / on aurait dit, he, she (it) / one would have said nous aurions dit, we would have said vous auriez dit, you would have said ils / elles auraient dit, they would have said
In the past conditional (as with the pass compos), you have to choose between avoir and tre as the auxiliary. While most verbs use avoir as an auxiliary, pronominal verbs and verbs of movement generally use tre (see the Alamo of tre). Just as for the pass compos with tre, in the past conditional with tre, the past participle agrees in gender and in number with the subject.
partir 'to leave'

je serais parti(e), I would have left tu serais parti(e), you would have left il / elle / on serait parti/partie, he, she (it) / one would have left nous serions parti(e)s, we would have left vous seriez parti(s), you would have left ils / elles seraient partis/parties, they would have left
uses hypothetical action in the past Like the present conditional, the past conditional is used for hypotheses. Unlike the present conditional, however, it is used to describe or imagine events and actions which failed to happen. This is why it is often used to express regret about events which did not occur. In most cases, the past conditional is translated as meaning would have as in English. However, j'aurais pu means 'I could have'; j'aurais d means 'I should have', and j'aurais voulu means 'I would have liked'. Tex: J'aurais aim tre artiste. Corey: J'aurais voulu tre beau. Tammy: Je n'aurais pas d couter Bette. Edouard: J'aurais pu tre un chef clbre! Tex: I would have liked to be an artist. Corey: I would have liked to be handsome. Tammy: I should not have listened to Bette. Edouard: I could have been a famous chef!
The past conditional is found in si clauses with the pluperfect. This is because si clauses with the pluperfect also describe events that did not occur, or rather conditions which were not fulfilled so that the event in the past conditional could occur. In the dialogue below, all the verbs in the past conditional describe events that would have happened had the original condition been fulfilled. Note that the unfulfilled condition is implied in each occurrence of the past conditional. Tex et Edouard discutent de la vie en Amrique. Edouard: Si tu n'avais pas vendu de T-shirts aux touristes, qu'est-ce qui serait arriv? Tex: Ben, d'un ct, je serais rest en France, bien sr. Mais, de l'autre, je n'aurais pas connu le Texas et je ne serais pas devenu ami avec Tammy. Et tous mes copains ici auraient perdu l'occasion de connatre un philosophe distingu! Tex and Edouard are discussing life in America. Edouard: If you hadn't sold t-shirts to tourists, what would have happened? Tex: Well, on the one hand, I would have stayed in France, of course. But on the other hand, I would not have seen Texas and I would not have become friends with Tammy. And all my friends here would have lost the opportunity to know a distinguished philosopher!
possibility or uncertainty The past conditional, like the present conditional, gives information on a past event about which the accuracy cannot be guaranteed. It is used by journalists and reporters. Tammy et Bette regardent la tl. Soudain, leur programme prfr est interrompu et un commentateur annonce: 'Une tornade vient de s'abattre sur Hubbard, Texas. Elle aurait fait plusieurs victimes. Un tatou et un cureuil auraient t gravement blesss . . . ' Presque immdiatement, le tlphone sonne. Tammy rpond 'A . . . , All?' A l'autre bout, Tex dit 'Tammy, c'est moi, Tex. Ne t'inquite pas, on va trs bien. Je rentrerai bientt.' Tammy and Bette are watching television. Suddenly, their favorite program is interrupted and a commentator announces: 'A tornado just struck in Hubbard, Texas. It is said to have caused several casualties. An armadillo and a squirrel seem to have been seriously wounded . . .' Almost immediately, the phone rings. Tammy answers, 'He . . . , Hello?' At the other end, Tex says, 'Tammy, it's me Tex. Don't worry we're fine. I'll be home soon.'
reported speech (indirect discourse) Just as the conditional represents the future in a past time narration, the past conditional represents the future perfect (futur antrieur) in a past time narration to tell what someone would have done. Tex a dit qu'il serait rentr plus tt, si l'orage n'avait pas clat. Tex said he would have been home sooner, if it had not stormed.
Give the past conditional of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tammy: Edouard, tu ______ de ketchup, si tu tais rest en France. (ne pas servir)
2. Rita: Tex, tu ______ au Texas, si tu ne t'tais pas perdu. (grandir)
3. Tammy ______ infirmire, si elle n'avait pas fait du franais. (devenir)
4. Tammy: Tex et Joe-Bob, vous ______ ma tarte aux pommes. (aimer)
Check answers
present conditional
avoir 'to have'
avoir
The verb avoir is irregular in the present tense. Listen carefully to the pronunciation of the -s in the plural pronouns nous, vous, and ils/elles. This -s is pronounced as a /z/ to link with the vowel sound in the plural forms of avoir. This liaison, or linking, is especially important in distinguishing ils ont (they have) from the third person plural of tre ils sont (they are).
avoir 'to have'

j'ai tu as il/elle/on a past participle: eu nous avons vous avez ils/elles ont
Avoir is also used as an auxiliary in compound tenses (pass compos with avoir, plus-que-parfait, futur antrieur, etc.)
Besides ownership, the verb avoir expresses age in French, unlike the English equivalent, which uses the verb 'to be.'
Tex, tu as des frres et des soeurs? Tex: Oui, j'ai une soeur et un frre. Quel ge ont-ils? Tex: Ma soeur Rita a 30 ans et mon frre Trey a 16 ans.
Tex, do you have brothers and sisters? Tex: Yes, I have a sister and a brother . How old are they? Tex: My sister Rita is 30 and my brother Trey is 16.
Give the correct form of the verb avoir. 1. Bette: Tex, quel ge ______ -tu?
2. Rita, est-ce que vous ______ des enfants? Oui, j'en ai 4.
3. Tex: J' ______ rendez-vous avec Tammy.
4. Tammy et Bette tudient: Nous ______ beaucoup de devoirs.
Listen to the following sentences and decide if they refer to Tex (singular) or Tex and Tammy (plural). 1. 2. 3. 4. Tex Tex Tex Tex Tex et Tammy Tex et Tammy Tex et Tammy Tex et Tammy
Check answers
futur antrieur
futur antrieur
1. formation 2. usage 3. conjunctions
formation The future perfect (futur antrieur) is formed with the simple future of the auxiliary (either tre or avoir), plus the past participle of the main verb. The choice between tre and avoir as an auxiliary is the same as in the pass compos. Future perfect = auxiliary in the future + past participle of main verb
finir 'to finish'

j'aurai fini, I will have finished tu auras fini, you will have finished il, elle / on aura fini, he, she (it) / one will have finished nous aurons fini, we will have finished vous aurez fini, you will have finished ils / elles auront fini, they will have finished
partir 'to leave'

je serai parti(e), I will have left tu seras parti(e), you will have left il, elle / on sera parti(e), he, she (it) / one will have left nous serons parti(e)s, we will have left vous serez parti(e)(s), you will have left ils / elles seront parti(e)s, they will have left
Note that with the auxiliary tre, the past participle agrees in number and gender with the subject. usage The futur antrieur is used for an action that precedes, or will be completed before, another action in the future. While the futur is expressed in English by 'will' + main verb (will finish), the futur antrieur is usually translated as 'will have' + past participle of verb (will have finished). For example: Corey et Joe-Bob n'auront pas appris le futur antrieur avant la fin du semestre. Corey and Joe-Bob will not have learned the future perfect before the end of the semester.
Negation is formed as usual by placing ne / n' ... pas around the conjugated verb, which in this case is the auxiliary: Corey et Joe-Bob n'auront certainement pas compris le futur antrieur avant la fin du semestre. Corey and Joe-Bob will not have understood the future perfect before the end of the semester.
conjunctions The futur antrieur is used similarly in French and English. However, French uses the future perfect after certain conjunctions like quand and lorsque (when) or ds que and aussitt que (as soon as) where English would use the present tense. Quand Tammy aura reu son diplme,Tex et elle iront en France. Ds que Tex et Tammy se seront maris, ils auront beaucoup de petits tatous. When Tammy gets her degree, she and Tex go to France. As soon as Tex and Tammy get married, they will have lots of little armadillos.
In the examples above, the subordinate clauses starting with quand and ds que are in the future perfect because the action of the subordinate clause will be performed prior to the action in the main clause. Listen to the dialogue:
Tex et Tammy sont une soire. Ils se disputent. Tammy: Tex, quand tu auras fini de draguer toutes mes copines, je voudrais te dire deux mots! Tex: Tammy, on parlera ds que tu te seras calme! Tammy: Tu es insupportable! Je ne partirai que lorsque tu te seras excus! Tex: Mais je m'amuse bien! On parlera de tout a quand la soire sera termine. Tammy: Quand tu auras bien bu, ce sera trop tard. Tex: Bon, d'accord, je viens.
Tex and Tammy are at a party. They are having a quarrel. Tammy: Tex, when you're done hitting on all my girl-friends, I would like to have a word with you! Tex: Tammy, we'll talk when you've calmed down! Tammy: You are unbearable! I will not leave until you've apologized! Tex: But I am having fun! We'll talk about all this when the party is over. Tammy: When you have drunk too much, it will be too late. Tex: OK, I am coming.
Give the 'futur antrieur' of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tammy : Demain, Tex ___________ ses promesses. (oublier)
2. Tex : J'espre que Tammy __________ son examen. (russir)
3. Tammy : L'an prochain, les bbs de Rita ____________. (grandir)
4. Joe-Bob: Quand est-ce que vous ___________ ? (finir)
Check answers
futur proche
avoir expressions
avoir expressions
Avoir is used in the impersonal expression il y a, which means either 'there is' or 'there are.' Il y a is used to express the existence of a person or a thing, or to make a list or inventory of persons or things. The indefinite article (un, une, des) is usually used with il y a. Tex: A Paris il y a une tour, la Tour Eiffel. En France il y a des cathdrales, des chteaux, des monuments anciens... Tex: In Paris there is a tower, the Eiffel Tower. In France there are cathedrals, castles, ancient monuments...
The negative of il y a is il n'y a pas. The indefinite article (un une, des) becomes de or d' after this negative expression. This corresponds to the English word 'any.' Tex: Au Texas il n'y pas de cathdrales, il n'y pas de chteaux, il n'y pas de monuments anciens, Tammy: Mais il y a une tour l'Universit du Texas Austin. Tex: In Texas, there aren't any cathedrals, there aren't any castles, there aren't any ancient monuments, Tammy: But there is a tower at the University of Texas at Austin!
Avoir is used in many idiomatic expressions. Note that the English translation often uses the verb 'to be' rather than 'to have.' avoir besoin de avoir envie de avoir l'intention de avoir faim avoir soif avoir chaud avoir froid avoir honte (de) avoir mal ( la tte, la gorge, aux yeux) avoir raison avoir tort avoir sommeil to need to want (to do something), to feel like (doing something) to intend to (do something) to be hungry to be thirsty to be hot to be cold to be ashamed (of) to hurt (to have a headache, to have a sore throat, to have sore eyes) to be right to be wrong to be sleepy
Bette: Tex, j'ai faim. Tex: Il y a un caf ct. Allons prendre un sandwich. Tammy: Mais, Tex. Bette et moi, nous avons un examen demain. J'ai envie de vous accompagner, mais nous avons besoin d'tudier. En plus, j'ai toujours froid dans ce caf. Bette: Tu as raison,Tammy. Toi, tu as besoin d'tudier, mais pas moi. J'ai l'intention de manger. Ciao. Miau.
Bette: Tex, I'm hungry. Tex: There's a caf next door. Let's go have a sandwich. Tammy: But, Tex. Bette and I have a test tomorrow. I'd like to go with you, but we need to study. AND, I'm always cold in that cafe. Bette: You're, right, Tammy. You do need to study, but not me. I intend to eat. Ciao. Meow.
Choose the correct expression indicated in parentheses. 1. Joe-Bob ______ donc il trouve des noix. (a l'air/a faim)
2. Tex et Edouard ______ donc ils ouvrent une bouteille de vin. (ont soif/ont besoin)
3. Bette: Tammy, est-ce que tu ______ de faire tes devoirs. (as chaud/as besoin)
4. Bette: Nous ______ de danser ce soir. (avons envie/avons soif)
Check answers
faire 'to do, to make'
faire
The verb faire is irregular in the present tense.
faire 'to do, to make'

je fais tu fais il/elle/on fait past participle : fait Note the vous form faites. It is unusual because it does not end in -ez. Faire is one of only three verbs where this is the case (The others are tre: vous tes, and dire: vous dites ). You may notice, too, the similarity in the third person plural forms of aller, tre, and faire: nous faisons vous faites ils/elles font
ils vont (they go), ils sont (they are), and ils font (they do/ make). Listen carefully to the following sentences. Although faire is often used in a question, it does not automatically have to be used in the response.
Tex: Salut tout le monde. Qu'est-ce qu'on fait? Corey: Pas grand-chose. Fiona: Nous ne faisons rien, absolument rien.
Tex: Hey everyone. What's everybody doing? Corey: Not much. Fiona: We're not doing anything, absolutely nothing.
Faire is used in many expressions, including weather, sports, and household tasks.
Fill in the blank with the correct form of faire. 1. Edouard, vous ______ une promenade?
2. Tex ne ______ pas de sport.
3. Corey, est-ce que tu ______ tes devoirs?
4. Joe-Bob: Je ______ du ski nautique au lac Travis.
You will hear a series of sentences with the verb faire. Complete each sentence with the subject pronoun (je, tu, il, elle, on, nous, vous, ils, elles) and corresponding form of faire that you hear. 1. ______ de la voile.
2. ______ de la planche voile.
3. Est-ce que ______ toujours tes devoirs?
4. ______ du vlo.
Check answers
faire expressions
faire expressions
The verb faire is used in many impersonal weather expressions. Quel temps fait-il? What's the weather like? Il fait beau. It's beautiful. Il fait chaud. It's hot. Il fait du brouillard. It's foggy. Il fait du soleil. It's sunny. Il fait du vent. It's windy. Il fait frais. It's cool. Il fait froid. It's cold. Il fait mauvais. It's bad. Other weather expressions which do not use faire include: Il y a des nuages. It's cloudy. Il y a des orages. There are storms. Il y a de l'orage. It's stormy. Il pleut. It's raining. Il neige. It's snowing.
Faire is also used to talk about sports and leisure activities. Here is a list of common expressions. faire de la bicyclette, to go bicycle riding faire du bateau, to go boating faire de la lecture, to read faire de la planche voile, to go windsurfing faire des randonnes, to go hiking faire du ski, to go skiing faire du vlo, to go bicycle riding, cycling faire de la voile, to go sailing faire une promenade, to take a walk Faire is also used in many expressions dealing with household chores. faire des achats (du shopping), to go shopping faire la cuisine, to do the cooking faire des courses, to run errands faire la lessive, to the laundry faire le lit, to make the bed faire le march, to do the grocery shopping faire le mnage, to do the housework faire la vaisselle, to do the dishes
Quand il fait du soleil, When it's sunny, Tex and Tammy take a Tex et Tammy font une promenade dans le walk in the park. parc. Quand il fait mauvais, Tex fait le mnage et Tammy fait de la lecture. When the weather's bad, Tex does the housework and Tammy reads.
Choose the correct expression indicated in parentheses. 1. Joe-Bob: Nous rangeons notre chambre. Donc, nous ______ . (faisons du vlo/faisons le lit)
2. Au dsert, Corey et Joe-Bob ______ . (font de la planche voile/font des randonnes)
3. Fiona: Tammy, est-ce que tu ______ la bibliothque. (fais du ski/fais tes devoirs)
4. Bette met des bottes parce qu'il ______ . (fait du vent/neige)
Check answers
venir 'to come'
venir
The verb venir is irregular in the present tense. Listen carefully to the pronunciation of the third person singular (vient) and the third person plural (viennent). Can you hear the difference? The vowel is nasal in the singular, but not in the plural.
venir 'to come'

je viens tu viens il/elle/on vient past participle : venu nous venons vous venez ils/elles viennent
Verbs conjugated like venir include: devenir, to become revenir, to come back tenir, to hold, keep tenir , to value, care about, (+ infinitive, to be anxious to)
Bette: Tiens, Tammy, qu'est-ce que tu deviens?
Bette: Hey, Tammy, what have you been up to? (literally, what have you become) Tammy: Oh, I'm preparing a big party for Tex's birthday. Corey and Joe-Bob, they're coming. Everyone's coming, of course, except Fiona She's not very sociable. Bette: A party . . .hmm. Well, I am very sociable. Miaow . . .
Tammy: Oh, je prpare une grande fte pour l'anniversaire de Tex. Corey et JoeBob, ils viennent. Tout le monde vient, bien sr, sauf Fiona. Elle n'est pas trs sociable. Bette: Une fte . . .Eh bien moi, je suis trs sociable. Miaou . . .
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Paw-Paw ______ de Louisiane. (venir)
2. Joe-Bob: Je ______ de College Station. (venir)
3. Rita et ses enfants ______ de H.E.B. (revenir)
4. Joe-Bob et Corey ne ______ pas toujours en classe. (venir)
Listen to the following sentences and decide if they refer to Tex (singular) or Corey and Joe-Bob (plural). 1. 2. 3. 4. Tex Tex Tex Tex Corey et Joe-Bob Corey et Joe-Bob Corey et Joe-Bob Corey et Joe-Bob
Check answers
boire, croire, voir
boire, croire, voir
The irregular verbs boire, croire, and voir have similar conjugations. Listen carefully to their forms in the present tense.
boire 'to drink'

je bois tu bois il/elle/on boit past participle : bu nous buvons vous buvez ils/elles boivent
croire 'to believe'

je crois tu crois il/elle/on croit past participle : cru nous croyons vous croyez ils/elles croient
voir 'to see'

je vois tu vois il/elle/on voit past participle : vu nous voyons vous voyez ils/elles voient
Fiona: Corey, tu as l'air malade! Mais qu'est-ce que tu bois? H, tu m'entends? Tu me vois? Oh, l, l, je crois qu'il va crever!
Fiona: Corey, you look sick! What are you drinking? Hey, do you hear me? Do you see me? Omigod, I think he's gonna croak!
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Fiona dit Corey: Je ne te ______ pas! (croire)
2. Nous______ que Corey est fou. (croire)
3. Joe Bob et Corey ______ beaucoup de bire. (boire)
4. Tex, est-ce que tu ______ du caf? (boire)
Check answers
savoir vs. connatre present tense
savoir vs. connatre
The irregular verbs savoir and connatre both mean 'to know. Listen first to the pronunciation of their forms in the present.
savoir 'to know (a fact)'

je sais tu sais il/elle/on sait past participle : su nous savons vous savez ils/elles savent
connatre 'to know, to be acquainted with'

je connais tu connais il/elle/on connat nous connaissons vous connaissez ils/elles connaissent past participle : connu
Savoir and connatre are used in different contexts or to describe different degrees of knowledge. Savoir is used for facts, things known by heart, or abilities.When followed by an infinitive, savoir indicates knowing how to do something.(Je sais jouer de la guitare.) Connatre is used for people and places and represents a personal acquaintance or familiarity.
Joe-Bob: Tex, explique-moi la diffrence entre savoir et connatre. Je ne comprends pas. Tex: C'est trs simple, Joe-Bob. On sait des faits mais on connat des gens et des endroits. Par exemple, je connais Tammy, la France et la Tour Eiffel. Joe-Bob: Oh, OK, et moi, je sais jouer de la guitare et je sais o se trouve l'universit du Texas. Tex: Mais enfin, Joe-Bob, tu n'es pas aussi stupide qu'on le pense.
Joe-Bob: Tex, explain the difference between savoir and connatre to me. I don't understand. Tex: It's very simple, Joe-Bob. One knows (with savoir) facts, but one knows (with connatre) people and places. For example, I know Tammy, France, the Eiffel Tower. Joe-Bob: Oh, OK, and I know how to play the guitar and I know where the University of Texas is located. Tex: Well, Joe-Bob. You aren't as stupid as they think.
Fill in the blank with the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Edouard: Vous ne ______ pas un bon restaurant? Venez avec moi. (connatre)
2. Edouard ______ cuisiner. (savoir)
3. Joe-Bob demande Tex: Est-ce que tu ______ le prsident de la Rpublique franaise? (connatre)
4. Tammy et Bette ______ Tex. (connatre)
Fill in the blank with the correct form of savoir or connatre. 1. Est-ce que vous ______ Opelousas?
2. Nous ______ Tex et ses amis.
3. Vous ______ faire du ski?
4. Je ______ Tex et Tammy.
Check answers
dire, lire, crire present tense
dire, lire, crire
The irregular verbs dire, lire, and crire have similar conjugations. Listen carefully to the forms of these verbs in the present tense.
dire 'to say'

je dis tu dis il/elle/on dit past participle : dit You may have already seen the verb dire in phrases like Comment dit-on..? (How do you say..?) and Qu'est-ce que a veut dire? (What does that mean?) Dire means 'to say' (to say something or to tell someone something) while parler means 'to speak' (to speak to someone about something, or to speak a language). Dire is often used to start a phrase or to get someone's attention (Dis, Tex, tu viens ?, Hey, Tex, are you coming?). Note the vous form dites. It is unusual because it does not end in -ez. Dire is one of only three verbs where this is the case (The others are tre: vous tes, and faire: vous faites). The verb conduire (to drive) is conjugated like dire (je conduis, tu conduis, etc.) except that its past participle is conduit. nous disons vous dites ils/elles disent
lire 'to read'

je lis tu lis il/elle/on lit past participle : lu nous lisons vous lisez ils/elles lisent
crire 'to write'

j'cris tu cris il/elle/on crit past participle : crit nous crivons vous crivez ils/elles crivent
Other verbs conjugated like crire include dcrire (to describe) and s'inscrire (to register).
Tammy: Dis, Tex, qu'est-ce que tu lis? Tex: Je lis de la posie. Les potes disent toujours la vrit. J'cris aussi des pomes.Et toi, Tammy, qu'est-ce que tu aimes lire? Tammy: Chri, tu sais bien. J'aime lire des romans rotiques.
Tammy: Say, Tex, what are you reading? Tex: Oh, I'm reading poetry. Poets always tell the truth. I also write poems. Tammy, what do you like to read? Tammy: You know sweetheart. I like to read erotic novels.
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Fiona ne ______ pas beaucoup. (dire)
2. Joe-Bob et Corey ne ______ rien. (lire)
3. Bette et Tammy ______ au revoir Tex. (dire)
4. Edouard ______ un journal parisien. (lire)
Listen to the following sentences and decide if they refer to Tammy (singular) or Tammy and Bette (plural). Hint: Pay close attention to verb form as well as liaison between subject pronoun and verb. 1. 2. 3. 4. Tammy Tammy Tammy Tammy Tammy et Bette Tammy et Bette Tammy et Bette Tammy et Bette
Check answers
modal verbs vouloir, pouvoir, devoir
modal verbs
Vouloir, pouvoir and devoir are called modal verbs. When used with infinitives, they act as auxiliary verbs or semi-auxiliaries. vouloir Vouloir expresses a strong will or desire; in the present tense it has the same feeling as a command. It is an irregular verb in the present tense. Note how the present tense forms a "boot"; the stems (in this case the vowels) change only in the nous and vous forms.
vouloir 'to wish, want, will'

je veux tu veux il/elle/on veut past participle: voulu Vouloir may be followed by an infinitive or a noun (Je veux du calme, I want some quiet. Je veux dormir, I want to sleep). This verb is also often paired with the adverb bien to express the meaning "to be willing"(Je veux bien! ). pouvoir Pouvoir expresses the physical ability or permission to do something ie possibility. It is also an irregular verb with formation similar to vouloir. The "boot" formation is also evident. nous voulons vous voulez ils/elles veulent
pouvoir 'to be able, be permitted to'

je peux tu peux il/elle/on peut past participle: pu Pouvoir may be followed by an infinitive construction or may stand alone. As in English, pouvoir is used to give or to ask permission translated by the English "may" (Est-ce que je peux m'asseoir?, May I sit down?) It is important not to confuse the roles of pouvoir and savoir in French. Savoir expresses "to know how" whereas pouvoir expresses "to be able to." devoir Devoir expresses obligation, probability and supposition but if followed by a noun, expresses the idea "to owe". This verb is irregular in its present form. Once again, the "boot" formation is seen with this verb; the stem changes in the 1st and 2nd person plural conjugations. nous pouvons vous pouvez ils/elles peuvent
devoir 'to have to, be supposed to/ to owe'

je dois tu dois il/elle/on doit past participle: d Devoir may be followed by an infinitive or may stand alone to have the meaning "to have to" (Je dois partir, I must leave.) When followed by a noun, devoir means "to owe" (Je dois 10 dollars). All three verbs are often found in the conditional in order to be more polite in requests and commands. Tammy: Je veux faire du shopping. Tex, tu veux venir avec moi? Bette: Mais Tex, tu ne peux pas. Tes tudiants doivent rviser pour l'examen de franais. Tex: Oui, c'est vrai. Tammy, est-ce que tu peux m'aider? Tammy: Mais Tex, je dois absolument acheter une nouvelle robe pour le weekend. Bette: Vas-y Tammy. Tex et moi, nous pouvons aider les tudiants ensemble. Tammy: I want to go shopping. Tex, do you want to come with me? Bette: But Tex, you can't. Your students have to study for the French exam. Tex: Yes, that's right. Tammy, can you help me? Tammy: But Tex, I absolutely must buy a new dress for the weekend. Bette: Go ahead Tammy. Tex and I can help the students together! nous devons vous devez ils/elles doivent
Complete each sentence with the present indicative of either 'devoir', 'vouloir', or 'pouvoir'. 1. Corey ______ voler mais pas Fiona.
2. Edouard ne ______ pas courir trs vite.
3. Edouard: Eh, les copains! Qu'est-ce que vous ______ faire ce soir?
4. Les tudiants ______ comprendre le franais de Tex.
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/vm1.t2003-12-30 9:22:31
impersonal verbs & expressions: il faut, il est important ...
impersonal verbs
1. weather expressions 2. falloir (il faut . . .) 3. impersonal expressions with 'tre' other common impersonal 4. expressions
The impersonal pronoun il ('it') is used in French when an action has no agent, that is, when there is no person or animate being responsible for the action. The conjugated verb is always in the third person singular, no matter what tense the impersonal verb takes. Tex: Tiens, il pleut trs fort! Tex: Wow, it is raining really hard!
The action of the verb (pleut, 'is raining') is an impersonal, natural force. The impersonal pronoun il is often referred to as a 'dummy subject' because it fills the syntactic position of subject but doesn't have any real meaning.
weather expressions Weather expressions in both French and English require impersonal subjects. The infinitive of 'weather verbs' can only be conjugated in the third person singular form (the il form). pleuvoir, to rain neiger, to snow grler, to sleet geler, to freeze bruiner, to drizzle Il pleut. Il neige. Il grle. Il gle. Il bruine. It's raining. It's snowing. It's sleeting. It's freezing. It's drizzling.
Weather conditions are also expressed in French using the verb faire followed by an adjective or noun. Of course, when the verb faire is used impersonally in such weather expressions, it can only be conjugated in the third person singular form (il fait). See faire expressions for a more complete list of weather expressions. Il fait chaud. Il fait du vent. Il fait beau. It's hot. It's windy. It's beautiful.
falloir (il faut . . .) 'to be necessary' The verb falloir only exists in the impersonal form (il faut). It always expresses the notion of necessity or obligation which is translated into English in various ways ('must,' 'should,' 'have to'). Falloir may be followed by an infinitive as in (d), by a noun as in (c), or by a subordinate clause introduced by que as in (a); note that the verb in the subordinate clause in (a) requires the subjunctive mood. Finally, it may be preceded by a pronoun acting as an indirect object as in (b), a way to avoid the subjunctive. Comme la majorit des Franais, Tex ne voit pas l'intrt du scandale Lewinsky. Tammy (scandalise): (a) Il faut que nous sachions la vrit. [faut que + clause] Like the majority of the French, Tex does not see the point of the Lewinsky scandal. Tammy (shocked): It is necessary that we know the truth. We should/must know the truth. We need evidence. An investigation is necessary. Tex: But you know what happened! [faut + infinitive] It is necessary that you calm down. You have to calm down.
(b) Il nous faut des preuves. (c) Il faut une enqute. Tex: Mais tu sais bien ce qui s'est pass! (d) Il faut te calmer.
[indirect object + faut] [faut + noun]
impersonal expressions with 'tre' + [adjective] The impersonal subject il may appear with the verb tre followed by an adjective and an infinitive. Note that the infinitive is always introduced by the prepostion de in such impersonal expressions:
Il est + [adjective] + de + [infinitive] Tex: Il est amusant de lire les journaux amricains! Tammy: Il est difficile de comprendre ton humour. Tex: It's fun to read American newspapers! Tammy: It is difficult to understand your sense of humor.
other common impersonal expressions Il y a, there is, there are il est + clock time (Il est deux heures, It's two o'clock.) Il s'agit de, to be about, to be a matter of, to be a question of Il vaut mieux, to be better, to be advisable
Listen to the dialogue: Tammy: Il est 18 h. Regardons le journal tlvis. Il y a un reportage sur l'infidlit. Tex: Ah non, a alors. Il s'agit seulement de tourmenter les prsidents et les tatous! Il vaut mieux changer de chane! Tammy: It's 6 o'clock. Let's watch the news. There's a report on infidelity. Tex: Oh, no, not that. It's only about tormenting presidents and armadillos! It's better to change the channel!
Complete with one of the following impersonal expressions: 'il fait', 'il neige', 'il pleut', 'il gle', 'il est','il faut', 'il y a'. 1. Tex : Oh! ______ du vent. Mon bret s'est envol!
2. Tammy : A UT, ___________ environ 50 000 tudiants.
3. Tammy : J'aime quand ________ Nol. J'adore les Nols blancs.
4. Tammy : _______ difficile de comprendre Tex.
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/vim1.t2003-12-30 9:22:36
regular subjunctive
regular subjunctive
1. -er, -re, and -ir verbs irregular verbs with regular subjunctive forms (dormir, 2. etc.) 3. stem changing verbs
The subjunctive is one of four moods in French (indicative, imperative, subjunctive and conditional). A mood is a grammatical term which helps categorize verb tenses. The subjunctive mood is used more frequently in French than in English. It has two tenses: present and past. It expresses several concepts, such as a wish, hope, or doubt, as well as an obligation or a necessity. One such expression which is always followed by the subjunctive is il faut que (it is necessary that ...). -er, -re, and -ir verbs The subjunctive endings are the same for all verbs: -e, -es, -e, -ions, -iez, -ent. For most verbs, the subjunctive mood is formed by dropping the -ent ending from the third person plural of the present indicative and adding the subjunctive endings. Note the similarities between the present indicative and the present subjunctive of -er verbs. This is due to the fact that the same stem is used for the subjunctive and the present indicative; the endings are also identical except for the nous and vous forms. This means that the 'boot' forms of the subjunctive of regular -er verbs look and sound exactly like the present indicative. Because the subjunctive occurs in subordinate clauses, the subordinating conjunction que is usually included as part of the paradigm for the subjunctive forms.
parler 'to speak'

... que je parle ... que tu parles ... qu'il/elle/on parle ... que nous parlions ... que vous parliez ... qu'ils/elles parlent
finir 'to finish'

... que je finisse ... que tu finisses ... qu'il/elle/on finisse ... que nous finissions ... que vous finissiez ... qu'ils/elles finissent
attendre 'to wait for'

... que j'attende ... que tu attendes ... qu'il/elle/on attende ... que nous attendions ... que vous attendiez ... qu'ils/elles attendent
In the singular for -re and -ir verbs, the subjunctive looks and sounds different from the present indicative since the stem is different for the two moods. Listen: present indicative je finis j'attends present subjunctive ... que je finisse ... que j'attende
Note that, for all conjugations, the third person plural of the present subjunctive always looks and sounds like the present indicative since the stem for the subjunctive comes from the third person plural. present indicative ils parlent ils finissent ils attendent present subjunctive ... qu'ils parlent ... qu'ils finissent ... qu'ils attendent
irregular verbs with regular subjunctive forms (dormir, etc.) Many verbs that are irregular in the present indicative are regular in forming the subjunctive. In other words, the stem is formed by removing the -ent ending from the third person plural of the present indicative and then the endings -e, -es, -e, -ions, -iez, -ent are added. Following are some irregular verbs, with the corresponding regular subjunctive forms. dormir sortir partir lire sourire dire crire mettre connatre to sleep to go out to leave to read to smile to say to write to put to know ... que je dorme ... que je sorte ... que je parte ... que je lise ... que je sourie ... que je dise ... que j'crive ... que je mette ... que je connaisse
stem changing verbs Verbs with stem changes in the present indicative have one stem for the subjunctive of the 'nous' and 'vous' forms and another stem for the 'boot' forms. These verbs, such as acheter, appeler, manger, commencer, use the same two changes in the present subjunctive. Tex: Il faut que j'appelle Paw-Paw ce soir. Tammy: D'accord. A quelle heure est-ce qu'il faut que nous appelions Paw-Paw? Tex: I have to call Paw-Paw tonight. Tammy: Okay. What time do we have to call Paw-Paw?
Tex explique les rgles ses tudiants: Il faut que vous parliez clairement; pas de chewing-gum! Bien sr, il faut qu'on finisse avant midi. Le djeuner, c'est sacr! Joe-Bob, il faut que tu attendes la fin du cours avant de dormir. Et il faut que nous sortions ensemble aprs le cours de rvision pour prendre un verre.
Tex explains the rules to his students: You must speak clearly; no chewing gum! Of course, we must end before meal times. Lunch is sacred! Joe-Bob, you must wait until the end of class before sleeping. We must go out together after the review to have a drink.
Fill in the blank with the subjunctive of the verb in parentheses. 1. Tammy : Il ne faut pas que vous __________ en mangeant ('while eating')! (parler)
2. Tex : Il faut que nous ___________ en vacances. (partir)
3. Tex : Il faut que j'__________ Paw-Paw. (crire)
4. Bette : Il faut que Tex m' ___________ mieux que Tammy! (aimer)
Check answers
tense and aspect: intro
causative faire
causative faire
1.
objects in causative faire constructions
2. pronouns 3. se faire' + infinitive The causative faire construction (faire + infinitif) indicates that the subject 'causes' an action to be done by someone or something else. Contrast the following sentences: Tex rpare sa voiture? Mais non, Tex ne sait pas rparer les voitures. Tex fait rparer sa voiture au garage. Tex is fixing his car? (himself) But no, Tex doesn't know how to fix cars. Tex is having his car fixed at a garage. (by a mechanic)
In causative constructions the verb faire may be conjugated in any tense, for example the periphrastic future (futur proche) or the pass compos (Tex va faire rparer sa voiture. Tex a fait rparer sa voiture. etc.) objects in causative faire constructions The causative faire construction is often followed by noun or pronoun objects. If there is one object, it is a direct object (sa voiture in the example above, or Tammy in the first sentence below). In the case of two objects, as in the second sentence below, one will be direct (la Marseillaise) and the other indirect (Tammy). Tex fait chanter Tammy. Tex fait chanter la Marseillaise Tammy. Tex makes Tammy sing. Tex makes Tammy sing the Marseillaise.
pronouns Object pronouns precede faire, except in the affirmative imperative. Note the position of the pronouns in the following examples. Tex la fait rparer. Tex la fait chanter. Corey: Fais-la chanter! Tammy: Allons, enfants de la patrie . . . Joe-Bob: Ne la fais pas chanter! Tex is having it fixed. (his car) Tex makes her sing. (Tammy) Corey: Have her sing! Tammy: Allons, enfants de la patrie . . . Joe-Bob: Don't have her sing!
'se faire' + infinitive Another causative construction involves the use of se faire + infinitive to indicate something a person or thing has done to himself. Rita s'est fait faire une robe noire pour l'enterrement de ses parents. Rita had a black dress made (for herself) for the funeral of her parents.
However, sometimes this construction may be used to describe actions that happen inadvertently, despite the wishes of the subject. Tex explains what happened: Tex: Mes parents se sont fait craser par un camion. Tex: My parents were killed by a truck. (They got themselves run over by a truck.)
Note that the past participle fait is always invariable in the causative construction.
Give the correct form of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Bette et Tammy, ______ tout de suite les valises! (faire descendre-imperative)
2. Je ______ une robe pour Tammy. (faire faire-present)
3. Mes parents ______ une maison la campagne. (faire construire-present)
4. Corey est trs malade. Donc, il ______. (faire venir-present)
Check answers
direct object pronouns
direct object pron.
1. forms and uses 2. placement 3. agreement of the past participle
A direct object is a noun following the verb that answers the questions 'what?' or 'whom?' Remember a pronoun replaces a noun, and in this case the noun is a direct object. For example, Tammy might ask: 'Tex, will you kiss me tonight?', where the direct object pronoun 'me' stands for Tammy. Whether a verb takes a direct object or not depends on whether the specific verb is transitive or intransitive. forms and uses direct object pronouns me, me te, you le, him/it la, her/it nous, we/us vous, you les, them (masc./fem.)
In front of a word starting with a vowel, le and la become l'; me becomes m'; te becomes t'. Tammy: Dis, tu m'appelles ce soir, Tex? Tex: Oui, ma belle, je t'appelle ce soir. Corey: Edouard et moi, tu nous appelles ce soir, Tex? Tex: Non, je ne vous appelle pas ce soir. Joe-Bob: Moi, je peux les appeler ce soir! Tammy: Say, will you call me tonight, Tex? Tex: Yes, beautiful, I will call you tonight. Corey: Edouard and me, will you call us tonight, Tex? Tex: No, I will not call you guys tonight. Joe-Bob: I can call them tonight!
Direct object pronouns in French agree in number and gender with the nouns they replace. Tex cherche le numro de tlphone de Tammy. Enfin il le trouve et il l'appelle. Joe-Bob cherche les numros d'Edouard et de Corey. Enfin il les trouve et il les appelle. Tex looks for Tammy's phone number. Finally he finds it and he calls her. Joe-Bob looks for Edouard and Corey's phone numbers. Finally he finds them and he calls them.
Note that le/l' can replace an adjective or a verb. Tex et Tammy sont amoureux? Oui, ils le sont. Tex est quelquefois jaloux? Oui, il l'est. Joe-Bob: Tu veux que j'appelle Tammy? Tex: Non, moi, je vais le faire. Tex and Tammy are in love? Yes, they are. Tex is sometimes jealous? Yes, he is. Joe-Bob: Do you want me to call Tammy? Tex: No, I'll do it.
placement Direct object pronouns precede the verb of which they are the object. In a composed tense (like the pass compos), the pronoun precedes the auxiliary. In infinitive constructions, the pronoun goes immediately before the infinitive. When the conjugated verb is negative, the ne precedes the object pronoun.
Tammy: Tex m'aime. Bette: Tex ne t'aime pas. Tammy: Tex va m'pouser. Bette: Sois raisonnable, Tammy. Tex ne veut pas t'pouser. Tammy: Mais si. Il l'a promis quand je l'ai rencontr Lyon. Bette: Mais il ne m'avait pas encore rencontre!
Tammy: Tex loves me. Bette: Tex does not love you. Tammy: Tex is going to marry me. Bette: Be reasonable, Tammy. Tex doesn't want to marry you. Tammy: Yes he does. He promised when I met him in Lyon. Bette: But he hadn't yet met me!
In the negative imperative, the pronoun follows the normal placement before the verb. However, in the affirmative imperative, the object pronoun goes after the verb and is attached to it by a hyphen. In addition, me and te become moi and toi. Bette: Tex, embrasse-moi! Joe-Bob: Attends, ne l'embrasse pas devant moi. Je m'en vais. Bette: Eh bien, il est parti. SMACK! Bette: Tex, kiss me! Joe-Bob: Wait, don't kiss her in front of me. I'm leaving. Bette: Eh bien, he's left. SMACK!
agreement of the past participle The past participle agrees in gender and in number with a preceding direct object. In other words, if the direct object pronoun is feminine, add an e to the end of the past participle; if the pronoun is masculine plural, add an s (unless the past participle already ends in s); if it is feminine plural, add es. Un peu plus tard . . . Bette: Tammy? Tu sais, Tex m'a embrasse. Tammy: Ce n'est pas vrai! Bette: Demande-lui. Il arrive. Tammy: Tex, tu l'as embrasse, Bette? Tex: Qui? Bette? Mais non. Je ne l'ai pas embrasse. C'est elle qui m'a embrass! PAF! Aie! A little later . . . Bette: Tammy? Tex kissed me. Tammy: That's not true. Bette: Ask him. Here he comes. Tammy: Tex, did you kiss her, Bette? Tex: Who? Bette? Why no. I didn't kiss her. She kissed me! POW! Ow!
Rewrite the following sentences, replacing the words in capital letters with a correct direct object pronoun: le, la, les. Modle: Tammy cherche TEX. Elle le cherche. 1. Tammy a invit SES AMIS dner.
2. Joe-Bob adore LES FEUX D'ARTIFICE.
3. Tammy va chanter LA MARSEILLAISE.
4. Fiona a tudi L'ESPAGNOL.
Check answers
pronouns: intro
introduction to negation
negation
Negation is a grammatical term for the contradiction of some or all of the meaning of an affirmative (positive) sentence. In English, a sentence is commonly negated by inserting a single negative word (not, don't, didn't, won't , etc.) into the appropriate place in the sentence. In French, a sentence is commonly negated by inserting two words. basic negation Ne ... pas is placed around the conjugated verb to negate an affirmative sentence in French. Note that the ne changes to n' before a verb beginning with a vowel. Joe-Bob, l'cureuil, court vite. Edouard, l'escargot, ne court pas vite. Trey aime le rap. Joe-Bob n'aime pas le rap. Joe-Bob, the squirrel, runs fast. Edouard the snail doesn't run fast. Trey likes rap. Joe-Bob doesn't like rap.
alternate forms of negation There are many other French words that one can use to negate a positive statement besides the basic form ne ... pas. Moreover, negative words can be used to contradict the verb as well as other parts of the original affirmative sentence. Joe-Bob coute de la musique country. Tex n'coute jamais de musique country. Trey n'coute que du rap. Fiona n'coute rien. Presque persone n'coute de musique country en France.
Joe-Bob listens to country. Tex never listens to country. Trey only listens to rap. Fiona listens to nothing. Almost nobody listens to country music in France.
basic negation: ne ... pas
basic negation
Basic negation is formed by placing ne ... pas around the conjugated verb. Ne becomes n' in front of a verb starting with a vowel or a mute h.
Tex: Tu ne vas pas en cours aujourd'hui, Tammy? Tammy: Non. Je ne vais pas bien. Je ne peux pas manger et j'ai mal la tte. Tex: Tu n'as pas de chance! Ce soir, il y a une fte chez Edouard! Tammy: Tu n'es pas d'un grand rconfort, tu sais!
Tex: You're not going to class today Tammy? Tammy: No. I am not well. I cannot eat and I have a headache. Tex: That's too bad [literally 'you are not lucky']! Tonight there is a party at Edouard's! Tammy: You are not a lot of comfort, you know!
In compound tenses, like the pass compos, the ne ... pas are also placed around the conjugated verb, which is the auxiliary, avoir or tre. In the periphrastic future, ne ... pas goes around the verb aller. Tex n'a pas t trs gentil. Tammy ne va pas passer la soire chez Edouard. Tex was not very nice. Tammy is not going to spend the evening at Edouard's.
Note that in spoken French, the ne / n' is sometimes dropped. In familiar speech, tu is often pronounced as t' before a vowel. Tammy: Tex, t'es (tu es) pas trs gentil. Tammy: Tex, you are not very nice.
The following affirmative sentences are untrue. Correct the sentences by making them negative using ne...pas. You must rewrite the entire sentence in the blank. Include punctuation in your answer. 1. Tammy chante bien la Marseillaise.
2. Edouard tudie la cuisine texanne.
3. Trey a envie d'aller en France.
4. Corey et Joe Bob tudient beaucoup.
Check answers
negation: intro
one-word negative sentences si, jamais, etc.
one-word sentences
Oui is a 'yes' answer to an affirmative question, while si is a 'yes' to a negative question. Chez Tammy: Tex: Tammy, tu es l? Tammy: Oui. Tex: Tu ne m'aimes plus? Tammy: Si, un peu. At Tammy's house: Tex: Tammy, are you there? Tammy: Yes. Tex: You don't love me anymore? Tammy: Yes, I do, a little.
Non is a one-word negative answer to a yes / no question; pas, by itself, negates part of a sentence: Tex: Tammy, are you Tex: Tammy, tu es sick? malade? Tammy: Non! Tammy: No! Tex: Tu es fche? Tex: Are you mad? Tammy: Pas vraiment. Tammy: Not really. Rien (nothing), personne (no one), and jamais (never) may be used in one-word answers: Tex: Tammy, qu'est-ce que tu fais? Tammy: Rien! Tex: Qui est avec toi? Tammy: Personne! Tex: Tu vas me quitter pour un autre? Tammy: Jamais! Tex: Tammy, what are you doing? Tammy: Nothing! Tex: Who is with you? Tammy: No one! Tex: Are you going to leave me for another? Tammy: Never!
Fill in the blank with the correct one word negative response from the following list: rien, personne, jamais, oui, non, si. 1. Tex et Tammy s'entendent toujours bien? _______.
2. Quand est-ce que Joe Bob va finir son dplome? _______.
3. Qu'est-ce que Joe Bob tudie? _______.
4. Qui comprend l'esprit d'un tatou existentialiste? _______.
Check answers
interrogatives: intro
introduction to prepositions
prepositions
A preposition is a word used to establish relationships between nouns, between nouns and verbs and between different parts of a sentence. Prepositions usually have spatial or temporal meanings (e.g. beneath, between, in front of, before, after, during, etc.) Prepositions are invariable, that is, they have one form with the exception of and de which contract with the definite articles (le, la, les). Translating prepositions is notoriously tricky. Never assume that French will use the same preposition as English to express a particular meaning. In fact, there are many cases where one language requires a preposition where the other does not. This is particularly problematic with infinitives followed by prepositions. In general, it is best to treat prepositions as vocabulary items requiring memorization. In the following sentences, these problems are demonstrated by translating the French prepositions literally. Note how awkward the English translation is as a result. Bette est fche contre Tammy. Tex tlphone Joe-Bob. Bette is angry against Tammy. Bette is angry at Tammy. Tex telephones to Joe-Bob. Tex telephones Joe-Bob.
Literal translations are also awkward in situations where a preposition is not used in French but is required in English. Fiona attend le bus. Joe-Bob coute la radio. Fiona waits the bus. Fiona waits for the bus. Joe-Bob listens the radio. Joe-Bob listens to the radio.
common prepositions
common prepositions
Prepositions are used to establish relationships between nouns, between nouns and verbs, and between different parts of a sentence. (to) and de (from, about) are the most common prepositions in French. They form contractions with definite articles: Tex parle aux tudiants. Il parle des devoirs. Il regarde la question en haut du tableau. (Tex talks to the students. He is talking about homework. He is looking at the question at the top of the blackboard.) When prepositions have literal, spatial meanings, using them is straightforward: sur (on), sous (under), avec (with), sans (without). There are, in addition, many idiomatic uses of prepositions, especially and de. Dictionaries include listings of idiomatic meanings. In addition to prepositions + noun (or pronoun) objects, discussed here, there are specific guidelines for using prepositions with place names. Finally, many prepositions, including some on this page, may be followed by infinitives.
1. a-b-c 2. d-e-f 3. g-h-i-j-k-l 4. m-n-o-p 5. q-r-s-t-uv
a-b-c = to, at See contractions with definite articles, the use of with place names, and + infinitive. Tex parle ses amis au caf. Ils vont Opelousas. Tex is talking to his friends at the caf. They're going to Opelousas.
cause de = because of, due to The preposition cause de is followed by a noun, whereas the conjunction parce que (because) is followed by a subordinate clause. Ils vont en Louisiane cause de la fte. au centre de = at the center of Opelousas se trouve au centre de la Louisiane. Opelousas is in the center of Louisiana. They're going to Louisiana because of the celebration.
ct de = beside Bette veut s'asseoir ct de Tex. droite de = to the right of, on the right of Tammy est droite de PawPaw Louis. gauche de = to the left of, on the left of Tex est gauche de PawPaw. aprs = after (temporal) See also aprs used in past infinitive constructions. Aprs le dner, ils vont danser. travers = across, through Tammy voit Bette travers la foule. au milieu de = in the middle of PawPaw danse au milieu de la salle. PawPaw is dancing in the middle of the room. Tammy sees Bette through the crowd. After dinner, they're going dancing. Tex is on PawPaw's left. Tammy is on PawPaw Louis' right. Bette wants to sit beside Tex.
au sujet de / propos de = on the subject of; about Paw-Paw parle au sujet de la Rsistance et propos de sa longue vie de sducteur. autour de = surrounding, around Les amis sont assis autour de la table. The friends are seated around the table. PawPaw is talking about the Resistance and about his long life as a womanizer.
avant = before [temporal] Contrast avant with devant meaning 'before' in a spatial sense. See also avant de + infinitive. Ils ne vont pas se coucher avant cinq heures du matin. They are not going to bed before five o'clock in the morning.
avec = with Avec + noun is often translated as an '-ly' adverb: avec joie (joyfully). Tex est en Louisiane avec ses amis. Ils dansent avec joie l'anniversaire de PawPaw. Tex is in Louisiana with his friends. They are dancing joyfully at PawPaw's birthday celebration.
chez = 'at X's (house), at the house of, at the store of; to X's (house), to the store of' Chez may refer to individual's homes as well as to someone's shop, as in the first example below. When applied to larger groups of people, such as nationalities, it means among: Chez nous les Texans, on adore la sauce piquante = "We Texans love hot sauce" (literally: Among us Texans we love hot sauce). Le lendemain matin, ils vont acheter des croissants chez le boulanger. Tout le monde a ador le sjour chez Paw-Paw. Aprs un an Austin, Tex se sent vraiment l'aise chez les Texans. contre = against Contre is used in several idiomatic expressions. Bette a dans tout contre Tex. Tammy est en colre contre Bette; elle se fche contre Tex. Tammy est contre la bigamie. Bette danced right against Tex. Tammy is mad at Bette; she's getting angry with Tex. Tammy is against bigamy. The next morning they are going to buy croissants at the baker's. Everyone loved their stay at PawPaw's. After a year in Austin, Tex really feels at ease with (among) Texans.
d-e-f dans = in Dans is always followed by a determiner (definite, indefinite or possessive). See also en. Tammy est dans la cuisine. Elle prpare le dner pour Tex qui arrive dans une heure. d'aprs = according to D'aprs Edouard, les Amricains mangent trs mal. Mais Tammy cuisine bien! According to Edouard, Americans eat very poorly. But Tammy cooks well. Tammy's in the kitchen. She's cooking dinner for Tex who's coming in one hour.
de = of, from, about See also the use of de with place names and de + infinitive. Au dner, Tex et Tammy parlent de leur voyage en Louisiane. de l'autre ct de = on the other side of Puis ils font une promenade et regardent les gratte-ciel de l'autre ct du fleuve. derrire = in back of, behind (spatial) Ils admirent le soleil se coucher derrire les collines. devant = in front of, before (spatial sense) Contrast devant with avant (temporal sense). Enfin, ils s'embrassent passionment devant le Capitole. Finally, they kiss passionately in front of the Capitol. They admire the sun setting behind the hills. Then they take a walk and look at the skyscrapers on the other side of the river. At dinner, Tex and Tammy talk about their trip to Louisiana.
en = in En means 'in' and immediately precedes the noun (i.e., it does not require a determiner; it is followed directly by its object, for example, en France). It is also used in many idiomatic expressions: Tex roule en voiture (Tex is driving in a car); Trey vient en vlo (Trey comes on a bike); and in some time expressions: en automne (in the fall); en aot (in August). Compare with dans. See also the use of en with place names and en with a present participle. en bas de = at the bottom of, at the end of Ils prennent un verre dans un bar en bas de la cinqime rue. en dehors de = outside of, excluding En dehors de Tammy, Tex ne connat pas beaucoup de Texans. en dpit de = in spite of En dpit de l'alcool, Tex se conduit en gentleman. In spite of the alcohol, Tex behaves like a gentleman. Outside of Tammy, Tex doesn't know many Texans. They have a drink in a bar at the end of Fifth Street.
en face de = in front of, across from Tex est assis en face de Tammy. en haut de = at the top of; to the top of Tout d'un coup Bette apparat en haut de l'escalier. All of a sudden, Bette appears at the top of the staircase. Tex is (seated) across from Tammy.
entre = between Entre means 'between' and it is used when referring to two people or things (or two groups of people or things). Contrast with parmi ('among'). Puis elle vient s'asseoir entre Tammy et Tex. Then she comes and sits down between Tammy and Tex.
envers = toward (figurative sense) Envers means 'toward' in a figurative sense, indicating an attitude or gesture toward someone. Contrast with vers, which means toward in a spatial or temporal sense. Tammy ressent une certaine antipathie envers Bette. Tammy feels a certain animosity toward Bette.
g-h-i-j-k-l grace = thanks to Tex a dcouvert son grand-pre grace l'album de photos de Rita. hors de = outside of, out of (idiomatic) Paw-Paw habite hors de la ville d'Opelousas. Il est hors de question que Tex vive Opelousas. Paw-Paw lives outside of the city of Opelousas. It is out of the question that Tex live in Opelousas. Tex discovered his grandfather thanks to Rita's photo album.
jusqu' = until Distinguish between the preposition jusqu' and the conjunction jusqu' ce que. Tex et Tammy vont jusqu' Opelousas. Tex and Tammy are going as far as Opelousas.
loin de = far from Tex habite loin de son grand-pre Paw-Paw Louis. Tex lives far from his grandfather Paw-Paw Louis.
m-n-o-p malgr = in spite of Malgr la distance, Tex aime aller voir son grand-pre. In spite of the distance, Tex likes to go see his grandfather.
par = by, through, per Par has several idiomatic meanings. It means 'by' when it is used with the passive voice. See also the use of par + infinitive. Tex va Opelousas une fois par mois. Tex est invit Opelousas par PawPaw. Pour aller Opelousas, Tex passe par Houston. Tex goes to Opelousas once a month (one time per month). Tex is invited to Opelousas by PawPaw. Tex goes through Houston to get to Opelousas.
parmi = among Parmi means 'among' and it is used when referring to three or more people or things (or groups of people or things). Contrast with entre (between). Tex compte beaucoup de Cajuns parmi ses cousins. pendant = during Pendant son sjour chez Paw-Paw, Tex mange des crevisses. pour = for, in favor of See also the use of pour + infinitive. Paw-Paw est pour la dfense du Cajun. Pour lui, le franais est la plus belle langue du monde. prs de = near to Opelousas est prs de Baton Rouge. Opelousas is near Baton Rouge. Paw-Paw is in favor of the defense of Cajun. For him, French is the most beautiful language in the world. During his stay with Paw-Paw, Tex eats crawfish. Tex counts many Cajuns among his cousins.
q-r-s-t-u-v quant = as for Paw-Paw est content de voir Tex. Quant Tex, il est heureux de pouvoir enfin parler franais. Paw-Paw is happy to see Tex. As for Tex, he is happy to finally be able to speak French.
sans = without Sans often is translated by '-less' or a negative prefix 'in-' or 'un-': un travail sans effort (effortless work); un film sans intrt (an uninteresting film). See also the use of sans + infinitive. Sans doute, le franais se parle dans sa famille depuis longtemps. Without doubt, French has spoken in his family for a long time.
sauf = except Toute sa famille parle franais, sauf son oncle Elmer, qui habite en Californie. selon = according to Selon Paw-Paw, Tex a un drle d'accent franais. According to Paw-Paw, Tex has a funny French accent. Everyone in his family speaks, except Uncle Elmer, who lives in California.
sous = under, in (idiomatic) Sous means 'under,' but it is often translated by 'in' in expressions such as sous la pluie (in the rain); sous le soleil (in the sun). En route pour Opelousas, Tex et Tammy ont vu un alligator sous un pont. On the road to Opelousas, Tex and Tammy saw an alligator under a bridge.
sur = on, upon, on top of Sur means 'on,' but it is also used in several idiomatic expressions: un sur deux (one out of two); tourner son attention sur quelquechose (to turn one's attention to something); sur le moment (at the time); sur invitation (by invitation). etc. En Louisiane, on sert souvent des crevisses directement sur la table, sans assiette. In Louisiana, crawfish are often served directly on the table, with no plate.
vers = toward(s) Vers means 'toward, around' in both a spatial and a temporal sense. Contrast with envers, which has a figurative sense. Vers midi, Tex et Tammy repartent vers Austin. Bette et Tammy entrent dans un restaurant ensemble. Elles ont toutes les deux pris rendez-vous avec Tex sans le savoir! Elles regardent autour de la salle. En mme temps, elles aperoivent Tex assis une table. Elles se prcipitent vers lui. Elles se regardent, hsitent un moment, puis s'asseyent. Tammy s'assied droite de Tex et Bette s'assied gauche de lui. Elles se regardent nouveau d'un air confus. Tex s'amuse malgr le drame entre Bette et Tammy. Around noon, Tex and Tammy head back towards Austin. Bette and Tammy enter a restaurant together. Unknowingly, they both have a date with Tex. They look around the room. At the same time they see Tex seated at a table. They rush towards him. They look at each other, hesitate a moment, then sit down. Tammy sits on Tex' right and Bette sits down to his left. They look at each other again, confused. Tex is having fun in spite of the drama between Bette and Tammy.
Fill in the blank with the correct preposition. 1. ______ Paw-Paw, le franais est la plus belle langue du monde. (sauf, selon, vers)
2. Tex et Tammy vont ______ Opelousas pour rendre visite Paw-Paw. (, de, pour)
3. Il y a un cureuil et un escargot ______ les copains de Tex. (parmi, pour, quant )
4. Bette adore danser ______ Tex. (, avec, par)
Check answers
prepositions: intro
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/pre1a.t2003-12-30 9:23:17
contractions of and de with definite article
contractions: and de
The prepositions or de contract with the definite articles le and les to give the following forms: de + le = du de + les = des + le = au + les = aux
La and l' on the other hand do not contract after and de. Note that these contractions also occur with two- and three-word prepositions ending with or de (jusqu', prs de, loin de, ct de, etc.).
Tammy et Bette sont dans un caf prs du campus, ct des commerces, pas loin de la tour. Tammy: Je vais prendre un th la vanille et un muffin au chocolat. Et toi? Bette: Pour moi, un biscuit aux amandes et un caf au lait. Tammy: Bon, demain on va au gymnase, hein?
Tammy et Bette are in a caf near campus, not far from the stores, not far from the Tower. Tammy: I am going to have a vanilla tea and a chocolate muffin. What about you? Fiona: For me, an almond cookie and a latte. Tammy: And tomorrow we'll go to the gym, eh?
Fill in the blank with the proper form of or de plus a definite article. 1. Joe-Bob adore le gteau ______ chocolat.
2. Tex passe ses aprs-midis ______ caf.
3. Tex explique la culture franaise ______ tudiants amricains.
4. Tammy rencontre Tex dans un caf prs ______ campus ('masc').
Check answers
prepositions: intro
prepositions with infinitives
prepositions w/infinitives
1. + infinitive 2. de + infinitive 3. pour, afin de, avant de, sans, par + infinitive
4. aprs (past infinitive constructions)
The infinitive is the verb form generally used after a preposition in French. (to) and de (from, about) are the most common prepositions in French. In many expressions, the choice of the preposition or de before an infinitive is purely idiomatic; that is, it is unrelated to meaning. In such cases, one must memorize which preposition is used. + infinitive When the following verbs are followed by an infinitive, the preposition is required. Tex a du mal trouver l'inspiration. Tex finds it difficult to find inspiration. encourager , to encourage to s'habituer , to get used to hsiter , to hesitate to inviter , to invite to se mettre , to start to se prparer , to prepare to renoncer , to give up russir , to succeed at servir , to be used for tenir , to be anxious to, to be eager to
aider , to help to s'amuser , to have fun at apprendre , to learn to arriver , to succeed in, to manage to s'attendre , to expect to avoir du mal , to find it difficult to chercher , to try to, to attempt to commencer , to start to continuer /de, to continue to (either or de) se dcider , to make up one's mind to
de + infinitive When the following verbs are followed by an infinitive, the preposition de is required. Tex arrte d'crire, parce qu'il rve d'embrasser Tammy. (s')arrter de, to stop choisir de, to choose to conseiller de, to advise to se contenter de, to content oneself with continuer /de, to continue to (either or de) dcider de, to decide to s'efforcer de to try hard to, to endeavor to essayer de, to try to s'excuser de, to apologize for finir de, to finish mriter de, to deserve, to be worth Tex stops writing, because he is dreaming of kissing Tammy. oublier de, to forget to permettre ( quelqu'un) de, to permit someone to persuader de, to persuade to se presser de, to hurry to promettre de, to promise to proposer de, to propose to refuser de, to refuse to rver de to dream of se soucier de, to care about se souvenir de, to remember to
Most idiomatic expressions with avoir also require de + infinitive: Oh, Tex a l'air de rver. Tex a peur de se rveiller. Tex a envie de dormir. Tex a besoin de se reposer. Tex a honte d'tre amricain. Tex a tort d'tre susceptible. Tex a raison d'tre fier. Oh, Tex seems to be dreaming. Tex is afraid of waking up. Tex feels like sleeping. Tex needs to rest. Tex is ashamed of being American. Tex is wrong in being touchy / should not be touchy. Tex is right to be proud.
The infinitive may be used to complete the sense of an adjective or a pronoun. Generally infinitives following a noun or adjective are preceded by the preposition de. (Tex est content de voir Tammy dans ses rves rotiques. Tex is glad to see Tammy in his erotic dreams.) However, adjectives and nouns are followed by the preposition + infinitive to indicate a passive sense or a function: 'cette eau est bonne boire' (this is drinking water), 'ce livre est amusant lire' (this book is fun to read), 'c'est triste voir' (it's a sorry sight), 'c'est difficile dire' (this is difficult to say). pour, afin de, avant de, sans, par + infinitive The infinitive expresses purpose when it is used after pour or afin de (in order to). In the case of avant de (before) and sans (without), the English translation is often a conjugated verb (before they left), or a present participle (without speaking), rather than the English infinitive. The infinitive follows the preposition par (by) after the verbs commencer (to start) and finir (to finish). pour/afin de avant de sans par Tex s'allonge sur son lit pour lire. Avant de s'endormir, Tex lit toujours un pome rotique. Il ne peut pas dormir sans rver de Tammy. Il finit par rver de Tammy toute la nuit. Tex lies down on his bed to read. Before going to sleep, Tex always reads an erotic poem. He can not sleep without dreaming of Tammy. He ends up dreaming of Tammy all night long.
aprs (past infinitive constructions) The infinitive of avoir or tre plus the past participle of a verb is used after the preposition aprs (after) to describe a preceding action in the past. Note the past participle agreement in past constructions with tre. Aprs avoir rv de Tammy, Tex retrouve son inspiration. Aprs tre devenue la muse de Tex, Tammy est passe la postrit! After dreaming of Tammy, Tex finds his inspiration again. After becoming Tex' muse, Tammy is immortalized!
Fill in the blank with the proper preposition: or de (d'). 1. Tex a honte ______ tre amricain.
2. Tex encourage ses tudiants ______ parler franais.
3. Tex se met ______ travailler tous les soirs 7 heures.
4. Edouard propose ses amis ______ dner au restaurant franais.
Check answers
prepositions: intro
depuis, pendant, pour: 'for'
depuis, pendant, pour
1. depuis 2. pendant 3. pour
There are three prepositions in French, depuis, pendant and pour, that are translated as 'for' and are used to indicate the duration of an event. depuis If an event began in the past and is continuing into the present, use 'depuis' with the present tense. For example: Tammy: Tex et moi sommes ensemble depuis un an. Tammy: Tex and I have been together for a year.
pendant Pendant literally means 'during', but it is usually best expressed in English as 'for' plus a certain amount of time. It can be used with all tenses. Tex: Tous les jours, je parle avec Tammy pendant une heure. Tex: A Nol, Tammy et moi resterons chez ses parents pendant deux semaines. Tex: Everyday, I talk with Tammy for an hour. Tex: For Christmas, Tammy and I will stay at her parents' for two weeks.
Pendant is used with the pass compos to indicate how long a completed activity lasted. Be careful not to use depuis with the pass compos in this context. Tex: J'ai attendu Edouard pendant une heure. Finalement, il est arriv. Il est toujours en retard. Tex: I waited for Edouard for an hour. Finally he arrived. He is always late.
pour The preposition pour is used in a variety of contexts. When translated as 'for' in English, it may designate the duration of a future event with the verbs partir and aller. Note that the verb may be conjugated in either the present or future tense. Tammy: A Nol, Tex et moi, nous allons chez moi pour deux semaines. Tex: C'est vrai, nous partirons pour deux longues semaines. Listen to the dialogue: Tammy: For Christmas, Tex and I are going to my house for two weeks. Tex: It's true, we will leave for two long weeks.
Tammy: Salut, Tex. a va? Tex: Non, ce n'est pas mon jour! Je pars pour le week-end. Je vais rendre visite Paw-Paw. J'ai attendu le bus pendant une heure ce matin. Puis je l'ai rat cause de Bette. Tammy: Qu'est-ce qu'elle a fait? Tex: Je ne vais pas te le dire. Tammy: Nous sortons ensemble depuis un an. Tu ne peux plus garder de secrets comme a!
Tammy: Hi Tex. How are you? Tex: Not well! This is not my day! I am leaving for the weekend. I am going to visit Paw-Paw. I waited for the bus for an hour this morning. Then I missed it because of Bette. Tammy: What did she do? Tex: I am not going to tell you. Tammy: We have been going out for a year. You can't keep secrets like that anymore!
Fill in the blank with the correct proposition: depuis, pendant, or pour. 1. Tex va aller en Louisiane ______ deux jours.
2. Tammy a connu Tex ______ ses tudes Lyon.
3. Tex connat Joe-Bob ______ son arrive Austin.
4. Tammy tudie le franais ______ cinq ans.
Check answers
prepositions: intro
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/prep1.t2003-12-30 9:23:35
introduction to pronouns
pronouns
A pronoun is a word used to replace a noun. It is commonly used to avoid repeating a previously mentioned noun known as the antecedent. In the following example, pronouns in bold face are used to replace the underlined antecedents. Tex a crit un pome rotique, Tex wrote an erotic poem and et puis il l'a envoy Tammy. then he sent it to Tammy. She Elle a t choque quand elle was shocked when she read it. l'a lu. The different kinds of pronouns are named according to their grammatical function. subject pronouns je, tu, il, elle, on, nous, vous, ils, elles
I, you, he, she, one, we, you, they (m), they (f)
direct object pronouns me, te, le, la nous, vous, les
me, you, him / it, her / it us, you, them (m) / (f)
indirect object pronouns me, te, lui nous, vous, leur
to me, to you, to him / her to us, to you, to them (m) / (f)
the pronouns y and en y en
there (replaces preposition + location) some, any, not any (replaces 'de' + noun)
disjunctive pronouns moi, toi, lui, elle, soi nous, vous, eux, elles
me, you, he, she, one we, you, them (m), them (f)
reflexive pronouns me, te, se nous, vous, se
myself, yourself, himself, herself ourselves, yourselves, themselves
interrogative pronouns qui que
who what
demonstrative pronouns celui, celle ceux
this one / that one (m,f) these, those
relative pronouns qui, que lequel, laquelle
who, whom, which which
indefinite pronouns quelqu'un quelque chose

someone something
pronoun y
pronoun y
1. uses 2. placement uses y expressing place Y replaces a preposition indicating location plus its object: ' UT' (at UT), 'devant la Tour' (in front of the Tower). It is usually translated as there. Prepositions which indicate location include , en, dans, devant, derrire, sous, sur. The noun objects of these prepositions are places and things which indicate a place. The exception is the preposition chez which is used with a person, as in 'chez Bette' (Bette's place). Note that + person is replaced by an indirect object pronoun except with certain verbs. Bette: Tammy, tu vas Waco? Tammy: Oui, j'y vais ce week-end pour un bal Baylor. Bette: Mais on ne peut pas y danser. Tammy: Mais si, les tudiants Baylor ont maintenant le droit de danser. Bette: Super, on y va! Bette: Tammy, are you going to Waco? Tammy: Yes, I'm going there this weekend for a dance at Baylor. Bette: But you can't dance there. Tammy: But yes, Baylor students now have the right to dance. Bette: Super, let's go there!
y with certain verbs With certain verbs y replaces the preposition when its object is an idea or thing, but not a person. Some of these verbs are penser , rflchir (to think about), s'intresser (to be interested in), rpondre (to answer to), participer (to participate in). In these expressions, the preposition is idiomatic. It does not indicate location in or movement toward. Tex s'intresse la philo. Il s'y intresse normment. Tex pense toujours l'existentialisme. Il y pense jour et nuit. Tex is interested in philosophy. He's terribly interested in it. Tex always thinks about existentialism. He thinks about it night and day.
When these verbs are followed by a person, the disjunctive pronoun will be used, for example, 'Bette pense souvent Tex. Elle pense souvent lui.' (Bette often thinks of Tex. She often thinks of him.) placement Placement of y is the same as that of direct and indirect pronoun objects: y precedes the verb it refers to, except in the affirmative imperative. In compound tenses, like the pass compos, it precedes the auxiliary. Note that there is no agreement between y and the past participle, since y does not replace a direct object. Edouard: O allez-vous? Bette: A Waco. Tu veux y aller avec nous? Edouard: Je n'y suis jamais all. On m'a dit que Waco tait une exprience anthropologique, le muse Dr. Pepper, le muse Texas Rangers, Baylor . . . Bette: Nous y allons tout de suite. Edouard: Bon, attendez-moi, j'y vais aussi. Allons-y! Edouard: Where are you going? Bette: To Waco. Do you want to go there with us? Edouard: I've never been there. I've been told that Waco was an anthropological experience: the Dr. Pepper museum, the Texas Rangers museum, Baylor . . . Bette: We're going there right away. Edouard: Good, wait for me I'm going there, too. Let's go (there)!
Rewrite the following sentences, replacing the words in capital letters by the pronoun 'y.' Modle: 'Bette et Tammy vont A WACO. Elles y vont.' 1. Bette n'est pas encore alle EN FRANCE.
2. Edouard a immigr AUX ETATS-UNIS.
3. Fiona passe ses aprs-midis A LA BIBLIOTHEQUE.
4. Bette va souvent AU JARDIN PUBLIC.
Check answers
pronouns: intro
pronoun en
pronoun en
1. uses 2. placement
uses En is a pronoun that typically replaces de + a noun; this includes nouns introduced by partitive or indefinite determiners (de, du, de l', de la, des). En may be translated as 'some', 'any', or 'not any'.
Tammy, Edouard et Tex sont table. Tammy: Edouard, tu veux de la soupe? Edouard: Oui, merci. Elle est dlicieuse. Tex: Il y a du vin? Tammy: Oui il y en a. Tu en veux?
Tammy, Edouard and Tex are eating. Tammy: Edouard, do you want some soup? Edouard: Yes, thank you. It is delicious. Tex: Is there any wine? Tammy: Yes, there is some. Would you like some?
In a similar fashion, en replaces a noun introduced by a number or an expression of quantity. Notice that the equivalent of en is not always expressed in English, although en must still be used in the French sentence: Tammy: Edouard, tu as assez de pain? Edouard: Oui, merci, j'en ai assez. Tammy: Tex, tu veux un peu de pain? Tex: Non, merci, je n'en veux pas. J'en ai encore une tranche. Tammy: Edouard, do you have enough bread? Edouard: Yes, thank you, I have enough (of it). Tammy: Tex, do you want a little bread? Tex: No, thank you, I do not want any. I still have a slice (of it).
En also replaces expressions introduced by the preposition de with the following verbs: s'occuper de, to deal with parler de, to speak of remercier de, to thank for revenir de, to return from venir de, to come from Tammy: Alors Edouard, comment s'est passe ton interview au restaurant? Edouard: J'en reviens tout juste! C'tait dgotant. Tammy: Tu veux en parler? Edouard: Tu sais bien que j'ai envie de gagner plus d'argent, j'en ai vraiment besoin, mais servir du barbecue! Jamais! Edouard ne travaillera jamais dans un restaurant qui s'appelle le Bon Barbecue! Tammy: So Edouard, how did your interview at the restaurant go? Edouard: I've just returned from it! It was disgusting. Tammy: Do you want to talk about it? Edouard: You know that I want to earn more money. I really need some (money), but serve barbecue! Never! Edouard will never work in a restaurant named Good Barbecue!
Note that a disjunctive pronoun is used with these verbs to replace expressions when the object of the prepostion de is a person rather than a thing. placement Placement of en is the same as direct and indirect pronoun objects. En precedes the verb it refers to, except in the affirmative imperative. In compound tenses (such as the pass compos), it precedes the auxiliary verb. Note that there is no agreement between en and the past participle, since en does not replace a direct object. When en is used with il y a ('there is, there are'), it comes between y and a: Du pain sur la table? Il y en a (Some bread on the table? There is some there.) Tex: De nouveaux pomes? Ne m'en parle pas! Editeur: Mais si, parlons-en. Tex: Je n'en ai pas crit depuis longtemps et je ne vais plus en crire. Ma muse m'a quitt et je n'ai plus d'ides. Editeur: Mais si tu en as. Elles sont bizarres, tes ides, mais tu en as beaucoup quand mme. Tex: Some new poems? Don't talk to me about them. Editor: But yes, let's talk about them. Tex: I haven't written any for a long time and I'm not going to write any more. My muse has left me and I don't have any more ideas. Editor: But yes, you have some (ideas). Your ideas are strange, but you have a lot of them nevertheless.
Complete the answers to the questions using the pronoun 'en.' 1. Paw-Paw : Est-ce que nous avons parl de la guerre de 40? Tex : Oui, nous _________.
2. Tammy : Tu as mang assez de lgumes? Bette : Oui, je/j'___________.
3. Tammy : Tu as du chocolat? Bette : Oui, je/j' _____________.
4. Tammy : Nous avons besoin de prendre des vacances! Tex : Tu as raison, nous ________.
Check answers
pronouns: intro
relative pronouns: qui and que
relative qui, que
1.
forms and uses
2. agreement
forms and uses A relative pronoun introduces a clause that explains or describes a previously mentioned noun, which is called the antecedent. Relative pronouns are used to link two related ideas into a single sentence, thereby avoiding repetition. Tex crit un roman. Le roman s'appelle Guerre et amour. Tex crit un roman qui s'appelle Guerre et amour. Tex is writing a novel. The novel is called War and Love. Tex is writing a novel which is called War and Love.
In the above example, the relative pronoun qui introduces the subordinate clause, that is, the clause that adds additional information about the novel. In French there are two main relative pronouns, qui and que. The choice between qui and que in French depends solely on the grammatical role, subject or direct object, that the relative pronoun plays in the subordinate clause. qui Qui functions as the subject of the subordinate clause.
Tex interviewe Paw-Paw qui a combattu pendant la deuxime guerre mondiale. Paw-Paw: Oui, j'tais avec des Amricains qui ont libr Paris. On a clbr notre victoire dans le quartier latin qui dbordait de jolies Parisiennes.
Tex interviews Paw-Paw who fought during World War II. Paw-Paw: Yes, I was with Americans who liberated Paris. We celebrated our victory in the Latin Quarter which was overflowing with pretty Parisian girls.
que Que functions as the direct object of the subordinate clause. Remember that que becomes qu' before a word beginning with a vowel. Paw-Paw: Une jolie Parisienne que j'ai connue est devenue ta grandmre, Tex! Tex: Ma grand-mre! Une hrone de la Rsistance franaise? Tiens, le livre que j'cris c'est l'histoire de deux hros de la Rsistance. Ce n'est pas une pure concidence! Paw-Paw: A pretty Parisian whom I met became your grandmother, Tex! Tex: My grandmother! A heroine of the French Resistance? Say, the book that I'm writing is the story of two heroes from the Resistance. It is not entirely a coincidence!
agreement Although qui and que are invariable, they assume the gender and number of the antecedent. Que functions as a direct object preceding the verb. Therefore, when the verb of the subordinate clause is in the pass compos, or any other compound tense, the past participle agrees in number and gender with que. The past participle also agrees in number and gender with qui if the verb forms its pass compos with 'tre'. Tex: Marie-Tammy et Jean-Tex sont les deux hros que j'ai vus dans un rve. Ce sont deux espions qui se sont rencontrs en mission. Tex: Marie-Tammy and Jean-Tex are the two heroes whom I saw in a dream. They are two spies who met on a mission.
Fill in the blank with the correct relative pronoun, either qui or que. 1. Tex aime la tarte __________ Tammy a faite.
2. Tammy va voir un film ________ vient de sortir.
3. Bette est une tudiante ______ Tex a embrasse.
4. Tammy adore les posies rotiques ________ Tex a crites.
Check answers
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/pror1.t2003-12-30 9:23:53
relative pronouns: ce qui, ce que
relative ce qui,ce que
1. ce qui ce 2. que
Ce qui and ce que are relative pronouns like qui and que, that is, they introduce a subordinate clause. However, ce qui and ce que are used in sentences in which there is no expressed antecedent. They do not refer to a specific noun, but rather to an idea or an entire statement, which may or may not have been previously expressed: they refer to something unstated and unspecified. The choice between ce qui and ce que depends solely on the grammatical role, subject or direct object, that the relative pronoun plays in the subordinate clause. ce qui Ce qui (what, that, which) functions as the subject of the subordinate clause. Tammy: Edouard, tu as lu le roman de Tex sur la deuxime guerre mondiale? Edouard: Ah oui! Ce qui est fascinant, c'est sa description de l'poque. J'adore tout ce qui se rapporte la Rsistance! Et puis, il y a une intrigue amoureuse, ce qui ne m'tonne pas puisque l'hrone du livre s'appelle Marie-Tammy! Tammy: Edouard, have you read Tex's novel on WWII? Edouard: Ah, yes I have! What's fascinating is his description of the period. I love everything that is related to the Resistance! And there's also a love interest, which does not surprise me since the book's heroine is called MarieTammy!
Ce qui is often used for emphasis followed by c'est. Note how the sentence 'Ce qui est fascinant, c'est sa description de l'poque.' is more emphatic than saying simply 'Sa description de l'poque est fascinante.' ce que Ce que (what, that, which) functions as the direct object of the subordinate clause. Ce que becomes ce qu' before a word beginning with a vowel.
Tammy: Tout ce que Tex cre est tellement original! Moi, j'aime ce qu'il crit propos de la France dans les annes 1940. Ce que je n'aime pas, c'est la fin du livre. Le hros meurt. Il n'pouse donc pas Marie-Tammy, ce que je trouve trs dommage.
Tammy: Everything that Tex creates is so original! Personally, I like what he writes about France in the 1940s. What I don't like is the end of the book. The hero dies. So he does not marry Marie-Tammy, which I think is such a pity.
Note how the sentence 'Ce que je n'aime pas, c'est la fin du livre.' is more emphatic than saying simply 'Je n'aime pas la fin du livre.' Note that ce qui and ce que are also used in indirect discourse (see reported speech).
Fill in the blank with the correct relative pronoun, either ce qui or ce que/ce qu'. 1. Joe-Bob ne comprend pas _________ Tex et Tammy disent.
2. Vous savez ________ on va faire ce soir?
3. ___________ est incroyable, c'est la rencontre de Tex et Tammy.
4. _________ est dommage, c'est que Paw-Paw habite si loin.
Check answers
relative pronouns: dont, o, etc.
relative dont, etc.
1. dont, o, lequel ce dont, ce + preposition + 2. quoi
A relative pronoun introduces a clause that explains or describes a previously mentioned noun. In instances where the relative pronoun is the object of a preposition, relative pronouns other than qui and que must be used. De is the most common of these prepositions, and dont is the relative pronoun representing both the preposition de + its object. dont, o, lequel: relative pronouns with antecedent dont Use dont if the subordinate clause needs an object introduced by de/d'. Such clauses may indicate possession or they may contain verbs which are followed by the preposition de. Some of these verbs include 'parler de' (to talk about); 'avoir besoin de' (to need); 'avoir peur de' (to be afraid of); 'tenir de' (to take after). Tex: Le livre dont je suis l'auteur est un roman historique. Tex: The book of which I'm the author is an historical novel.
Dont often indicates possession; 'whose' is its English equivalent. Edouard, parlant du livre de Tex: Tex, dont le grand-pre a combattu en France, en 40, a ddi ce livre Paw-Paw. Edouard, speaking about Tex' book: Tex, whose grandfather fought in France in '40, dedicated this book to Paw-Paw.
o The relative pronoun o means 'where, in which, on which.' Use o if the subordinate clause needs an object indicating location introduced by dans, , sur, sous. When used after adverbs of time, o means 'when.' Paris, o l'histoire commence, va tre libr par les Amricains. Paw-Paw tait Paris le jour o les Amricains sont entrs dans la ville. Paris, where the story starts, is going to be liberated by the Americans. Paw-Paw was in Paris the day [when] the Americans entered the city.
preposition + lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles The relative pronouns lequel, laquelle, lesquels, and lesquelles (which) are used when the relative clause is introduced by a preposition other than de/d'. These pronouns make the usual contractions with the prepositions and de. Note that the preoposition in French must always be placed immediately in front of the relative pronoun.
Ce roman, dans lequel Tex utilise les souvenirs de guerre de Paw-Paw, est trs raliste. Ses personnages, auxquels Tex s'identifie, sont des hros de la Rsistance. L'homme ct duquel MarieTammy est assise est un officier nazi. Les hommes parmi lesquels MarieTammy se trouve sont tous des nazis. Les deux femmes entre lesquelles l'officier se trouve font partie de la Rsistance.
This novel, in which Tex uses PawPaw's war memories, is very realistic. His characters, with whom Tex identifies, are heros of the Resistance. The man next to whom MarieTammy is seated is a nazi officer. The men among whom MarieTammy finds herself are all nazis. The two women between whom the officer is seated are part of the Resistance.
Note: The form dont is generally used in spoken French instead of the forms duquel, de laquelle, desquels, and desquelles; however, these latter forms may also be found, especially in written texts. Dont may be substituted only for the simple preposition de and its object, but a form of lequel must be used when de is part of a two- or three-word preposition, such as ' propos de, prs de, loin de, ct de.' ce dont, ce + preposition + quoi : relative pronouns with no antecedent In all the preceding examples, the relative pronouns have an antecedent; in other words, a specific word in the sentence for which the relative pronoun stands. Just as the forms ce qui and ce que are used when there is no explicit antecedent, so the forms ce dont and ce + preposition + quoi refer to something unstated and unspecified. Use ce dont if the subordinate clause needs an object introduced by de. On comprend trs bien ce dont les Parisiens avaient peur pendant l'Occupation. One understands very well what the Parisians were afraid of during the Occupation.
Use ce + preposition + quoi when the subordinate clause needs an object introduced by a preposition other than de. Remember that, unlike English, the preposition in French must always be placed immediately in front of the relative pronoun. Tout le monde va comprendre ce quoi Tex fait allusion quand il dcrit Jean-Tex et Marie-Tammy--il s'agit bien de Tex et Tammy, nos tatous favoris! Everybody's going to understand what Tex is alluding to when he describes Jean-Tex and MarieTammy--it's indeed a matter of Tex and Tammy, our favorite armadillos!
Fill in the blank with the correct relative pronoun: dont, o, lequel, ce dont or ce quoi. 1. Tammy : Le bret ______ j'ai fait cadeau Tex est superbe.
2. Paw-Paw est un ancien combattant, ______ Tex est trs fier.
3. Tammy : Lyon est la ville _______ Tex a grandi.
4. Trey : Les chansons ________ je suis l'auteur sont au TOP20.
Check answers
order of object pronouns present tense
obj.pronoun order
1. overview 2. y and en 3. direct and indirect object pronouns together
4. negation
overview A single pronoun object is placed before the verb with which it is associated, except in the affirmative imperative when the pronoun object follows the verb. The following table outlines the order and placement of pronouns when there is more than one object pronoun in a sentence. me te SUBJECT nous vous se le lui la leur les y en VERB
Joe-Bob prpare sa leon: Mon dieu, comme c'est difficile, l'ordre des pronoms objets! Le prof me dit qu'il faut les apprendre par coeur. Voici ma chanson . . .
Joe-Bob is preparing for class: My god, the order of object pronouns sure is difficult! The teacher says I have to memorize them. Here is my song . . .
However, in the affirmative imperative, the pronoun objects follow the verb. -moi (m') -le -lui VERB -la -leur -les -vous y and en Y always precedes en, and both precede the verb except in the affirmative imperative. When used with other pronouns, y and en always follow any other pronoun object, even in the affirmative imperative. Bette: Tu vas au gymnase? Tammy: Oui, j'y vais. Et toi, Fiona? Fiona: Non, j'en viens. Vas-y avec Bette. Tammy: Il y a des footballeurs lbas? Fiona: Oui, il y en a. Je te retrouve dans une heure chez toi? Tammy: D'accord. Dis Fiona, je n'ai pas de rouge lvres. Tu m'en donnes? Bette: Et n'oublie pas le parfum. C'est essentiel aussi, hein? Allez, donne-nous-en. Bette: Are you going to the gym? Tammy: Yes, I'm going there. And how about you, Fiona? Fiona: No, I've just been there. Go with Bette. Tammy: Are there any football players there? Fiona: Yes, there are some. Should I meet you at your house in an hour? Tammy: OK. Say, Fiona, I don't have any lipstick. Can you give me some? Bette: And don't forget the perfume. It's also essential, right? Go on, give us some. -nous -toi (t') y en
direct and indirect object pronouns together Sometimes there will be both a direct and an indirect object pronoun in the same sentence. The direct object pronoun is usually closest to the verb of which it is the object. However, the order of direct / indirect object pronouns is reversed in the third person singular and third person plural (le lui, le leur, etc.). In this case, the indirect object is closest to the verb. Fiona me le donne? son parfum? Fiona te le donne? Fiona le lui donne? Fiona gives it to me? Fiona gives it to you (singular)? Fiona gives it to him/her? Fiona nous le donne? Fiona vous le donne? Fiona le leur donne? Fiona gives it to us? Fiona gives it to you (plural)? Fiona gives it to them?
Remember that in the affirmative imperative, me and te become moi and toi. Tammy: Fiona! Fiona! Ton parfum, tu me le donnes!? Tu vas me le donner? Donne-le-moi! Fiona: Pardon, je ne comprends pas. Vous voulez du parfum pour aller au gymnase? Tammy: Fiona! Fiona! Your perfume? Are you giving it to me? Are you going to give it to me!? Give it to me! Fiona: Sorry, I do not understand. You want perfume to go to the gym?
negation In simple tenses, like the present, future, imperfect, and pass simple, the object pronouns are placed between the ne and the verb. In compound tenses, like the pass compos, the plus-que-parfait etc., the object pronouns are placed between the ne and the auxiliary verb. Plus tard au gymnase. Tammy: Personne ne fait attention nous! Tu vois, sans parfum, aucun mec! Pourquoi est-ce que Fiona ne nous en a pas donn? Bette: Et bien, c'est parce qu'elle ne comprend pas l'art de la sduction. Later in the gym. Tammy: No one is paying any attention to us. You see, no perfume, not a single guy! Why didn't Fiona give us any? Bette: Well, that's because she doesn't understand the art of seduction.
Rephrase each sentence by filling in the blank with two appropriate object pronouns. 1. Tex : Je veux parler de mon livre Tammy. => Tex : Je veux ________________ parler.
2. Tex : J'offre un peu de vin mes amis. => Je __________________ offre un peu.
3. Tex offre son livre Edouard. => Tex _____________ offre.
4. Tammy : Tu me rejoins la bibliothque? => Tu __________ rejoins?
Check answers
demonstrative pronouns
demonstrative pron.
1.
celui, celle, ceux, celles
2. ceci, cela
celui, celle, ceux, celles Celui, celle, ceux, celles ('this one' or 'that one' in the singular; 'these,' 'those' or 'the ones' in the plural) are demonstrative pronouns. They replace a specific noun, which has been mentioned or is obvious from context, in order to avoid repeating it. They agree in gender and number with the nouns they replace. number singular plural masculine celui ceux feminine celle celles
Celui de/d', celle de/d' etc. show possession. They are generally translated by 'that of', 'those of' or
by the possessive form. Tammy: Tu aimes l'accent d'Edouard? Bette: Je prfre celui de Tex. Tammy: Tu aimes la voix d'Edouard? Bette: Oh, je prfre celle de Tex. Tammy: Tu aimes les yeux d'Edouard? Bette: Oui, mais je prfre ceux de Tex. Tammy: Tu aimes les oreilles d'Edouard? Bette: Oui, mais je prfre celles de Tex. Tammy: Do you like Edouard's accent? Bette: I prefer Tex's. Tammy: Do you like Edouard's voice? Bette: Oh, I prefer that of Tex. Tammy: Do you like Edouard's eyes? Bette: Yes, but I prefer Tex's. Tammy: Do you like Edouard's ears? Bette: Yes, but I prefer those of Tex.
-ci and -l are added to the demonstrative pronouns to indicate nearness or farness like the
distinction between 'this one' and 'that one' in English. Bette: Tammy, regarde mes dernires photos de Tex! Tu prfres celle-ci ou celle-l? Bette: Tammy, look at my latest pictures of Tex! Do you prefer this one or that one?
Celui qui . . . , celle qui . . . mean 'the one that', 'the one who' and ceux qui . . . , celles qui . . . mean
'those that / who'. They introduce a relative clause in which they are used as subjects. In the example below, ceux qui is the subject of the verb 'portent'. Bette: Moi, j'aime les tatous. Tammy: Moi aussi, surtout ceux qui portent le bret. Bette: Me, I like armadillos. Tammy: Me too, especially those who wear berets.
Celui que . . . and celle que . . . mean 'the one that / whom / which', ceux que . . . and celles que . . .
mean 'the ones that / whom / which'. They introduce a relative clause in which they are used as objects. In the example below, celui que is the object of 'j'aime'. Tammy: Et toi Bette, qui est-ce que tu aimes? Bette: Celui que j'aime ne m'aime pas! Tammy: What about you Bette, who do you love? Bette: The one I love does not love me!
Celui dont . . . and celle dont . . . mean 'the one whose', 'the one of which', ceux dont . . . and celles
dont . . . mean 'those whose', 'the ones of which'. They introduce a relative clause in which the verb takes an object introduced by de (parler de, 'to talk about') Tammy: De qui tu parles? Bette: Tu ne connais pas celui dont je parle. Tammy: Who are you talking about? Bette: You don't know the one I am talking about!
ceci, cela Ceci (this) and cela (that) are invariable demonstrative pronouns. They refer to things that cannot have a specific gender assigned to them, like ideas or statements. a is used in familiar or conversational style in place of cela for emphasis. Tammy: Tu es amoureuse de Tex, cela me semble vident!! Bette: Qu'est-ce que tu racontes?! Tu crois vraiment que je ne respecte pas l'amour entre toi et Tex?! a me fait de la peine, a! Tammy: You are in love with Tex. That seems obvious to me!! Bette: What are you saying!? Do you really believe that I don't respect the love between you and Tex? Now that really upsets me!
Fill in the blank with the appropriate demonstrative pronoun: celui, celle, ceux, celles, cela. 1. Tammy : ________ est compltement absurde!
2. Tammy : De toutes mes amies, Bette est __________ qui est la plus populaire.
3. Tammy : Les admiratrices (female admirers) de Tex sont nombreuses, ________ de Corey sont rares.
4. Tex : De tous mes amis, Edouard est ________ qui cuisine le mieux.
Check answers
pronouns: intro
possessive pronouns
possessive pron.
1. forms and uses other ways of expressing 2. possession 3. idiomatic uses
forms and uses A possessive pronoun replaces a noun preceded by a possessive determiner like mon, ton, son, etc. Tammy: C'est ton bret Tex? Tex: Oui, c'est le mien. Tammy: Is this your beret Tex? Tex: Yes, it is mine.
In French, possessive pronouns indicate both the possessor and the number and the gender of the object possessed: le mien indicates that the possessor is 'I' and that the possession is masculine singular. In the following table, the choice between the singular or plural form and between the masculine or feminine form depends on the number and gender of the item possessed. (Note the difference in spelling and in pronunciation between the possessive determiners notre and votre and the possessive pronouns ntre and vtre.)
singular masculine mine yours his/ hers/ its ours yours theirs le mien le tien le sien le ntre le vtre le leur feminine la mienne la tienne la sienne la ntre la vtre la leur masculine les miens les tiens les siens les ntres les vtres les leurs
plural feminine les miennes les tiennes les siennes les ntres les vtres les leurs
Depending on the context, le sien, la sienne, les siens, les siennes may mean 'his', 'hers', or 'its'. Note that for the others, all four forms of each possessive pronoun have one English translation. Tex: Mon frre est musicien. Tammy: Le mien est professeur. Tex: Ma soeur est secrtaire. Tammy: La mienne est PDG. Tex: Mes parents sont amricains. Tammy: Les miens aussi. Tex: My brother is a musician. Tammy: Mine is a professor. Tex: My sister is a secretary. Tammy: Mine is a CEO. Tex: My parents are American. Tammy: Mine too.
Note that + the definite articles le et les form the contractions au and aux respectively. For example: Tammy: Je pense souvent mes neveux. Tex: Je pense rarement aux miens. Tammy: Oh! Tex, tu es si goste! Tammy: I often think about my nephews. Tex: I seldom think about mine. Tammy: Oh! Tex you are so selfish!
other ways of expressing possession Possessive pronouns are one way to express possession of things or people. However, you may also use the construction [tre + + disjunctive pronoun], the possessive determiners or [de + noun]:
Fiona: A qui appartient cette photo? Tex: Elle est moi. Tammy: Oui c'est la sienne. Tu ne connais pas Rita? Fiona: Qui est Rita? Tammy: C'est la soeur de Tex. Fiona: Ta soeur est trs belle. Tu lui ressembles. Tex: Non, je ne lui ressemble pas.
Fiona: Who does photo belong to? Tex: It's mine. Tammy: Yes it is his. Don't you know Rita? Fiona: Who is Rita? Tammy: It is Tex's sister. Fiona: Your sister is very beautiful. You resemble her. Tex: No, I don't look like her.
idiomatic uses The masculine plural forms of the possessive pronouns may be used alone to refer to parents, friends, allies etc. Etre des ntres, tre des vtres are common phrases with such a meaning of the possessive pronoun. Tammy: Quand j'tais Lyon, je pensais souvent aux miens. Tammy: Fiona, j'invite des amis ce soir. Tu es des ntres? Tammy: When I was in Lyon, I often thought of my folks. Tammy: Fiona, I am inviting a few friends tonight. Are you joining us?
Y mettre du sien is a common phrase that may be used with any of the possessive pronouns to mean that you are doing your share, trying your best, making a real effort to contribute. Tammy: Tex, nous avons des invits ce soir. Il y a beaucoup de choses prparer. J'espre que tu vas y mettre du tien. Tammy: Tex, we are having guests tonight. There are a lot of things to prepare. I hope you are going to do your share.
Faire des + miennes, tiennes, siennes, ntres, vtres, or leurs are phrases suggesting misbehavior. Tammy: Bette a encore fait des siennes. Hier elle a dragu Tex toute la soire devant tout le monde. Tammy: Bette has been up to her tricks again. She flirted with Tex all evening in front of everybody.
Fill in the blank with the correct possessive pronoun preceded by le, la, or les. 1. Tex : Ma passion, c'est la posie. Et ________ Tammy? (yours)
2. Tex : L'accent franais d'Edouard est sexy, mais ________ est plus sexy. (mine)
3. Tex : J'adore tes yeux Tammy. Et toi, tu aimes ________? (mine)
4. Tammy : Je vais ouvrir mes cadeaux. Et toi Tex, tu vas ouvrir __________? (yours)
Check answers
introduction to conjunctions
conjunctions
A conjunction is a word used to link or 'conjoin' words or phrases into a coherent whole. There are two classes of conjunctions: coordinate and subordinate. coordinating conjunctions A coordinating conjunction 'coordinates' two equivalent elements in a sentence, that is, words belonging to the same grammatical category (nouns + nouns, verbs + verbs, independent clause + independent clause, etc.). The most commonly used coordinating conjunctions in French are: mais ou et donc or ni ... ni car puis Edouard n'aime ni le barbecue ni les hamburgers. Tex fume des cigarettes et boit du vin rouge. but or and so, thus so, now neither ... nor for then Edouard likes neither barbecue nor hamburgers. Tex smokes cigarettes and drinks red wine.
subordinating conjunctions A subordinating conjunction links an independent clause to a dependent clause. In other words, a subordinating conjunction joins two unequivalent clauses (independent and dependent). An independent clause is any clause that can stand alone to form a grammatical sentence. A dependent clause, on the other hand, cannot stand alone and thus 'depends' on the main clause in order to form a complete thought. The most commonly used subordinate conjunctions: que pendant que quand lorsque depuis que tandis que puisque parce que Il est vident que Tex fume trop. (dependent) . . . . .(independent)
that as, while when when since (indicating time) while, whereas since because It is obvious that Tex smokes too much.
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/con1.t2003-12-30 9:24:19
coordinating conjunctions
coordinating conjunctions
Coordinating conjunctions link words, phrases or independent sentences. The most commonly used are mais (but), ou (or), et (and), donc (so, thus), or (so, now, but), ni . . . ni (neither . . . nor), car (for), puis (then). These conjunctions conjoin forms of the same grammatical category (adjective + adjective, noun + noun, clause + clause, etc.). With the exception of or, all of these conjunctions can be used to link adjectives, nouns or verbs within a sentence.
Tex, puis Tammy, ont essay de comprendre les gots de Trey. Ils trouvent que le rap est une musique intressante mais fatigante. Ils prfrent la musique franaise ou le jazz. Trey est jeune donc curieux. Trey n'est ni intellectuel ni cultiv. Pour Trey, le saut l'lastique est fascinant car dangereux.
Tex, then Tammy, tried to understand Trey's tastes. They think that rap is interesting but / yet tiring music. They prefer French music or jazz. Trey is young, thus curious. Trey is neither intellectual nor cultivated. For Trey, bungee jumping is fascinating because (it's) dangerous.
In addition, ou, et, ni, car, mais, donc, and puis are also used to combine two clauses into one:
Tex parle de posie, de philosophie, ou il ne parle pas du tout. Trey fait du skate-board et coute de la musique. Tex n'aime pas couter de la musique rap ni faire du skate-board. Tex ne veut certainement pas essayer le saut l'lastique car c'est trs dangereux. Tex aime bien son frre Trey mais ils n'ont rien en commun.
Tex talks about poetrey, philosophy, or he does not talk at all. Trey does skate-boarding and listens to music. Tex does not like to listen to rap music nor does he like to skateboard. Tex certainly does not want to try bungee jumping for it is very dangerous. Tex really likes his brother Trey but they have nothing in common.
Ou, or, puis, donc, mais indicate a link between two separate sentences. Or, mais and puis are usually placed at the very beginning of the second sentence. Donc is usually placed either at the beginning or right after the conjugated verb of the second sentence. En France, Tex ignorait l'existence de son frre. Puis, un jour, il a rencontr Trey. Tex et Trey n'ont rien en commun. Ils ont donc quelques problmes de communication. Or cela inquite Tex. Mais que faire? In France, Tex did not know of the existence of his brother. Then, one day, he met Trey. Tex and Trey have nothing in common. So they have a few communication problems. Consequently, this worries Tex. But what can be done?
Fill in the blank with one of the following conjunctions: 'mais', 'ou', 'et', 'donc', 'ni', 'car'. 1. Tammy : Tex, il faut que tu choisisses : c'est moi ______ Bette!
2. Corey n'est pas un bon tudiant ______ il n'tudie pas.
3. Tex, tu prfres Tammy ______ Bette?
4. Tex porte un bret ______ il n'a pas de cheveux.
Check answers
conjunctions: intro
subordinating conjunctions
subordinating conjunctions
Subordinating conjunctions introduce subordinate, or dependent, clauses. The most commonly used are que (that), pendant que (as, while), quand / lorsque (when), depuis que (since, indicating time), tandis que (while, whereas) puisque (since), parce que (because). Il est vident que Trey est un curieux personnage. Trey et Tex sont tous les deux des artistes, mais tandis que Tex est pote, Trey est musicien. Depuis que Tex connat Trey, il a dcouvert le monde du rap. Trey se lve quand le soleil se couche. Il travaille pendant que Tex dort. Puisque Tex et Trey sont frres et artistes, ils devraient se comprendre. Mais ce n'est pas le cas. It is evident that Trey is a curious character. Trey and Tex are both artists, but while Tex is a poet, Trey is a musician. Since Tex has known Trey, he has discovered the world of rap. Trey gets up when the sun goes down. He works while Tex is alseep. Since Tex and Trey are brothers and artists, they should understand each other. But this is not case.
Some of these conjunctions may occur with other tenses besides the present, including the future, conditional, and imperfect. There are other conjunctions which require the subjunctive.
Fill in the blank with the following conjunctions: depuis que, tandis que, que, quand, puisque, parce que. 1. Tex: Tammy est gentille ______ Bette est seduisante.
2. Il est clair ______ Bette aime Tex.
3. Tammy: ______ tu ne fais rien, viens m'ader!
4. Tammy: ______ Paw-Paw est ton grand-pre, tu dois le respecter.
Check answers
conjunctions: intro
conjunctions that take the subjunctive
conjunctions w/subjunctive
1. conjunctions expressing intention 2. conjunctions expressing fear 3. conjunctions expressing time conjunctions expressing obstacles or 4. restrictions 5. conjunctions expressing a condition conjoining clauses which have the same 6. subject
When the following conjunctions introduce a subordinate clause with a new subject, they always trigger the subjunctive. Remember that the subjects of the subordinate clause and of the main clause are different. In the examples below, the verb in the subjunctive is underlined. conjunctions expressing intention: pour que, afin que, de sorte que (in order that, so that) Bette drague Tex pour qu'il lui donne de bonnes notes. Bette drague Tex afin que Tammy soit jalouse. Bette drague Tex de sorte que Tammy et Tex se disputent. Bette is hitting on Tex so that he will give her good grades. Bette is hitting on Tex so that Tammy will be jealous. Bette is hitting on Tex so that Tammy and Tex will fight.
Conjunctions expressing fear: de crainte que, de peur que (for fear that, lest) Mais Tex n'a rien dit Tammy de crainte qu'elle (ne)* se fche. Il ne veut pas en parler de peur que Tammy soit blesse. But Tex hasn't said anything to Tammy for fear that [lest] she be angry. He doesn't want to bring it up for fear that [lest] Tammy be hurt.
* ne is optional. It is sometimes added to certain subjunctive clauses for stylistic purposes, in these cases it does not negate the verb. conjunctions expressing time: avant que (before), en attendant que (while waiting for), jusqu' ce que (until) Pourtant, il doit faire quelque chose avant que Tammy (ne) se rende compte de ce qui se passe! Tex prend un caf en attendant que Tammy le rejoigne. Il va rflchir au problme jusqu' ce qu'elle arrive. Yet he must do something before Tammy realizes what's going on! Tex is having a cup of coffee while waiting for Tammy to join him. He's going to think about this problem until she arrives.
Conjunctions expressing obstacles or restrictions: bien que, quoi que (although), moins que (unless) Tammy a du mal croire l'histoire de Tex, bien qu'il ait l'air sincre. Tammy: Alors Bette n'est pas une vraie amie, moins que ce (ne) soit toi qui la drague. Tammy finds it difficult to believe Tex's story, although he looks sincere. Tammy: So Bette is not a true friend, unless it is you who has been hitting on her.
conjunctions expressing a condition: condition que (on the condition that), pourvu que (provided that), sans que (without) Tammy: Ecoute, Tex, je veux bien te faire confiance, condition que tu me promettes de tout me dire. Je veux bien pardonner aussi Bette, pourvu qu'elle ne recommence pas. Tammy: Listen Tex, I'm willing to trust you, if you promise that you will tell me everything. I am also willing to forgive Bette, provided that she never does it again.
conjoining conjunctions which have the same subject The subjunctive is required after a few conjunctions even when the subject stays the same from the main clause to the dependent clause. These four conjunctions are bien que, quoi que, pourvu que, jusqu' ce que.
Tammy aime Tex bien qu'elle le trouve puril par moments. Quoi que Tammy soit sre de vouloir pouser Tex, elle ne veut pas prcipiter les choses. Tex veut attendre jusqu' ce qu'il se sente prt. Tammy veut bien patienter un peu pourvu que Tex n'attende pas trop longtemps.
Tammy loves Tex although she finds him childish at times. Although Tammy is certain she wants to marry Tex, she does not want to rush things. Tex wants to wait until he feels ready. Tammy is happy to wait a bit more provided that Tex doesn't wait too much longer.
Complete each sentence with the present subjunctive or the present indicative of the verbs in parentheses, according to the conjunction in the subordinate clause. 1. Edouard veut bien faire la cuisine pourvu que quelqu'un d'autre ______ la vaisselle. (faire)
2. Pendant qu'Edouard ______ la salade, les clients discutent. (servir)
3. Nous allons Opelousas pour que Tex _____ fter l'anniversaire de son grand-pre. (pouvoir)
4. Bien que Joe-Bob ne ______ pas bien le franais, il adore couter Tex et Tammy. (comprendre)
Check answers
regular subjunctive
pass antrieur
pass antrieur
Like the 'pass simple', the pass antrieur is a literary tense. They are often found together in the same text. The pass antrieur is used in literature, in formal writing, and in very formal speeches, when speaking of past events which are prior to other past actions; it is the literary equivalent of the plus-queparfait. In other words, it is used for a past action that was completed before another action in the past (usually expressed in the pass simple). formation The pass antrieur is formed with the pass simple of the appropriate auxiliary (avoir or tre) plus the past participle of the main verb. Pass antrior = auxiliary in the literary past + past participle of main verb
parler 'to speak'

j'eus parl, I had spoken tu eus parl, you had spoken il / elle / on eut parl, he / she / it had spoken nous emes parl, we had spoken vous etes parl, you had spoken ils / elles eurent parl, they had spoken
aller 'to go'

je fus all(e), I had gone tu fus all(e), you had gone il / elle / on fut all(e), he / she / it had gone nous fmes all(e)s, we had gone vous ftes all(e)(s), you had gone ils / elles furent all(e)s, they had gone
For a list of verbs that use tre as an auxiliary, like aller, see the Alamo of tre. Remember that all pronominal verbs require tre as the auxiliary verb.
se coucher 'to go to bed'

je me fus couch(e), I had gone to bed nous nous fmes couch(e)s, we had gone to bed tu te fus couch(e), you had gone to bed il / elle / on se fut couch(e), he / she / it had gone to bed vous vous ftes couch(e)(s), you had gone to bed ils / elles se furent couch(e)s, they had gone to bed
uses The pass antrieur occurs most often in subordinate clauses; it is introduced by conjunctions such as aprs (after), aussitt que or ds que (as soon as). Note that, in this case, the main clause is always in the pass simple. The English equivalent is usually (but not always) had + past participle. prior action in the past (pass antrieur) Aussitt qu'il fut n, As soon as he was born, Aprs qu'il eut vcu quelques annes Paris, After he had lived several years in Paris, Quand il eut publi son premier recueil de pomes rotiques, When he had published his first collection of erotic poems, action in the past (pass simple) Tex commena parler. Tex began to speak. Tex retourna dans son pays d'origine Tex returned to his native land. il y eut un grand scandale. there was a big scandal.
With quand and lorsque (when), the choice of tense depends on the meaning of each clause, as to which action occurs first. In the last example, Tex published his poems first (pass antrieur in the dependent clause) and then there was a scandal. However, the pass antrieur may also occur in the main clause, and the pass simple in the dependent clause: Quand il arriva au Texas, Tex eut dj fait la connaissance de Tammy.
Les enfants: Maman, maman, raconte-nous la suite de l'histoire de Cendrillon! Rita: Bon, d'accord. "On dfendit Cendrillon d'aller au bal du roi et on lui ordonna de faire le mnage dans toute la maison. Une fois seule, Cendrillon se mit au travail . . . Quand elle eut fini de nettoyer les fentres, elle fit les lits. Lorsque les chambres furent propres, elle fit la vaisselle. Enfin, aprs qu'elle eut rang toute la maison, elle clata en sanglots . . . . Alors sa marraine la Fe apparut . . ." On entend les enfants ronfler.
Children: Mommy, mommy, tell us the rest of the story of Cinderella! Rita: Oh, OK. "Cinderella was forbidden to go to the king's ball and was ordered to clean the house from top to bottom. Once alone, Cinderella started to work . . . When she had finished cleaning the windows, she made the beds. When the bedrooms were clean, she did the dishes. Finally, after she had tidied up the whole house, she broke into sobs . . . . Then her fairy godmother appeared . . ." Sound of the children snoring.
Give the pass antrieur of the verb indicated in parentheses. 1. Tex: Rita et Trey, vous ______ votre frre! (oublier)
2. Les parents de Tex ______ amoureux Houston. (tomber)
3. Tex ______ les oeuvres de Sartre. (tudier)
4. La mre suprieure ______ plusieurs orphelins. (lver)
Check answers
literary past
irregular subjunctive
irregular subjunctive
1. verbs with two stems 2. irregular verbs: avoir and tre 3. irregular verbs: faire, savoir, pouvoir
The subjunctive is one of four moods in French (indicative, imperative, subjunctive and conditional). A mood is a grammatical term which helps categorize verb tenses. The subjunctive is used more frequently in French than in English. One important use of the subjunctive is after the expression il faut que, indicating necessity. The subjunctive also expresses a feeling or emotion such as a wish, hope, or doubt. For most verbs, the subjunctive mood is formed by dropping the -ent ending from the third person plural of the present indicative and adding the endings: -e, -es, -e, -ions, -iez, -ent. This is known as the regular formation of the subjunctive. verbs with two stems There are several categories of irregular subjunctive formations. The first of these categories concerns verbs with two stems in the subjunctive. These verbs have a similar two-stem irregularity in the present indicative (for example, 'ils viennent' BUT 'nous venons'). The boot stem (for the forms je, tu, il / elle, ils / elles) is the third person plural of the present indicative, the very same as the stem for regular formation of the subjunctive. The first person plural of the present indicative provides the second stem for the 'nous' and 'vous' forms of the subjunctive. The regular subjunctive endings are added to these two stems.
venir 'to come'

que je vienne que tu viennes qu'il / elle / on vienne que nous venions que vous veniez qu'ils / elles viennent
In addition to venir, here is a list of the most frequent verbs with two stems in the subjunctive: infinitive aller (to go) boire (to drink) croire (to believe) devoir (to have to) mourir (to die) prendre (to take) recevoir (to receive) tenir (to hold) voir (to see) vouloir (to want) boot stem, for: je, tu, il/elle/on, ils/elles que j'aille que je boive que je croie que je doive que je meure que je prenne que je reoive que je tienne que je voie que je veuille 2nd stem, for: nous, vous que nous allions que nous buvions que nous croyions que nous devions que nous mourions que nous prenions que nous recevions que nous tenions que nous voyions que nous voulions
irregular verbs: avoir and tre Avoir and tre are highly irregular in the subjunctive and must be memorized. Note that the 'nous' and 'vous' forms are spelled with the letter y (instead of the i characteristic of the regular subjunctive endings). Note in particular the pronunciation of the subjunctive forms of avoir, which have the same vowel sound as found in j'ai (I have), the first person singular in the present indicative.
avoir 'to have'

que j'aie que tu aies qu'il / elle / on ait que nous ayons que vous ayez qu'ils / elles aient
tre 'to be'

que je sois que tu sois qu'il / elle / on soit que nous soyons que vous soyez qu'ils / elles soient
Note the similarity of the subjunctive forms of the verbs tre and avoir to their respective imperative forms. irregular verbs: faire, savoir, pouvoir The verbs faire, savoir and pouvoir have completely irregular stems. The endings, however, are regular.
faire 'to do'

que je fasse que tu fasses qu'il / elle / on fasse infinitive savoir (to know) pouvoir (to be able) que nous fassions que vous fassiez qu'ils / elles fassent first person present subjunctive que je sache que je puisse
Note the similarity between the subjunctive and imperative forms of the verb savoir. Listen to the dialogue:
Paw-Paw donne des conseils son petit-fils, Tex. Paw-Paw: Tex, mon cher, il faut que tu saches que la vie est courte. Tammy est une tatou formidable. Tu ne vas pas trouver une meilleure femme. Il ne faut pas que Tammy et toi ayez peur de vous marier. Dpchez-vous! Comme je l'ai dit . . . la vie est courte. Moi, je veux seulement que vous soyez heureux. Et une autre chose: aprs votre mariage, il faut que vous veniez me voir. Je suis tout seul en Louisiane et la famille me manque. Il faut que nous fassions plus de choses ensemble. Il faut que j'aie plus de compagnie.
Paw-Paw is giving advice to his grandson Tex. Paw-Paw: Tex, my dear, you have to know that life is short. Tammy is a fabulous armadillo. You are not going to find a better wife. You and Tammy must not be afraid to get married. Hurry up! As I said . . . life is short. As for me, I only want you to be happy. And another thing. After your marriage, you must come see me. I am all alone in Louisiana and I miss my family. We have to do more things together. I've got to have more company.
Fill in the blank with the subjunctive of the verb in parentheses. 1. Tex : Il faut que vous ___________ la vrit. (savoir)
2. Tammy : Il faut que je ________ courageuse. (tre)
3. Tammy : Il faut que vous __________ nous voir! (venir)
4. Tex : Il faut que j'__________ chez Paw-Paw. (aller)
Check answers
present tense
subjunctive usage: obligation
usage: obligation
The subjunctive is required after impersonal expressions of necessity and obligation. An impersonal expression is any expression introduced by the impersonal pronoun il, usually translated into English by 'it'. One of the most frequent is il faut que (it is necessary to). When the main clause uses il faut que, the verb of the dependent clause which follows must be in the subjunctive. Note that there are always two different subjects in the two clauses. Paw-Paw: Tex, il faut que tu choisisses le vin. PawPaw: Tex, it is necessary that you choose the wine.
Note that the expression il faut que is stronger and more emphatic than the verb 'devoir' (which is followed by an infinitive): Tex doit choisir le vin (Tex must / is supposed to choose the wine). Below are other common impersonal expressions of obligation and necessity. Note that they are all followed by the conjunction que which introduces a subordinate clause with a verb in the subjunctive: il est important que, it is important that il est ncessaire que, it is necessary that il est essentiel que, it is essential that il est invitable que, it is unavoidable that il vaut mieux que, it is better that il est prfrable que, it is preferable that il est indispensable que, it is indispensible that Listen to the dialogue:
Paw-Paw: Peut-tre que ce ne sont pas mes affaires, mais. . . j'ai remarqu que Tammy a choisi le vin ta place. Ecoute, mon cher, il est prfrable que les hommes choississent le vin et que les femmes fassent la cuisine. Tex: Merci pour les conseils, PawPaw, mais il est important que vous compreniez que les temps changent. Aujourd'hui les femmes font beaucoup de choses qu'elles ne pouvaient pas faire autrefois. Paw-Paw: Ah, je comprends! C'est Tammy qui porte la culotte et pas toi! Alors il faut que je t'achte un tablier, ma petite.
Paw-Paw: Maybe, it's none of my business, but . . . I noticed that Tammy chose the wine instead of you. Listen, my dear, it's better that men choose the wine and that women do the cooking. Tex: Thanks for the advice, PawPaw, but it is important that you understand that times are changing. Now women do a lot of things that they used to not be able to do. Paw-Paw: Oh, I understand. It's Tammy who wears the pants, not you! Well now, I'll have to buy you an apron, my little girl.
Complete each sentence with the present subjunctive of the verb in parentheses. 1. Paw-Paw : Il est important que Tex ____________ sa famille. (connatre)
2. Tex : Il est vital que je _____________ un grand pote. (devenir)
3. Tammy : Il est essentiel que mes tudiants ____________ tous les jours! (tudier)
4. L'diteur : Tex, il faut que tu _________ un pome par mois. (crire)
Check answers
present tense
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/tas3a.t2003-12-30 9:24:46
subjunctive usage: doubt
usage: doubt
1.
expressions of doubt and uncertainty
2. interrogatives and negatives 3. relative clauses 4. superlatives
The choice of mood indicates the speaker's degree of uncertainty: subjunctive implies the speaker doubts the existence or possibility of what is being described; indicative implies the speaker believes or is certain that what is being described is possible or does exist. expressions of doubt and uncertainty The subjunctive occurs in dependent clauses introduced by verbs and expressions of doubt or uncertainty whenever there are two different subjects in the two clauses linked by the subordinating conjunction que. il est possible que, it is possible that il est impossible que, it is impossible that il est incroyable que, it is unbelievable that il est douteux que, it is doubtful that douter que, to doubt that O est Edouard? Chez MacDo? Oh non! Il est impossible qu'Edouard soit chez MacDo! Where is Edouard? At MacDonald's? Oh no! It is impossible that Edouard be at MacDonald's!
interrogatives and negatives Doubt is commonly expressed by questioning or negating a statement. Crois-tu que Corey soit chez MacDo? Oui, je crois que Corey est chez MacDo. Mais Edouard? Non, je ne crois pas qu'Edouard soit chez MacDo. Do you believe that Corey is at MacDonald's? I believe Corey is at MacDonald's. But Edouard? No, I don't believe that Edouard is at MacDonald's.
The following expressions imply certainty, so when they are used in affirmative statements, they are followed by the indicative. croire que, to believe that penser que,to think that tre sr que, to be sure that trouver que, to find that se douter que, to suspect that supposer que, to suppose that avoir l'impression que, to have the impression that il est vrai que, it is true that il parat que, it appears that il est probable que, it is probable that il (me) semble que, it seems (to me) that il est clair que, it is clear that il est vident que, it is evident that il est certain que, it is certain that However, when these expressions are used in either the interrogative or the negative, doubt is introduced. Consequently, in the subordinate clause, the subjunctive is used. On the other hand, when expressions of doubt are negated, they indicate certainty and thus are followed by the indicative: Je ne doute pas qu'Edouard est un escargot distingu (I do not doubt that Edouard is a distinguished snail = I am certain that . . .). In the following dialogue, the subjunctive is highlighted in blue and the indicative in red.
Tammy: Je suppose que nous allons nous marier. Il est clair que tu m'aimes. Tex: Mais Tammy, euh, je ne crois pas que tu sois prte pour le mariage. Et puis, je ne suis pas sr que tes parents soient d'accord. Non, non, vraiment, je ne trouve pas que ce soit une bonne ide. Tammy: Te semble-t-il que je sois trop jeune? Tu n'es pas certain que je sois la femme de ta vie? Tex: Oh, chrie, je ne doute pas que tu es la femme de ma vie. Mais il est vident que nous sommes trop jeunes pour le moment. En plus, il est certain que je n'ai pas encore assez d'argent.
Tammy: I suppose that we are going to get married. It is clear that you love me. Tex: But, Tammy, uh, I don't think that you are ready for marriage. And then, I am not sure your parents would approve. No, no, really, I don't think this is a good idea. Tammy: Does it seem to you that I am too young? You're not sure that I am the woman of your life? Tex: Oh, my dear, I do not doubt that you are the woman of my life. But it is obvious that we are too young right now. Also, it is certain that I don't have enough money yet.
relative clauses When relative clauses express uncertainty, they also trigger the use of the subjunctive. If the existence of the antecedent, or referent, is not certain, then the subjunctive is used to highlight this uncertainty. On the other hand, if the existence or possibility of the antecedent is likely and/or definite, then the doubt is removed and the indicative is used. In the following dialogue, the subjunctive is highlighted in blue and the indicative in red. Tammy: Je cherche un tatou qui est intelligent, bilingue et intressant. Mais vrai dire, je l'ai dj trouv! Tex: Existe-t-il une seule fille qui ne soit pas obsde par le mariage? N'y a-t-il rien qui puisse la dtourner? Tammy: Y-a-t-il quelque chose qui puisse le convaincre? Tammy: I am looking for an armadillo who is intelligent, bilingual and interesting. But, actually, I have already found him! Tex: Is there one girl who is not obsessed with marriage? Isn't there anything that can divert her? Tammy: Is there anything that might convince him?
superlatives The use of a superlative can influences the choice between the subjunctive and the indicative. The subjunctive is used after superlative expressions that contain a subjective opinion. On the other hand, if the superlative expression contains a fact or a completely objective opinion, then the indicative is used since the idea is devoid of any sort of doubt. The following list contains a group of common expressions that are superlative-like in their use. le seul, the only l'unique, the only il n'y a que, there is only le dernier, the last le premier, the first le meilleur, the best In the following dialogue, the subjunctive is highlighted in blue and the indicative in red. Tex: Tammy est la plus belle tatou que je connaisse. Mais quand mme, j'ai, j'ai peur du mariage. Tammy: Tex est le seul tatou franais que je connais. Il est vraiment unique. Tex: Tammy is the prettiest armadillo that I know. But even so, I'm, I'm afraid of marriage. Tammy: Tex is the only French armadillo that I know. He is truly unique.
Complete each sentence with either the present subjunctive or the present indicative of the verbs in parentheses. 1. Il est vident qu'Edouard ______ bien cuisiner. (savoir)
2. Il est possible que Joe-Bob _______ des difficults. (avoir)
3. Je ne crois pas que Joe-Bob _______ prter sa voiture Tex. (vouloir)
4. Tex est certain que ses pomes ______ excellent. (tre)
Check answers
regular subjunctive
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/tas3b.t2003-12-30 9:24:52
subjunctive usage: will, emotion, desire
usage: will, desire
1.
will and desire
2. emotion 3. opinion 4. one subject
will and desire The subjunctive is used in dependent clauses after expressions of will and desire whenever there are two different subjects in the two clauses linked by the subordinating conjunction que. Here is a list of common verbs expressing will and desire: aimer que, to like that ... aimer mieux que, to prefer that ... attendre que, to wait, expect that ... dsirer que, to desire that ... exiger que, to require that ... Tex veut qu'Edouard fasse la cuisine ce soir. prfrer que, to prefer that ... souhaiter que, to hope that ... vouloir que, to want that ... vouloir bien que, to be willing that ...
Tex wants Edouard to cook this evening.
Note however that esprer (to hope) is an exception and is followed by the indicative: 'Tex espre qu'Edouard prparera du couscous ce soir' (Tex hopes that Edouard will prepare couscous this evening). Remember that when there is only one subject, the conjugated verb is followed by an infinitive: 'Edouard ne veut pas faire la cuisine' (Edouard does not want to cook). emotion The subjunctive is used after expressions of emotion and opinion. Remember that the subjunctive is found in the subordinate clause of sentences that contain a change of subject from the main clause to the subordinate clause. Here is a list of common expressions of emotion with which the subjunctive is found in the subordinate clause: tre content(e) que, to be happy that tre heureux(/se) que, to be happy that tre ravi(e) que, to delighted that tre tonn(e) que, to be surprised that tre mcontent(e) que, to be unhappy that tre malheureux(/se) que, to be unhappy that tre triste que, to be sad that tre surpris(e) que, to be surprised that Tammy est ravie que nous venions dner chez elle ce soir. tre impatient(e) que, to be impatient that tre dsol(e) que, to be sorry that regretter que, to regret that se rjouir que, to rejoice, celebrate that craindre que, to fear that redouter que, to fear that avoir peur que, to fear that
Tammy is delighted that we are coming to dinner at her house this evening or Tammy's delighted that we will come to dinner at her house this evening. Fiona is afraid that they're putting pesticides around Tammy's apartment building. or Fiona is afraid that they willl put pesticides around Tammy's apartment building.
Fiona craint qu'on mette un pesticide autour de l'immeuble de Tammy.
Notice how there are two ways of translating these two sentences. Because the subjunctive is the tense for hypotheses and potentialities, it sometimes has a future meaning. Only the context will determine if the action in the subjunctive refers to the present or future time. opinion Here is a list of common impersonal expressions of opinion; there are many more such expressions since any adjective may be used. Remember that impersonal expressions always have 'il' as the subject. These expressions are followed by a dependent clause in the subjunctive. il est bon que, it is good that il est juste que, it is fair that il est dommage que, it is unfortunate that il est utile que, it is useful that il est urgent que, it is urgent that il est logique que, it is logical that
one subject If expressions of emotion or opinion have only one subject throughout the sentence, then the preposition de + infinitive replaces que + subjunctive (See ways to avoid the subjunctive). Contrast the previous examples with these sentences: Tammy est ravie de recevoir des amis. Fiona craint de ne pas pouvoir venir. Il est bon de pouvoir s'amuser avec ses amis. Tammy is delighted to have friends over. or Tammy is delighted she's going to have friends over. Fiona is afraid she cannot come. or Fiona is afraid she won't be able to come. It is good to be able to have fun with one's friends.
Listen to the dialogue. Verbs in blue are in the subjunctive. Tex et Tammy organisent un repas pour leurs copains ce soir. Tammy: Tex, je voudrais que tu choisisses un bon vin. Mais je prfre que ce soit un rouge s'il te plat. Il serait dommage que nous buvions du vin blanc avec du boeuf. Tex rflchit un moment, puis il choisit un vin californien. Tammy: Mais enfin Tex, pas un vin amricain! Il serait prfrable que nous ouvrions une bouteille de Bordeaux ou de Bourgogne! Tex: Ma chre Tammy, j'ai bien peur que nous n'ayons plus de vins franais en rserve! Tammy: Tu es sr? Je suis tonne qu'il n'y ait plus de vin franais. Tex and Tammy are preparing a meal for their friends tonight. Tammy: Tex, I would like you to pick a good wine. But I would prefer a red wine please. It would be a pity to drink a white wine with beef. Tex reflects a moment and then he chooses a Californian wine. Tammy: Tex! Not an American wine! It would be better if we opened a bottle of Bordeaux or Burgundy! Tex: My dear Tammy, I am afraid we're out of French wines! Tammy: Are you sure? I'm really surprised that there isn't any more French wine.
Complete each sentence with either the present subjunctive or the present indicative of the verbs in parentheses. 1. Il est bon que Tex ______ le Daily Texan tous les jours.(lire)
2. Tammy est surprise quand Trey _______ qu'il veut sortir avec elle.(dire)
3. Bette a peur que Tex ______ vraiment amoureux de Tammy.(tre)
4. Fiona craint qu'il y ______ de l'Amdro sur le campus.(avoir)
Check answers
regular subjunctive
past subjunctive
past subjunctive
formation The past subjunctive resembles the pass compos in that it is formed with the present subjunctive of the appropriate auxiliary verb (avoir or tre) and the past participle of the main verb.
rire 'to laugh'

que j'aie ri que tu aies ri qu'il / elle / on ait ri que nous ayons ri que vous ayez ri qu'ils / elles aient ri
sortir 'to go out'

que je sois sorti(e) que tu sois sorti(e) qu'il / elle / on soit sorti(e) que nous soyons sorti(e)s que vous soyez sorti(e)(s) qu'ils / elles soient sorti(e)s
uses The past subjunctive is normally used in dependent clauses that describe an action which precedes the action of the main clause. The past subjunctive is introduced by the same kinds of clauses that introduce the present subjunctive (See subjunctive of obligation, doubt, will, emotion, desire and conjunctions that take the subjunctive). Note the past tense meaning of the event encoded in the past subjunctive. The present subjunctive, on the other hand, indicates a simultaneous action or a future action. Compare these sentences (present subjunctive in red, past subjunctive in blue): Tammy: Je suis surprise que tu crives ce livre. Tex: Je suis surpris que tu aies lu ce livre. Tammy: J'ai t surprise que tu crives ce livre. Tex: J'ai t surpris que tu aies lu ce livre. Tammy: I am surprised that you are writing this book. Tex: I am surprised that you have read this book. Tammy: I was surprised that you were writing this book. Tex: I was surprised that you had read this book.
Note that the tense of the verb in the main clause in French does not predict the tense of the subjunctive in the dependent clause. The choice between the present and past subjunctives depends on the chronological relationship between the two clauses. Listen to the following dialogue. Tammy: Tex est content que la France ait gagn la Coupe du Monde en 98. Mais je doute qu'il soit sorti aprs la finale parce qu'il avait trop bu. Ma mre n'tait pas sre que Tex ait aim le vin qu'elle avait envoy. Mais j'ai peur que Tex et Edouard l'aient trop aim! Tammy: Tex is happy that France won the 1998 World Cup. But, I doubt that he went out after the final game because he had drunk too much. My mom wasn't sure that Tex had liked the wine that she sent for the game. But, I'm afraid that Tex and Edouard liked it too well!
Complete each sentence with the past subjunctive of the verbs in parentheses. 1. Quel dommage qu'il ______ hier!(pleuvoir)
2. Tex s'tonne que Tammy ________ Ricky Williams.(rencontrer)
3. Corey: Ah Paris! C'est la plus belle ville que je/j' ______.(visiter)
4. Tex est surpris que Paw-Paw-Louis ______ Tammy.(tlphoner)
Check answers
regular subjunctive
subjunctive summary
summary
WEDDINGS is a mnemonic device that can help you recall the main points concerning the subjunctive. What are some of the essential components of a wedding? First, there are always two people who get married at a wedding. And just like a wedding, the subjunctive requires two different subjects in two different clauses. Second, a ring is often used to symbolize the couple's union at a wedding. And just like the ring, the subordinating conjunction que is essential in joining together the two clauses. Remember that there are also certain other conjunctions which always require the subjunctive. And finally, the wedding party (the bride and groom and parents and friends) often run the gamut of emotions during the marriage ceremony: doubt, happiness, sadness, desire. Similarly, the subjunctive is a mood that indicates a speaker's attitude or opinion about the events expressed. The use of the subjunctive is often triggered by an expression of emotion. In summary, remember that a wedding always contains the following: two different people (subjects) joined by a ring (que) in an emotion-laden context! The different categories that describe the contexts for the subjunctive spell out weddings:
WILL EMOTION DOUBT DESIRE INTERROGATIVES NEGATIVES GENERAL

STATEMENTS
Moi, je veux seulement que vous soyez heureux. Je suis heureuse que tu veuilles m'pouser, Tex! Mais Tammy, euh, je ne crois pas que tu sois prte pour le mariage. Je dsire que tu m'pouses, Tex! Existe-t-il une seule fille qui ne soit pas obsde par le mariage? Je n'ai pas l'impression que Tammy soit la femme de ta vie, Tex! Tex, mon cher, il faut que tu saches que la vie est courte. Tammy est la plus belle tatou que je connaisse!
SUPERLATIVES
Fill in the blank with either the present subjunctive or the present indicative of the verb in parentheses. 1. Edouard : Je suis ravi que vous ___________ ma recette. (aimer)
2. Fiona : Il est important que tu ___________ un cours intressant. (choisir)
3. Bette : Je sais que Tex _________ un gnie. (tre)
4. Tammy : Je ne pense pas que Bette __________ beaucoup d'amis. (avoir)
Check answers
reported speech in the past
reported speeech: past
1. reporting statements what tense in the subordinate 2. clause? 3. reporting questions 4. reporting orders 5. reporting answers
reporting statements To report what has been said or thought in the past, link the main clause introduced by 'il a dit', 'je pensais', etc. and the subordinate clause with que / qu'. The tense of the verb in the subordinate clause also changes. Trey: Je suis amoureux de toi Tammy! Tammy: Comment? Tex m'a dit que tu avais une petite amie! Trey: I am in love with you Tammy. Tammy: What? Tex told me you had a girlfriend!
what tense in the subordinate clause? When the main clause is in the past, the subordinate clause must also be in the past tense. They belong to the same time frame. This rule is known in French as the 'concordance des temps,' the agreement or concordance of the tenses. Look at these examples:
quote present Tammy: H Tex, j'aime beaucoup ton frre Trey. (Hey Tex, I really like your brother Trey. pass compos Tammy : Trey est devenu sexy. (Trey has become sexy.)
reported speech => imparfait Elle a dit qu'elle aimait beaucoup Trey. (She said that she really liked Trey.) => plus-que-parfait Elle a dit que Trey tait devenu sexy. (She said that Trey had become sexy.) => conditional Elle a dit qu'ils loueraient la vido ... (She said that they would rent the video ...)
future Tammy : Nous louerons la vido 'Les Liaisons dangereuses.' (We'll rent the video 'Dangerous Liaisons.')
reporting questions To report yes/no questions, use si. Note that si changes to s' in front of a word beginning with an i (s'il), but does not change before other vowels (si elle, si on). Tammy: Tu aimes les films rotiques? Trey: Qu'est-ce que tu as dit? Tammy: Je t'ai demand si tu aimais les films rotiques. Tammy: Do you like erotic films? Trey: What did you say? Tammy: I asked if you liked erotic films.
To report an information question use the interrogative word quand, comment, o, etc.: Trey: Quand vas-tu quitter mon frre? Tammy: Qu'est-ce que tu disais? Trey: Je te demandais quand tu allais quitter mon frre. Trey: When are you going to leave my brother? Tammy: What were you saying? Trey: I was asking you when you were going to leave my brother.
To report questions starting with que, qu'est-ce que, and qu'est-ce qui, use ce que (ce qu') and ce qui: Tex: Trey, qu'est-ce que tu vas faire ce soir avec Tammy? Trey: Qu'est-ce que tu as dit? Tex: Je te demandais ce que tu allais faire ce soir avec Tammy. Tex: Trey, what are you going to do tonight with Tammy? Trey: What did you say? Tex: I was asking what you were goint to do with Tammy tonight.
reporting orders To report an order, replace the imperative by de / d' + infinitive: Tex: Sois poli avec Tammy! Ne flirte pas avec elle! Trey: Hein? Corey: Tex t'a dit d'tre poli avec Tammy et de ne pas flirter avec elle! Tex: Be polite with Tammy! Don't flirt with her! Trey: Huh? Corey: Tex told you to be polite with Tammy and not to flirt with her!
reporting answers Note that to report yes/no sentences, use que: Trey: Tammy, tu veux m'pouser? Tammy: Non. Trey: Qu'as-tu dit? Tammy: Je t'ai dit que non. C'est Tex que j'aime! Trey: Tammy, do you want to marry me? Tammy: No. Trey: What did you say? Tammy: I told you no. It is Tex I love.
Listen to this dialogue: Fiona et Bette ont entendu dire que Trey a demand Tammy de l'pouser. Fiona: Je t'assure Bette, Trey m'a racont qu'il avait achet une grosse bague en diamants pour Tammy. Bette: Et moi qui croyait que Trey tait amoureux de moi! Quelle dception! Fiona: Mais je n'ai pas su si Tammy avait racont l'histoire Tex ou si elle avait gard le secret! Alors chut! Fiona and Bette have heard rumors that Trey has proposed to Tammy. Fiona: Really Bette, Trey told me that he had bought a big diamond ring for Tammy. Bette: And I thought that Trey was in love with me! What a disappointment! Fiona: But I did not find out if Tammy had told the story to Tex or if she had kept it secret ... So shush!
Complete the sentences in order to report what Tammy and Tex said yesterday. 1. Tex : Allons au Mexique! => Hier, Tex a propos Tammy ____________ au Mexique.
2. Tex : Rita a dmnag. => Hier, Tex a dit que Rita _________________ .
3. Tex : Tammy, Bette a tlphon. => Hier, Tex a dit Tammy __________________ .
4. Tammy : Quand est-ce que tu vas aller chez Paw-Paw? => Hier, Tammy a demand Tex _______________ aller chez Paw-Paw.
Check answers
recent past
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/tad2.t2003-12-30 9:25:21
introduction to interrogatives
interrogatives
An interrogative construction is a grammatical form used to ask a question. There are two kinds of questions: yes/no questions and information questions. So-called yes/no questions may be answered with a simple 'yes' or 'no'. Are you a student at the University of Texas? Have you ever been to Sixth Street or Barton Springs? Do you know how many Aggies it takes to screw in a lightbulb? Information questions contain a specific interrogative word (who, what, when, why, how) and cannot be answered with a yes or no. Their purpose is to elicit a specific piece of information. Who is Tex? When did he come to Texas? How did he learn French? Est-ce que vous parlez franais? Do you speak French?
Besides using 'est-ce que', questions in French can be formed by inversion of the subject and verb. Parlez-vous franais? Do you speak French?
formulating questions The word 'do' is used in English question formation. In similar fashion, French yes / no questions can be formed with the phrase est-ce que. There are several other ways to ask a question in French. For instance, a tag question is a question word or phrase 'tagged' on to the end of a statement which requires a confirmation with a 'yes' or 'no' answer. Vous parlez franais, n'est-ce pas? You speak French, don't you?
Finally, the most common way to ask a question in French conversation is to use rising intonation. In this kind of interrogative construction, the word order is the same as a declarative sentence, but the speaker's voice rises at the end to signal the question. Vous parlez franais? You speak French?
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/int1.t2003-12-30 9:25:26
yes/no questions: est-ce que, n'est-ce pas
yes/no questions
1. questions with intonation questions using 'est-ce 2. que ... ?' 3. questions using 'n'est-ce pas ?'
questions with intonation One of the easiest ways to ask a question that may be answered by yes/no is to raise the pitch of your voice at the end of a statement. In a declarative statement, the pitch normally falls. Listen to the following dialogue and pay close attention to the intonation. Tex: Trey, tu aimes la philosophie? Trey: Non. Je n'aime pas la philosophie. Tex: Tu connais Sartre? Trey: Non. Qui est-ce? Tex: Gloups! C'est l'auteur du chef d'oeuvre existentialiste, La Nause. Tex: Trey, do you like philosophy? Trey: No. I do not like philosophy. Tex: Do you know Sartre? Trey: No. Who is that? Tex: Gulp! He's the author of the existentialist masterpiece, Nausea.
questions using 'est-ce que ... ?' Another way to ask a yes/no question is to place est-ce que before a statement. Note that que becomes qu' before a vowel.
Trey: Et toi, Tex, est-ce que tu aimes les films? Tex: Bien sr, j'adore les films. Trey: Est-ce que tu connais Yoda? Tex: Non. Qui est-ce? Trey: Duh . . .
Trey: And you, Tex, do you like films? Tex: Of course, I adore films. Trey: Do you know Yoda? Tex: No. Who is that? Trey: Duh . . .
questions using 'n'est-ce pas ?' N'est-ce pas? is added to the end of a yes/no question when the speaker expects an affirmative response. Trey: Tu connais 'La guerre des toiles,' n'est-ce pas? Yoda, c'est le petit sage. Listen to the end of the dialogue: Trey: You know 'Star Wars,' don't you? Yoda is the little wise man.
Trey: Yoda est mon hros. Tu ne connais pas Yoda? Tex: Ah, si, si, si*, je connais le petit philosophe. Est-ce que tu es fou? Yoda n'est pas Sartre. Trey: Oh, mais la philosophie de Yoda est plus intressante que la philosophie existentialiste de La Nause! Tu es d'accord, n'est-ce pas? Tex: Quel crtin! Retourne tes jeux lectroniques! *Si is used to answer 'yes' to a negative question.
Trey: Yoda is my hero. You don't know Yoda? Tex: Ah, yes, yes, yes, I do know the little philosopher. Are you crazy? Yoda is not Sartre. Trey: Oh, but Yoda's philosophy is more interesting than the existentialist philosophy of La Nause! You agree, don't you? Tex: What an idiot! Go back to your video games!
Rewrite each question using the form specified in parentheses, est-ce que or n'est-ce pas. 1. Tex : Tammy, tu n'aimes pas Bette? (est-ce que)
2. Edouard : On joue aux cartes aujourd'hui? (n'est-ce pas)
3. Bette : Tammy, tu aimes Tex? (n'est-ce pas)
4. Tammy : Tex aime Bette? (est-ce que)
Check answers
questions with subject/verb inversion
questions with inversion
1. inversion 2. addition of -t- in third person singular 3. addition of a pronoun with a noun or proper name
4. compound tenses 5. negation 6. 'est-ce' and 'y a-t-il'
inversion Formal questions may be asked by reversing the subject pronoun/verb order and linking the two with a hyphen. You may have already seen inversion in fixed expressions like the following greetings: 'Comment allez-vous?', 'Comment vous appelez-vous?', 'Quelle heure est-il?'.
Joe-Bob choisit ses cours pour le semestre prochain. Job-Bob: Corey, as-tu des ides? Tammy et Bette, connaissez-vous de bons cours?
Joe-Bob is choosing his classes for next semester. Joe-Bob: Corey, do you have any ideas? Tammy and Bette, do you know any good courses?
addition of -t- in third person singular In the third person singular, when the verb ends in a vowel, a -t- is added to make the liaison possible. Corey se parle lui-mme: Voyons. Joe-Bob aime-t-il les lettres? Non! A-t-il envie d'tudier les maths? Non! Va-t-il devenir mdecin? Oh, jamais! Aime-t-il les filles? Oui! Alors, j'ai une ide. Corey: Joe-Bob . . . Joe-Bob: Mmm. Corey: J'ai un cours pour toi: 'La vie intime des animaux.' Corey thinks to himself: Let's see. Does Joe-Bob like the humanities? No! Does he want to study math? No! Is he going to become a doctor? Oh, never! Does he like girls? Yes! So, I have an idea. Corey: Joe-Bob . . . Joe-Bob: Mmm. Corey: I have a course for you: 'Animal Intimacy.'
addition of a pronoun with a noun or proper name When the subject is a proper name or noun, the corresponding subject pronoun (il, elle, ils, or elles) is added for inversion with the verb. Joe-Bob: Et les belles filles suiventelles ce cours? Corey: Oh, oui. Joe-Bob: Ce cours est-il difficile? Corey: Oh, non a. Joe-Bob: Do pretty girls take this class? Corey: Oh, yes. Joe-Bob: Is this class difficult? Corey: Oh, no.
compound tenses In compound tenses, such as the pass compos, the subject pronoun is inverted with the auxiliary (the conjugated verb). Joe-Bob: Corey, as-tu suivi ce cours? Corey: Oui, mais j'ai rat l'examen final. Joe-Bob: Corey, did you take this class? Corey: Yes, but I flunked the final exam.
negation Ne precedes the conjugated verb and the second half of the negative (pas, jamais, plus, etc.) follows the pronoun. Joe-Bob: Pourquoi n'as-tu pas russi l'examen? Corey: Oh, j'ai trouv que l'examen tait trop technique. Moi, je suis plus romantique que scientifique. Joe-Bob: Why didn't you pass the exam? Corey: Oh, I thought that the exam was too technical. I am more romantic than scientific.
'est-ce' and 'y a-t-il' The inverted forms of 'c'est' and 'il y a' are est-ce and y a-t-il. Joe-Bob: Est-ce possible? N'y a-t-il pas un seul cours facile pour moi? Joe-Bob: Is this possible? Isn't there a single easy course for me?
Rewrite each question in the present tense, using subject/verb inversion. 1. Bette : Tex a du talent?
2. Tammy : H Joe-Bob, tu parles franais?
3. Edouard : Tammy aime la France?
4. Tammy : Tex et moi, nous allons en France cet t?
Check answers
interrogative and exclamative quel
interrogative adjectives
Quel is an adjective. Like any other adjective, it agrees in number and gender with the noun it modifies. Remember to make the liaison between quels / quelles and a following word beginning with a vowel (quels animaux). masculine singular quel masculine plural quels feminine singular quelle feminine plural quelles
interrogative quel Quel is generally translated into English by 'what' or 'which'. It is always followed by a noun or by the verb 'tre' + noun.
Un petit tatou: Maman, maman, quel est le nom de ce tatou? Rita: Oh, c'est Tex, ton oncle. Un petit tatou: Quel ge a Tex? Rita: On ne sait pas. Un petit tatou: Quelles sont les qualits de Tex? Rita: Oh, il est intelligent, dbrouillard, mais aussi cynique et pessimiste.
A little armadillo: What's the name of this armadillo? Rita: Oh, it's Tex, your uncle. A little armadillo: How old is Tex? Rita: We don't know. A little armadillo: What are Tex's good points? Rita: Oh, he's intelligent, resourceful, but also cynical and pessimistic.
exclamative quel Quel may also be used for emphasis. In this instance, quel is followed either by an adjective or a noun, and it means 'what' or 'what a'. Note that there is an exclamation mark at the end of the sentence. Tammy: Quel beau tatou! Joe-Bob: Non, quel tatou snob! Quelle belle minette! Tammy: Quelle chatte mchante! Ah, quels animaux absurdes! Tammy: What a handsome armadillo! Joe-Bob: No, what a snobby armadillo! What a beautiful kitty! Tammy: What a mean cat! Ah, what absurd animals!
Fill in the blank with the correct form of quel. 1. Joe-Bob : __________ langues est-ce que vous parlez?
2. Tammy : _________ jolies affiches!
3. Bette : ___________ est la date de l'anniversaire de Tex?
4. Edouard : ________ mois est-ce que tu prfres!
Check answers
interrogative pronouns
interrogative pronouns
1. questions about people: qui, qui est-ce qui, qui est-ce que questions about things: qu'est-ce qui, que, qu'est-ce que, 2. quoi
questions about people Qui is used to ask questions about people. It may be the subject or the direct object in a sentence and thus, can mean either 'who?' or 'whom?' You may also choose to use the longer forms: qui est-ce qui to ask 'who?', qui est-ce que to ask 'whom?' As the subject: qui, qui est-ce qui As the direct object: qui, qui est-ce que
Bette: Qui est la porte? Oh, c'est toi, Tammy. Qui cherches-tu? Tammy: Je cherche Tex. Bette: Il n'est pas l. Cinq minutes plus tard . . . Bette: Encore! Qui est-ce qui est la porte? Oh! C'est toi, Tex! Qui est-ce que tu cherches? Moi peut-tre? Tex: Non, je cherche Tammy. Bette: Elle n'est pas l.
Bette: Who is at the door? Oh, it's you Tammy. Whom are you looking for? Tammy: I'm looking for Tex. Bette: He's not here. Five minutes later . . . Bette: Again! Who is at the door? Oh! It's you Tex! Whom are you looking for? Me perhaps? Tex: No, I'm looking for Tammy. Bette: She's not here.
As the object of a preposition: qui Tex: Ouvre! Ouvre! Bette: Oui?! Tex: Tu as vu Tammy? Bette: Oui. Tex: Avec qui est-ce qu'elle est partie? Bette: Pour qui me prends-tu? Je ne la surveille pas! Tex: Oh, la, la, calme-toi, ma petite. Tex: Open! Open! Bette: Yes?! Tex: Have you seen Tammy? Bette: Yes. Tex: Whom did she leave with? Bette: Who do you think I am (whom do you take me for)? I don't watch her! Tex: Oh, la, la, calm down, my little one.
questions about things Qu'est-ce qui, que and its longer form qu'est-ce que are used to ask questions about things. They are used to ask 'what?' Que and its longer form qu'est-ce que are direct objects in a sentence, whereas qu'est-ce qui may be used only as the subject. (There is no short form of qu'est-ce qui.) As the subject: qu'est-ce qui As the direct object: que, qu'est-ce que As the object of a preposition: quoi
Tammy arrive chez Bette. Elle voit Tex et Bette ensemble. Tammy: Qu'est-ce qui se passe, Tex? Tex: Rien, mon chou, je te cherchais. Tammy: Oui, d'accord, mais qu'estce que tu fais avec . . . elle! Tex: Oh, de quoi tu parles? Tammy: Tex, ne fais pas l'innocent avec moi!
Tammy arrives at Bette's house. She sees Tex and Bette together. Tammy: What's going on, Tex? Tex: Nothing, my dear. I was looking for you. Tammy: Yes, ok, but what are you doing with . . . her! Tex: Oh, what are you talking about? Tammy: Don't act innocent with me!
Fill in the blank with the correct interrogative pronoun: qui est-ce qui, qui est-ce que, qu'est-ce qui, or qu'est-ce que. 1. Joe-Bob : ___________ motive les femmes?
2. Tammy : __________ justifie mon amour pour Tex?
3. Corey : _____________ vient au cinma avec moi?
4. Fiona : _________ aime Lyon?
Check answers
interrogative pronoun lequel
interr. pronoun lequel
Lequel, lesquels, laquelle, lesquelles are pronouns, i.e. they are used in place of a noun. They are used to ask the questions 'which one?' or 'which ones?' They assume the number and gender of the nouns they replace and contract with the prepositions and de. Preposition Masculine singular lequel with with de auquel duquel Masculine plural lesquels auxquels desquels Feminine singular laquelle laquelle de laquelle Feminine plural lesquelles auxquelles desquelles
Corey: Oh Tammy, j'adore les films sur les insectes! Tammy: Lesquels tu aimes? Corey: Oh, 'A Bug's Life,' et puis 'Antz,' les classiques quoi! Tammy: Et tu prfres lequel ? Corey: Hmm . . . Probablement 'The Fly.'
Tex: I love bug movies! Tammy: Which ones do you like? Tex: Oh, 'A Bug's Life,' and then 'Antz,' in other words, the classics! Tammy: Which one do you prefer? Corey: Hmm . . . Probably 'The Fly.'
Fill in the blank with the correct form of lequel: lequel, lesquels, auquel, duquel, laquelle, lesquelles, laquelle, de laquelle. 1. Fiona : Tammy! Bette! _________ de vous deux connat Lyon?
2. Tex : Je veux acheter des lunettes de soleil! ___________ me conseilles-tu?
3. Corey : Tu veux voir un film? ____________ penses-tu?
4. Tex : Entre ces deux cravates, _____________ dois-je porter?
Check answers
interrogative words: o, quand, comment ...
interrogative words
O (where), quand (when), comment (how), pourquoi (why), combien (how much), combien de (how many) may be used to ask questions with subject/verb inversion or with est-ce que. Note that the question word goes before est-ce que.
Bette pose des questions Edouard pour en savoir davantage sur Tex. Bette: O Tex est-il n? Edouard: Comment? Bette: O est-ce que Tex est n? Edouard: Au Texas. Bette: Quand a-t-il rencontr Tammy? Edouard: Comment? Bette: Quand est-ce qu'il a rencontr Tammy? Edouard: Il y a deux ans Lyon. Comment est-il venu aux EtatsUnis? Edouard: Qu'est-ce que tu as dit? Comment est-ce qu'il est venu aux Etats-Unis? Edouard: Il a t expuls de France! Bette: Pourquoi porte-t-il toujours un bret? Edouard: Comment? Bette: Pourquoi est-ce qu'il porte toujours un bret? Edouard: Il n'a pas de cheveux. Sans chapeau il risque des coups de soleil. Bette: Combien est-il pay? Edouard: Comment? Bette: Combien est-ce qu'il est pay? Edouard: Pas assez. Les tuteurs sont mal pays. Bette: Combien de cigarettes fume-til par jour? Edouard: Comment? Bette: Combien de cigarettes est-ce qu'il fume par jour? Edouard: Je ne sais pas, mais il fume de moins en moins depuis son arrive au Texas. Dis donc, tu es bien curieuse.
Bette asks Edouard questions to find out more about Tex. Bette: Where was Tex born? Edouard: Pardon? Bette: Where was Tex born? Edouard: In Texas. Bette: When did he meet Tammy? Edouard: Pardon? Bette: When did he meet Tammy? Edouard: Two years ago in Lyon. Bette: How did he come to the United States? Edouard: What did you say? Bette: How did he come to the United States? Edouard: He was deported from France. Bette: Why does he always wear a beret? Edouard: Pardon? Bette: Why does he always wear a beret? Edouard: He doesn't have any hair. Without a hat he risks getting sunburned. Bette: How much is he paid? Edouard: Pardon? Bette: How much is he paid? Edouard: Not enough. Tutors are not paid well. Bette: How many cigarettes does he smoke every day? Edouard: Pardon? Bette: How many cigarettes does he smoke every day? Edouard: I don't know, but he's smoking less and less since he came to Texas. Say, you are very curious.
Fill in the blank with the correct interrogative word: o, quand, comment , combien, pourquoi. 1. Tammy : C'est ______________ l'anniversaire de Tex?
2. Tex : ________________ est-ce qu'Edouard parle avec un accent franais? Parce qu'il est franais!
3. Tammy : _____________ est-ce que Bette pse? Elle a grossi!
4. Tex : _____________ est-ce que a cote? $20?
Check answers
about this site: overview
overview
bienvenue! Welcome to Tex's French Grammar (la grammaire de l'absurde), a pedagogical reference grammar that combines explanations with surreal dialogues and cartoon images. Originally built for students at the University of Texas at Austin as a user-friendly guide to French grammar, this web site may be profitably used by any learner of French, provided he or she possess a sense of humor. Tex's French Grammar is arranged like many other traditional reference grammars with the parts of speech (nouns, verbs, etc.) used to categorize specific grammar items (gender of nouns, irregular verbs). Individual grammar items are carefully explained in English, then exemplified in a dialogue, and finally tested in self-correcting, fill-in-the-blank exercises which are drawn from a database. To facilitate reference and learning, all grammar items are thoroughly cross-linked. Important grammatical terminology is defined in an introductory page for every part of speech. For example, the definition of infinitive, conjugation, and paradigm can all be found in the Introduction to Verbs page. Also included are several other pedagogical tools: verb conjugator, a verb tutor, and an on-line French dictionary. our story begins ... This web site is about much more than just French grammar. It is also about the epic love story of Tex and Tammy, two star-struck armadillos, and Bette, the sex kitten bent on destroying their love. In addition to this mnage trois, the cast of characters include Edouard, a pretentious French snail, Joe-Bob, a dim-witted squirrel from College Station, and Corey, a cockroach who prefers getting high and watching the X-Files on TV to doing his French homework. So, come explore the world of Tex and find the answers to life's important questions: Will Tex's and Tammy's union ever be legally sanctioned? Will Bette ever learn to balance the erotic and the platonic? Will Edouard ever get over his antipathy for Texas barbeque? Will Joe-Bob and Corey ever pass French 101? And will Tex ever integrate the competing forces of his complex Franco-American identity? ... Bon voyage!
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/overview.t2003-12-30 9:25:59
cast of characters
characters
This web site is about much more than just French grammar. It is also about the epic love story of Tex and Tammy, two star-struck armadillos, and Bette, the sex kitten bent on destroying their love. In addition to this mnage trois, the cast of characters include Edouard, a pretentious French snail, JoeBob, a dim-witted squirrel from College Station, and Corey, a cockroach who prefers getting high and watching the X-Files on TV to doing his French homework. Will Tex's and Tammy's union ever be legally sanctioned? Will Bette ever learn to balance the erotic and the platonic? Will Edouard ever get over his antipathy for Texas barbeque? Will Joe-Bob and Corey ever pass French 101? And will Tex ever integrate the competing forces of his complex Franco-American identity? Come explore the world of Tex and find the answers to life's important questions. Bon voyage!
Je suis pote ... et quelquefois tuteur l'universit du Texas. Je dteste la culture populaire amricaine.
Je suis la copine de Tex. J'adore l'universit du Texas.
Je suis un escargot franais et j'adore la cuisine franaise.
Je suis de College Station. J'aime la bire!
Je suis un cafard dprim. J'adore l'insecticide.
Je suis tudiante. J'adore les hommes.
Je suis cadien. J'aime mon petit-fils Tex.

Je suis une fourmi srieuse. Je suis de Laredo. J'aime les pique-niques.
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/characters.t2003-12-30 9:26:02
credits and acknowledgments
credits
Following are some of the folks who contributed untold hours in bringing Tex & Tammy to life. Click on thumbnail images for larger views. editorial, writing, content Carl Blyth Karen Kelton Lindsy Myers Catherine Delyfer Yvonne Munn Jane Lippmann
technical, graphic Eric Eubank James Lewis Walter Moore Karen Kelton Joe TenBarge Gary Dickerson Dale Austin character voices Eric Russell Stephanie Pellet Nora Megharbi Marlin Parrack Walter Moore Seth Wolitz Karen Cody Carl Blyth Lindsy Myers Catherine Delyfer
Design, server side, automation, HTML Workflow coordination, HTML Cartoons! Character designs! Audio recording, editing Administrative liaison HTML HTML
Tex Tammy Bette Corey Joe Bob Edouard Fiona Paw Paw les enfants narrator, Rita
support and guidance Associate Dean, College of Liberal Arts Brian Roberts Chair, Department of French & Italian Dina Sherzer Director, Liberal Arts ITS Joe TenBarge Late night inspiration Tex & Tammy
http://www2.lamc.utexas.edu/frgr/credits.t2003-12-30 9:26:09

Tex's French Grammar

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tex's French Grammar

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tex's French Grammar

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Who are the main characters introduced in the story?

Who are the main characters introduced in the story?

What are some of the recurring themes or topics discussed in the story?

What are some of the recurring themes or topics discussed in the story?

La grammaire de l'absurde: Tex's French Grammar

ETC site overview cast of characters credits search this site

University of Texas French Grammar [email protected] 12/29/03 at 7:12:39 PM

regular infinitives in -er, -ir, & re

2. irregular verbs: avoir, tre, faire 3. other irregular verbs

endings for -er verbs -ai -as -a -mes -tes -rent

parler 'to speak'

finir 'to finish'

perdre 'to lose'

avoir 'to have'

tre 'to be'

faire 'to do'

2. Paw-Paw: Nous ______ honte des soldats infidles. (avoir)

3. Tex: Je ______ les oeuvres de Sartre l'ge de 7 ans. (lire)

4. Tex: Je ______ Houston. (natre)

imparfait: states of being

search this site

format: Normal sort by:

search: basic negation ne...pas

University of Texas French Grammar [email protected] 12/29/03 at 7:13:04 PM

La grammaire de l'absurde: Tex's French Grammar

ETC site overview cast of characters credits search this site

University of Texas French Grammar [email protected] 12/29/03 at 7:13:11 PM

Tex mange du pain.

Tex is eating bread.

number: singular, plural

Corey: Insects! Alright, bye-bye.

2. Eduard aime ______. (le tableau)

3. Tammy aime ______ amricains. (le campus)

4. Corey n'aime pas ______ . (l'examen)

determiners: definite articles

Masculine singular: le (l')

Tex le tatou Joe-Bob l'cureuil Bette la chatte l'Universit du Texas

Feminine singular: la ( l')

Masculine and feminine plural: les

les tatous les cureuils les chats les universits

2. Corey : J'adore _______ odeur des pesticides!

3. Tammy : _______ tatous sont intelligents!

4. Corey : Je dteste _____ professeur de maths.

prepositions with places

masculine countries le Canada, le Texas :-) provinces/states (le Colorado)

de (d') d'Iran d'Ontario

plural countries and regions (les Etats-Unis)

aux des aux Etats-Unis des Etats-Unis

2. Edouard n'aime pas travailler ______ Texas.

3. Trey a envie d'aller ______ Australie.

4. Edouard: J'adore le cidre ______ Bretagne.

2. Tex habitait ______ Lyon.

3. Tex est n ______ Etats-Unis.

4. Tammy a fait un voyage ______ Europe.

gender: masculine, feminine

1. people 2. animals 3. objects

2. Corey:______ btiment ('builiding') est impressionant.

3. Tammy adore ______ nature.

4. Tex: ______ tornade est dangereuse.